H. Q.

Mitchell
M arileni M alkogianni
\ m m publications

LEVEL 81+
H. Q. Mitchell
M arileni M alkogianni
\ m m p u b lic a tio n s
V

-V

LEVEL ß l+
 Contents
Modules Topics Grammar Vocabulary
Relationships • Present Simple - Present Phrasal verbs
Family Progressive Adjectives describing feelings
I page 5 Friends • Stative verbs Verbs related to ‘speaking’
Meeting people Communication
Young people’s
• Comparisons
• Countable and uncountable
Word building
Words easily confused
problems nouns Lexical set: relationships
Lifestyles

■Travel ’ Past Simple - Words easily confused

■Holidays Past Progressive Adjectives ending in -ed and -ing
^ page 23 Customs ■Past Perfect Simple - Adjectives describing people
See the world - Geography
History
Past Perfect Progressive
■used to - would -
and places
Adjectives deriving from verbs
was/were going to or nouns
Adverbs of manner

Career choices Present Perfect Simple - Nouns describing occupations

3 page 41 Odd jobs
Millionaires
Present Perfect Progressive
Relative clauses
Words easily confused
Collocations verb + noun
Getting ahead Job qualifications
Part-time jobs
should - ought to -
had better
British English & American
English
School and academic
subjects
Language learning

Inventions Future tenses Verbs + prepositions

page 59 Transport Other future forms Nouns deriving from verbs
Experiments Time clauses Adjectives ending in -able
From Hi-fi to Wi-fi The Internet Conditional sentences Prefixes and suffixes
Gadgets (Type zero, 1, 2) Expressions with the word ‘eye’
Virtual reality must - have to - need Prepositional phrases with ‘in’
and 'out o f’

Entertainment Infinitives and -ing forms Collocations with get, go, have
5 Pag e 77 Hobbies
Cinema and theatre
may - m ight - could
must - can’t
and take
Words easily confused
Out and about Museums
Films
Question tags Collective nouns
Adjectives + prepositions
Theme parks Lexical sets (theatre and cinema)

The environment Passive Voice Nouns ending in -ion and -ant

6 page 95 Pollution Clauses of concession Words easily confused
Conservation Prepositional phrases
Earth Watch Eco-tourism Nouns + prepositions
Animals Compound nouns
Natural disasters

Health resorts ■Reported Speech Words easily confused

"7page 113 Health problems
Physical fitness
(Statements, questions,
commands and requests)
Expressions with the word ‘tim e’
Nouns ending in -ness, -ure,
Sports Clauses of result -dom and -hood
Body Talk Food Lexical set: food
Vegetarianism
Dreams

Advertising Unreal past Words easily confused

О page 131 Shopping
The media
Conditional sentences
(Type 3)
Adjectives + prepositions
Expressions with ‘take’
On the go Life in the city/country Causative Form Idioms with colours
Collocations with ‘put’ and ‘set’

Pairwork p. 149 Irregular Verbs p. 182

Grammar Reference p. 151 Appendix I p. 184
Extra Grammar p. 161 Appendix II p. 190
Tasks p. 169
 Reading Listening Speaking Writing
• Four short texts • People talking in different • Comparing photographs - • An informal letter / e-mail 1
about how people situations Discussing friendship • An essay giving an opinion 1
in relationships • A radio interview with a worker • Discussing problems faced
communicate from a telephone helpline by young people and their
• A magazine article: families today
Bedouins

• A brochure: Ski • Ten short conversations • Helping solve a problem • An article describing a place
Dubai • A talk by someone who has been concerning types of holidays • A story
• An extract from the on a trekking holiday in South • Speculating and making a
novel The Country America decision (What can spoil a
o f the Saints: On the holiday)
Great Alkali Plain

• A magazine article: • People talking about jobs and job • Choosing between options • A letter of application
Odd Jobs qualifications (which job to do) • An essay giving an opinion II
• A magazine article: • Two talks about learning • Discussing part-time jobs
Media Studies, a new opportunities • Discussing foreign language
academic subject learning

• A magazine article • People talking in different • Comparing photographs - • An article referring to a topic
about flying cars situations Discussing science from a personal point of view
• Four short texts about • An interview with an expert talking experiments • A problem / solution essay 1
various uses of virtual about biom etric passports • Speculating and making
reality a decision (Choosing a
suitable gift)

• Advertisements for • Ten short conversations • Discussing different forms of • An essay giving an opinion III
four theme parks • People giving their views on the entertainment • A review
• A magazine article theatre • Choosing between options
about someone (Discussing the organisation
who has an unusual of a comm unity event)
collection

• A magazine article • A talk by an expert talking about •Comparing photographs - • A balanced essay
about cleaning up conservation work in Australia Discussing environmental • A letter (to the editor)
tw o polluted rivers • A radio interview with a problems expressing an opinion
• A brochure about meteorologist about Hurricane • Discussing natural disasters
the Columbus Zoo Katrina
and Aquarium

• A magazine article • Five people giving their views on • Helping solve a problem • An informal letter / e-mail II
about a visit to a spa dreams (Discussing possible • A report
• A magazine article: • A woman speaking at a vegetarian solutions to a health
Fearless Explorer festival problem)
and Extraordinary •Speculating and making
Sportsman a decision (Evaluating
different ways of keeping fit)

• Advertisements for • People talking in different • Comparing photographs - • A semi-formal le tte r/e -m a il
shopping malls situations Discussing shopping • A problem / solution essay II
• A magazine article: • A talk by an expert talking about • Speculating and making a
Moving into a new shopping trends, the media and decision (The role of the
life the role of advertising media)

................ ................................. IIIIi l.......................................................

* Online multimedia resources for students at www.mmpublications.com
V a w * - * - - * » _i________________ mm ■_______________
 Who are the most

an article about Bedouins

an e-mail from Florence
texts about different ways
people communicate
an interview with a worker
from a telephone helpline

• talk about people and

relationships
• learn to distinguish
between permanent and
temporary situations
• learn to make
comparisons
• discuss problems young
people face
• learn to express feelings
• learn to write informal
letters
• learn to write essays
giving opinion
• learn about another
culture
• acquire skills and
strategies that will help
you in exams
1. PRE-READING
Discuss.
How do you get on w ith the o th e r m em bers o f your fa m ily
(parents, brothers/sisters, etc.)?
How do you usually com m unicate w ith your frie n d s and fam ily
members? How about frie n d s or relatives th a t live fa r away?

m obile phone te x t messaging instant messaging

online e-m ail w ebcam skype

2. READING FOR GIST

Read the texts A-D quickly
and match them with the
headings below.
1. I’m only a te x t
message away
2. A friend in need is
a frie nd online
3. Till w ork do us part
A
Rosanna and Mary Terracciano
(Mother and Daughter)
M ary Terracciano wants her d aughter Rosanna, 14, to know th a t she’s there
anytim e Rosanna needs her and th a t she’ll never let her down. But she w orks all
day and Rosanna is always busy w ith school and a ctivitie s such as gym nastics
practice and hanging o u t w ith her friends. So M ary ofte n sends Rosanna a te x t
message on her m obile phone. It’s also easy fo r Rosanna to tell her m o th er where
she is and w hen she’ll be home. But som etim es, it seems like th e y ’re overdoing

4. Lots of instant it. ‘Quite ofte n I’m in my room and send a te x t message to my m um w h o ’s in the
kitchen,’ says Rosanna. ‘Texting makes it easy to avoid talking to each o th e r face-
messages
to-face.’

Jenny Barrett and Ray Kleinitz

(Husband and Wife)
Jenny Barrett, 41, and Ray Kleinitz, 48, are a happily m arried couple. But
they a ren’t exactly to g e th e r yet. Jenny, a doctor, lives in Boston USA Ray a
professor, lives in Germany. Two years ago, th e y m et on an aeroplane. During
the seven-hour flig h t from Germany to Boston, th e y chatted together. They met
fo r coffee whHe Ray was in Boston at a conference and w rote each o th e r e-mails
a fte r he w ent home. A few m onths later
th e y g o t engaged, and soon th e y got married.
Today, Jenny is w o rkin g long hours at the hospital and she recently
g o t a p ro m o tio n. Ray is still teaching in Germany. Every day, th e y chat
to g e th e r using th e ir co m p u te r webcams. 'Jenny doesn’t seem so far
away when I can see her face,’ says Ray. Ray is looking fo r a jo b in
Boston so he can be w ith Jenny all the tim e, b u t fo r now, the Internet
keeps this couple together.
 3. SCANNING FOR SPECIFIC
INFORMATION
Read the texts A-D again and answer
the questions 1-10. Write A, B, C or D in
the boxes.

TIP
• When matching questions
with short texts, scan each
text and look for the specific
information mentioned in each
question.
• Find the p a rt o f th e te x t w h ich
Nilaja Damant and Adam Lacey c o rre c tly a n sw e rs th e q u e s tio n .

. Be careful! Don’t choose a text

just because the vocabulary or
phrasing in the text is similar to
that of the question.

fo r the firs t tim e. 'I was really ^ ^ g0 o u t together, b u t

Which people...
than face-to-face,' he says. N feeljngs onljne

Nilaia ag-ees * ■ * * *
than in person. You can yp
W hen we are together, 1
* ' r . n d then iu s , press s e n ,,
^ ^ , w ant t0 say
messaging, however, can be
got to know each other through
the Internet?
find it hard to have a relationship
because they are in different
countries?

like to talk online because it’s

way to make up again. easier to say im portant things?

use a kind of technology that

allows them to see each other?

have difficulty living together

because of their work?
Caroline Pauls and Anne-Marie Quinn use technology to communicate
(Friends) even when they are in the same
house?
Caroline, 24, and Anne-M arie, 23, became friends w hile th e y were at
university. But it w asn’t u n til Caroline graduated and le ft Canada to live feel that the Internet improved
in France th a t they became close. 'W hen I left, I used e-mail to keep in their relationship?
touch w ith frie n d s and fa m ily back home, b u t I d id n ’t hear anyth in g from
sometimes feel awkward talking
Anne-M arie fo r abo u t six m onths,’ says Caroline. T h e n I g o t an e-mail
in person?
th a t gave me a feeling th a t she was in tro u b le . I sent her an o th e r note,
and she told me th a t she’d had a rough tim e - she had broken up w ith her think they m ight be using
fiancé, had d iffic u lty at w o rk and problem s w ith her health. Now we talk technology too much?
online every day, som etim es fo r hours. Som etim es it is 11 at
lost contact with each other fo r
n ig h t w here I am and she is ju s t g e ttin g up!
sometim e?
She tells me all the tim e how much
these conversations help her and
I know we are b e tte r friends 4. POST READING
now than we ever were. Discuss.
She’s actua lly com ing to
• Do you agree w ith any of the
France to see me this opinions people express in the texts
summer. This w ill be great abo u t relationships and how they
because we haven’t seen com m unicate w ith others?
each oth e r fo r such a long • Is the way you com m unicate w ith
tim e !’ 4 yo u r friends, fam ily, etc. sim ilar to any
of the ways the people in the texts
com m unicate?
1Ci Moaiafam& armtKCLt0 C r 2. ADJECTIVES DESCRIBING
DESCRIBINf FEELINGS
Look at the adjectives and the pictures. Then use
l/ooainca« y them to complete the sentences 1-6.

1. PHRASAL VERBS
A. Look at the question below. What’s the meaning of
the phrase in bold?
H ow do you g e t on w ith the o th e r m em bers o f depressed embarrassed shocked
yo u r fam ily? angry frightened glad

1. I was s o ______________ . when I realised th a t I had com e to

NOTE w o rk in my slippers!
L The p h ra s e in b o ld is a p h ra s a l ve rb . A
2. Mandy has been v e r y . . lately; we should try
p h ra s a l v e rb consists o f a v e rb (e.g. g e t,
break) a n d a n a d v e rb (e.g. back) a n d / o r one to do som ething to cheer her up.
o r m o re p re p o s itio n s (e.g. fo r, o n w itty . T he 3. You should get hom e before tw elve; y o u r parents w ill be
m e a n in g o f th e p h ra s a l v e rb is d iffe r e n t if you d o n ’t.
fr o m th e m e a n in g o f th e v e rb i t includes.
4. When I w e n t o u t into the garden this m orning, I was
to see th a t m y n e ig h b o u r’s dog had dug up
B. Find phrasal verbs in the texts on pages 6-7 that all the flow ers.
correspond to the meanings below.
5. The child was by the th u n d e r and ligh tnin g
1. disappoint (text A) during the storm and co u ld n ’t sleep afterw ards.
2. spend a lo t o f tim e som ewhere or w ith someone
6. Tom w a s _______________ th a t he w ould fin a lly be able to
(text A)
hear his fa vo u rite band in concert.
3. have an argum ent w ith someone (text C)
4. become friends again (text C) 3. VERBS RELATED TO ‘SPEAKING’
Read the sentences below and circle the correct answer.
5. receive news fro m (text D)
1. My m other is always complaining / nagging me to tid y my
C. Look at the sentences below. Can you guess the room.
meaning of the phrasal verbs? 2. The children always quarrel / lie about w hich TV
I g re w up in a sm all tow n and d id n ’t visit London u n til program m e to watch.
I was fourteen. 3. I like to go to a café after w ork to complain / chat w ith my
M y g re a t-g ra n d m o th e r b ro u g h t up five ch ild re n on friends over a cup o f coffee.
h e r ow n because h e r husband d ie d in the war. 4. Everyone in the neighbourhood likes my grandm other
because she is so frie n d ly and never gossips / discusses
about o th e r people.
ûrammr
/
5. Ben had to lie / nag about his age to get into the club.
1. PRESENT SIIWPLE / PRESENT PROGRESSIVE 6. Mr Henderson decided to complain / quarrel to the
manager o f the restaurant about the bad service.
FOCUS ON USE
A. Match the rules about the uses of the Match the rules about the uses of the Present Progressive with
Present Simple with the examples below. the examples below.
The Present Sim ple is used for The Present Progressive is used for
1. permanent situations 1. actions happening now
2. repeated habitual actions 2. tem porary situations
3. general truths 3. future arrangements
4. future actions related to timetables and 4. situations which are changing or developing
programmes around the present time

a. Ray, a professor, lives in Germany.
b. The com puter and the phone
make it easy to avoid talking to
each other face-to-face.
c. We talk online every day,
sometimes fo r hours.
d. Tania’s flig h t arrives at 9am
tom orrow morning.
FOCUSON FORM
There is a mistake in each of the sentences below. Find it and correct it.
1. Thomas live with his sister.
2. Jennifer talking on the phone at the moment.
3. My wife not like sports.
□ 5. annoying actions which happen repeatedly (with always,
continually, etc.)
a. Ray is looking fo r a Job in Boston... □
□ b. She’s actually coming to France to see me this sum m er,...
c. Listen! Our neighbours are arguing again.
□ d. You are always com plaining about everything!
e. Communication is becoming easier thanks to
□
□ technological developments. □
4. Are you go to the gym every day?
5. Polar bears lives in Arctic regions.
Go to Grammar Reference
 A. Read the examples below from the texts A-D on
pages 6-7. Which tense is used and why?
Jenny doesn’t seem so fa r away...
M ary Terracciano wants h e r d a u g h te r Rosanna, 14,
... b u t N ilaja agrees...
... and I k n o w we are b e tte r friends...
LU
H Stative verbs (e.g. see, like, rem em ber) are
o not usually used in progressive tenses.
B. Read the sentences below and circle the correct
answer.
1. You should try some o f this cake th a t I eat /
am eating; it tastes / is tasting delicious!
2. That man w ho is sitting / sits on the sofa next to
Jenny is owning / owns the Belleview Hotel.
3. I don’t understand / am not understanding what
you say / are saying. Could you speak m ore slowly?
Go to Grammar Reference

3. PRACTICE
A. Complete the e-mail below with the Present Simple or the Present Progressive of the verbs in brackets.

E IS E
Subject: Hi from Florence!

Hi from Florence!

I ( l ) _________________ (send) you this e-mail to tell you that I was thinking about you as
I walked along the Ponte Vecchio bridge this morning. There are lots of shops there and I
(2) _________________ (know) how much you (3) __________________ (love) shopping.

I (4) _________________ (enjoy) myself here in Florence and now I (5 )_________________

(understand) why my tutor encouraged me to come. The city is beautiful. Yesterday, I saw
Michelangelo's statue of David. It's magnificent! Tomorrow, my flatmate and I
( 6 ) _________________ (go) to a famous church on a hill outside Florence.

Other than sightseeing, I spend a typical day in classrooms and I (7 )________________

(not have, usually) much time to do anything else but I ( 8 ) _________________
(not complain), I like it here. (9) _________________ (you, think) you will be able to come
and visit me here? I (10)________________ (hope, really) so... You'll love it!

Take care,
Patrick

B. Talk in pairs. Use the prompts in the boxes to ask and answer questions about your family and friends.

never rarely often usually always Do you often argue w ith your brother/sister/friends?
No, I don’t and when we fall out, we always m ake up very soon
chat argue fall out make up afterwards.
gossip get on w ith Yes, I do. Actually, we don’t get on very well w ith each other.

-K ÿ c /g fr (K U .S 6

Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence.

1. Lynn has been s o _________________ since her cat died.
a. worried b. depressed c. shocked d. embarrassed
2. J e rry _________________ where he parked his car.
a. isn’t remembering b. rem ember c. doesn’t rem ember d. don’t remember
3. I’m not sure w hat they a re _________________ about, but they are being very loud about it!
a. quarrelling b. nagging c. discussing d. lying
4. I really don’t __________________him very well.
a. fall out with b. make up w ith c. get on w ith d. break up with
5. How long has it been since y o u _________________ your sister?
a. heard to b. heard with c. heard on d. heard from
6. Every day after school, th e y _________________ com puter games fo r hours at the Internet café.
a. are playing b. play c. to play d. playing
 l oisteninÿ de
1O
l/g t&& nnk/n ÿ
You will hear people talking in six different situations. For questions 1-6, choose the best answer a, b or c.

TIP
• Read the questions and options carefully
before you hear each extract.
' Don°tSeHthe 0Pti° " WHiCh b6St answers question
• Listen to the extracts carefully. Don’t try to
understand every single word or phrase, but
focus on the whole message.
J
1 . You overhear tw o friends talking. Why is Julie happy? 4. You hear a conversation betw een tw o friends. How did
a. because she’s sta rtin g u n ive rsity in Septem ber Alex break his leg?
b. because she’s going to New York a. playing football
c. because she’s going shopping b. snorkelling
2. You overhear this conversation. Where did the tw o c. snow boarding
wom en firs t meet? 5. You overhear a b ro th e r and sister talking. Which
a. at school excursion did the sister like best?
b. in the a rt gallery a. the Old Town
c. in Wales b. the Valley o f B utterflies
3. You overhear som ebody ta lkin g on the phone. Why is c. the villages
he not going to the wedding? 6. You overhear a wom an ta lkin g to her aunt. Why is her
a. because he has to go to a b irth d a y pa rty aunt bored?
b. because he has to pick som eone up fro m the a. because she’s doing an A rt H istory course
a irp o rt b. because she’s retired
c. because he has to go to a sem inar c. because she’s tire d o f w orking

S p& aùnÿ
1. WARM-UP
• Why is it im p o rta n t to have friends?
• What do you enjoy doing m ost w ith yo u r friends?

2. FOCUS ON PICTURES
A. Look at the photographs A and B. Compare the photographs and say
how you think the people feel. You can use some of the words and
expressions in the boxes.

The girls in... are/seern to be...

whereas
I believe the girl(s) in... is/are...
because...
The girl(s) in... m ust be feeling...

angry tension confide in

upset argum ent/quarrel get on w ith
disappointed fall out make up
happy carefree sharing

B. Look at the photographs again. Do you ever have moments like these with your friends?

3. FURTHER DISCUSSION
• How easy is it fo r you to make new friends?
• Do you th in k it ’s b e tte r to have one best frie n d o r lots o f good friends?
• W hat do you argue abo u t w ith your friends, and how do you resolve yo u r differences?
1. DISCUSS
• Do you w rite letters or e-m ails to friends who
live fa r away fro m you? If yes, w hat do you
usually w rite to them about? If no, w hy not?
• Do you ask yo u r friends fo r help w hen doing
projects fo r school? W hy/W hy not?
2. FOCUS ON RESPONDING TO INPUT
Read the rubric, input and letter. Then, underline
the parts of the letter that correspond to the input.
You have ju s t received this le tte r from Evelyn,
a friend in Ireland.
M y te a c h e r has asked me to do a p ro je c t
on th e im portance o f having b ro th e rs
and s is te rs and I was hoping you could
help. I'm asking my frie n d s th e follow ing
questions. Do you consider having
b ro th e rs and s is te rs im p o rta n t? W hy?
W h a t helps to make th e re la tio n sh ip
betw een siblings s tro n g e r? A t w h a t age
do siblings play an im p o rta n t ro le in a
person's life ?
Thanks,
Evelyn
W rite yo u r letter.
3. FOCUS ON PURPOSE AND STYLE
1. Why is Chantelle w ritin g to Evelyn?
2.What is the purpose o f each paragraph?
3.What exam ples o f inform al language can you find?
4. EDITING YOUR WRITING
The letter has a number of mistakes, which have been
underlined and marked using the correction code below.
Read the letter again and correct the mistakes.
Correction Code
WW: w rong w ord P: punctuation
WO: w ord order A: article
Pr: p rep osition Sp: spelling
T: tense A: som ething m issing
5. OUTLINE
When you are w ritin g an inform al letter/e-m ail
based on input, fo llo w the plan below.
GREETING
Greet the person yo u ’re w ritin g to.
OPENING PARAGRAPH
Begin your letter/e-m ail w ith a p o lite com m ent
(e.g. H ow are things?).
Say w hy you are w ritin g .
MAIN PART
Provide a response to all the points in the input.
Deal w ith each po in t in a d iffe re n t paragraph.
CLOSING PARAGRAPH
State anything you w a n t to emphasise.
End yo u r letter/e-m ail w ith a p o lite com m ent
(e.g. Write back soon).
SIGNING OFF
Use a signature ending (e.g. Yours) and your
firs t name below that.
6U K itity
Hi Evelyn,
WO T
How you are? I t was g re a t hearing fro m you! Anyway, I w rite to give
you th e inform ation you asked for.
Let me begin by saying th a t I th in k th a t having siblings is very,
important. The reason is th a t you always have someone around who is close
to your age to ta lk to and spend tim e w ith. Having siblings also means th a t
you won't feel lonely when your parents are to busy to give you attention.
How good^relationship between siblings is depends on various fa ctors.
Firstly, I th in k th a t being th e same gender helps to make th e relationship
Pr
between siblings stro n g e r because th e y are more likely to have things on
A
common. Siblings are also more likely to get on well if an age d iffe re n ce
between them is not big because th e y will be able to share similar
experiences.
I th in k th a t th e role th a t siblings play in each other's lives changes
Sp
as th e y grow older, but continues to be in portant if th e y have a good
relationship. For instance, as they grow older th e y can rely on each other
fo r emotional support and advice.
I hope Ive been o f some help. Sood luck w ith your project.
All th e best,
Chantelle
6. WRITING TASK
A. Read the rubric and input. Underline the parts that you have to
respond to.
You have ju s t received this le tte r from Andrew, a friend in
Australia. Read this p a rt o f the letter.
My teacher has asked me to do a p ro je c t on friendship. Can you
help me by telling me why you consider friendship im portant, a t
what age frie n d s play an im portant role in your life and what
quality or qualities you consider desirable in a frie n d as well as
why?
Thanks,
Andrew
W rite your letter.
B. Write your letter to Andrew based on the outline you have been
given (140-190 words)
I
^ TIP
' An informal letter/e-mail does not serve one specific
purpose. It aims to achieve a variety of functions. When
writing an informal letter/e-mail:
• read the input carefully and underline the parts of the
letter/e-mail to which you need to respond.
• divide your letter/e-mail into paragraphs.
• deal with each point in a different paragraph.
• keep in mind that the input you are given will determine
the order of the points you mention.
• refer back to what your friend has told you.
• use the appropriate layout (greetings and endings).
• use informal language.
• use short forms (I’m), exclamations (Wow!) and questions
(Did you...?).
• use standard grammar and spelling conventions. Avoid
forms such as wanna, cu I8r, etc.
. use linking words to connect your ideas.
• use appropriate phrases/expressions to give information,
express how you feel, give advice, make suggestions, etc.
For the layout of informal letters and e-mails, as well as
set phrases which are commonly used, see Appendix I. » ©
 /

w a d /K Q

R e ad in g
1. PRE-READING
Discuss.

• W hat do you know about nomads?

• How w ould you feel if you never settled in
one place b u t instead moved around w ith
your fam ily every few months?

2. READING FOR GIST

Read the text on page 13 quickly and decide
which of the three titles below is the best.

a The D esert Clim ate edouins are nom ads who live in the deserts of
the Middle E a st and N orth A frica. In the p ast,
they were known as the wanderers of the desert

1~ B edouin Fam ily because they travelled by cam el, m oving from oasis to
oasis w ith their herds of sheep, goats and cam els. They
Traditions had to constantly move because of the h ard desert
environm ent in which they lived. T hey travelled in sm all

c D esert W anderers:
a Changing Culture
groups of related tribes. The leaders of those groups were
called sheikhs, and this position w as handed down from
father to son for generations.

3. READING FOR DETAILS

Read the text again and answer the
questions 1-5. Choose a, b, c or d.

TIP
t**
• Read through the text before you look at the
questions.
• Then read each question carefully to get
an idea of what you are looking for and
underline the section in the text where the
answer is found.
• Make sure you have chosen the correct
answer by eliminating the wrong options.
3. Why did Bedouins never settle in one place?
• Be careful! Don’t assume an option is correct
a. because they preferred to w ander around the desert
just because it contains a word or phrase that
b. because the desert environm ent forced them to
is also in the text.
c. because they didn’t have much land available
d. because of w ater shortages

1. Where did Bedouins live in the past? 4. What do Bedouins give fellow travellers?
a. in the desert a. a tent
b. in villages b. spices
c. in towns c. advice on where to find water
d. on the outskirts of towns d. coffee

2. According to the w riter, w hat are Bedouins best known for? 5. Which of the follow ing is not true?
a. th e ir courage a. Bedouins today live near towns.
b. their independent spirit b. Bedouins today travel by car.
c. their giving nature c. Bedouins today have access to more land.
d. th e ir respect fo r the desert d. Bedouins today are less traditional than th e ir ancestors.
 ЩР- ' Й З U

S&v 4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF

Bedouins are fam ous for their h osp itality and generosity. T his
UNKNOWN WORDS
-=:-rr^ comes from livin g in one o f the h ottest and driest regions oil E a rth ,
A. Find the words 1-5in the text
which gives them a shared respect for the dangers of the desert. Fellow above and guess their meanings.
travellers are in vited into their tents and offered spiced coffee. A s well
1. herds (para 1)
as being courageous, Bedouins are also independent and resourceful
people, able to survive in some o f the h arsh est deserts through their 2. tribes (para 1)

knowledge of the seasons and the location of water. 3. generations (para 1)

4. regions (para 2)
T oday’s B edouins are not as trad itio n al as their ancestors; they are
5. ancestors (para 3)
more likely to settle on the ou tskirts of v illages or tow ns and travel by
car. T h is is because their countries have developed and new tow ns and
villages have been built. A s a result, B edouins have less land available TIP
W hen t r y in g to guess the
for their herds th an they u sed to. D espite th is, some Bedouins still
meaning of an unknown word,
live in the desert, m ain tain in g their w ay of life, honouring the simple
always look for clues in the
grace and beau ty of nature. context (the words before and
after it as well as the previous
and following sentences). Also
rts of look for clues in the word itself.
See if it is similar to any other
past,
words that you know and try to
iesert
analyse it into its parts - root,
i'is to ending, prefix, suffix. Then try
They to determine:
desert
• what part of speech it is (verb,
small noun, adjective, etc.)
s were
. if it has a positive, negative or
i from
neutral meaning
• what general topic it is
related to
• what it means approximately
"

B. Now match the words 1-5with

their meanings a-e.

a. all the people in a group or

co u n try w ho are the same age
b. the people you are descended
from

c. large groups of animals o f the

same kind th a t live tog ethe r
d. areas
Jesert
e. groups o f people belonging to
D
the same race and having the
same language and custom s

5. POST READING
Discuss.
• What do you th in k o f the Bedouin
way of life?
• In your opinion, is the Bedouins’
life now better than it was in the
past? Why? / Why not?
• Do you know of any o ther people
w ho move around o r travel from
mcestors. place to place?

©
 w o c d H u a re i & ÿ rm m a r

(/o c a la fa r^ C ra tK tK G L r
f
1. WORD BUILDING 1. COMPARISONS
A. Read the sentence below. What part of speech are the
FOCUS ON USE
words in bold? What are the corresponding adjectives?
Bedouins are fam ous fo r th e ir h o s p ita lity and generosity. A. Match the rules about the use of the
Comparative and Superlative Form with the
B. Complete the table below. You can find some of the examples below.
missing words in the text on page 13.
1. The Comparative Form is used to com pare tw o
ADJECTIVE NOUN
people, animals, th in g s or situations.
hospitality
2. The Superlative Form is used to com pare one
generosity
person, anim al, th in g o r situation w ith several of
courage the same kind.
independence
3. The stru ctu re Comparative Form + and +
intelligence Comparative Form is used to indicate continual
kindness increase or decrease.
imaginative 4. The stru ctu re the + Comparative Form, the
warmth + Comparative Form is used to describe tw o
patient actions or situations, one of w hich comes as a
creativity result of the other.

C. Choose the correct answer. a. This comes fro m liv in g in one o f the h o tte s t
1. Anna has a great imagination / imaginative and she is and d rie s t regions on Earth. □

very creativity / creative. b. 4 s a result, Bedouins have less land available

fo r th e ir herds than they used to.
2. Our hosts gave us a warmth / warm welcome.
c. The m ore you study, the b e tte r y o u ’ll do in
3. My son’s kindergarten teacher has a lot of patient /
the test. □
patience and w orks well w ith young children.
d. P etrol prices are g e ttin g h ig h e r and h ig h e r
4. It was kind / kindness of Tom to help me carry my bag.
these days. □
2. PREPOSITIONS +PLACES
B. Look at the following sentence from the text on pages
Read the extracts from the text on pages 12-13 and then
12-13 and decide which of the two sentences a o rb
complete sentences 1-6 with the correct preposition in,
means the same.
on or at.
Today’s Bedouins are n o t as tra d itio n a l as th e ir
Bedouins are nom ads who live in the deserts o f the
M id dle East and N o rth Africa. ancestors.

They are m ore lik e ly to settle on the o u ts k irts o f villages a. Today’s Bedouins are m ore tra d itio n a l than th e ir
o r tow ns and tra ve l b y car. ancestors.
1. The girls spent the m o rn in g _________ the beach. b. Today’s Bedouins are less tra d itio n a l than th e ir
2. Craig lives in a big h o u s e _________ the suburbs. ancestors.
3. I w ant to get o ff the b u s _________ the next stop.
4. Let’s have a p ic n ic _________ the park. FOCUS ON FORM
5. We stayed at a lovely h o te l. _ the coast, Complete the table below with the missing forms of the
6. Mike and Fred w ent hiking _ the m ountains. adjectives/adverbs.

3. WORDS EASILY CONFUSED harsh the harshest

Complete the sentences with the words in the box. dry
travellers nomads inhabitants passengers
hot
1. The o rig in a l_______________ of the island were
likely m ore likely
fisherm en and farm ers.
g ood/w ell the best
2. Our ancestors were d e s e rt. ______________ who
raised camels and travelled from oasis to oasis. little less
3. The p ilo t of the plane was forced to make an the fa rth e s t/
far
fu rth e s t
em ergency landing w ith 5 0 _________________ on board.
4. T ire d _________________ can stop at the w aterfalls to Go to Grammar Reference
enjoy the view and refresh them selves.
2. PRACTICE
A. Complete the text below with the correct form of the adjectives or adverbs in brackets. Add the and as where necessary.

S M f'tH Q
Last sum m er my son, Patrick, and I w ere on holiday
in Cornwall, (1)________________(warm ) p a rt o f England.
One day, Patrick m et a frie n d ly surfing in stru cto r who
prom ised to teach us how to surf. A lth o u gh I am not
( 2 ) ________________ (good) sw im m er in the w orld, I
agreed because I like to spend ( 3 )_________________
(many) hours as possible w ith Patrick du ring our
holidays. The next m orning it seemed th a t it w ould
be one o f (4 )________________ (beautiful) days of the
summer. However, as soon as we got to the beach
and were ready to ju m p into the water, the w eather
suddenly changed. The w inds were blow ing
( 5 ) ____________ . (hard) and harder and it seemed th a t the waves were ( 6 ) _________________(high) than some houses!
Patrick and I started to have second th o u g h ts abo u t the w hole th in g and the m ore we th o u g h t abo u t it,
( 7 )_________________(frightened) we got. Fortunately, the in s tru c to r assured us th a t it was not ( 8 ) _______
(bad) as it looked. In the end, we decided to go fo r it and hope fo r (9) . (good)! We both had a w onderful
day and needless to say, Patrick was much (10)
(good) at surfing than I was.

f\
B. Talk in groups. Compare the characters below using the Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar
adjectives in the box and various forms of comparison, meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not
as in the example. change the word given. You must use between two and five
words, including the word given.
courageous clever strong fast popular
1. I’m not as good at sw im m ing as you are. better

Y o u ______________________________________
I am.

2. I th o u g h t this restaurant w ould be more

expensive. as

This restaurant w a s ___________________________

I expected.

3. When you exercise, you becom e fit. more

T h e ______________________________________
you become.

4. Maria is becom ing p re ttie r all the tim e. an d

M a ria ___________________________
prettier.

5. I have never m et a m ore in te llig e n t man. the

I th in k Superman is more courageous than Batman. He is ______________________________________

Yes, but, in my opinion, Spiderman is the strongest I’ve ever met.
of all.

©
u g fo m p

1. PRE-LISTENING
Discuss.

• How often do you use the phone? Do you use your hom e phone, your m obile o r public telephones m ore often?
• Do you know w hat a telephone helpline is? Are there any you are fa m ilia r w ith? Which ones?

2. LISTENING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION

You will hear an interview with a worker from a telephone helpline.
For questions 1-6, choose the best answer a, b or c.

TIP
• Read the rubric, questions and options
carefully beforehand so that you are
prepared for what you are going to hear.
• Remember that the questions follow the
order of the conversation, so make sure you
concentrate on the right question each time.
• If you find a question difficult to answer,
don’t concentrate on it for too long so that
you don’t miss the next question.

1. Where does the dialogue take place? 4. The caller who had tro u b le sleeping
a. in a youth w o rke r’s office a. had experienced a tra u m a tic experience.
b. in a radio DJ’s studio b. was suffering fro m stress.
c. on the telephone c. was advised to take tim e o ff fro m school.

2. W hat is Youth Connect? 5. Callers w ho are lonely

a. a radio station a. often m ove to a big city.
b. a telephone com pany b. all receive an info rm a tio n pack.
c. a helpline c. can speak to a local youth worker.

3. Why is Youth Connect different? 6. What can listeners do?

a. It puts callers through to the help they need. a. telephone fo r fu rth e r inform ation
b. It helps both adults and teenagers. b. contact the radio station by e-mail
c. The staff m eet the callers personally. c. volu n te e r to help

Discuss.
• W hat are the main
problem s faced by young
people and th e ir fam ilies
today? What kind of
su p p o rt or help is available
fo r these problems?
• W ould you ever call a
telephone helpline fo r a
problem you had? Who
w ould you tu rn to fo r help
w ith a problem ? Why?
 \

w c a iu t f a r t f & g r a m m a r 1 b

(/o c a  a fa rÿ
RELATIONSHIPS 2. PRACTICE
Choose the correct word to complete the sentences. Read the text below and circle the correct answer.

close friend acquaintance It is quite com m on fo r young (1) people / peoples,

especially students, to share a flat. However, ju st like any
1. I d o n ’t know him ve ry well; he is ju s t a (n )_____.
other relationship, this is not problem -free. Here are three
2. Carol is a (n )_____of mine; I can always tu rn to her
things that may cause tension between flatm ates and
when I need help.
(2) some / an advice on how to deal w ith it.
stepm other m other-in-law First, we seem to fo rg e t that everyone has annoying

3. M aryanne is m y husband’s m other; she is m y _____.
4. Claudia is m y _____; she’s my fa th e r’s second wife.
fiancé ex-husband
5. Emily is engaged to John; he is h e r _____.
habits. W hether it’s p u ttin g too (3) many / much m ilk in
the tea or retelling the same stories a thousand
(4) time / times, we’re all g u ilty of som ething. What
flatm ates need to do is set some (5) time / times aside
and try to come to an understanding.

6. Fiona isn’t m arried to Ted any more. He is h e r _____ A nother cause o f tension between flatm ates is
housework. They need to divide the (6) work / works
colleagues classmates
they do around the house fa irly and equally. If, for
7. David and Carl teach in the same school; th e y are _ example, you have never used (7) an / - iron before, you
8. I haven’t seen a n y _____of mine since we finished can perhaps ask your flatm ates to help you out w ith the
school. ironing, as long as you agree to do som ething else around
the house.
Finally, friends not living in the fla t can also come
ifr a t n m r
between flatm ates. Some tend to be too critical. Perhaps
1. COUNTABLE AND UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS you can learn to sim ply ignore (8) a few / a little
A. Read the sentences below. Which of the nouns in bold com m ents about your flatm ates, but you should make it
is always countable, which is always uncountable
clear to everyone that you are the one sharing the fla t not
and which can be both?
them.
You can send y o u r com m ents and also g e t m ore
in fo rm a tio n on o u r website. There w ill always be problem s in every relationship.
The good news (9) are / is that differences can be
It is o fte n a very lo n e ly experience g ro w in g up in a
big city. overcom e w ith (10) a / - good com m unication.

B. Decide if the nouns in the box are always countable,

always uncountable or if they can be both.

advice jo b lig h t glass m oney

w ork chicken health trip
chocolate tim e people snow
meat paper leather news iron

C. Read the sentences below. Which of the words in

bold are used before singular countable nouns, plural
countable nouns and uncountable nouns?
W ould you like some chips?
There is lots of b u tte r in the fridge.
I did n ’t see many people from w o rk at the party.
Have you g o t any previous w o rk experience?
D on't tell anyone,- it ’s a secret.
I haven’t g o t much m oney w ith me at the m om ent.
There were a lot of people at the w edding.
I need a few things fro m the superm arket.
There’s still a little coffee left.
Jill has g o t plenty of friends.
Go to Grammar Reference
 T p j w r it in g

li/ritinfl an e,g$acf ^iwnfi an opinion /

1. DISCUSS
• What do you look fo r in a friend?
• Do you and yo u r friends have a lo t in comm on?
• How im p o rta n t is it fo r frie n d s to have th in g s in com m on, such as sim ilarities in background, interests,
values and opinions? Why?
• How can being d iffe re n t fro m each o th e r b e n e fit a friendship?

2. FOCUS ON USING NOTES

Read the rubric, the notes and the essay giving an opinion. Underline the parts in the essay that correspond to the notes.
In yo u r English class you have been ta lkin g a b o u t friendship. Now, y o u r English teacher has asked you to w rite an essay.
Write y o u r essay using a ll the notes and give reasons fo r y o u r p o in t o f view.

A lasting friendship cannot be built between people who are very different from each other. Do you agree?

NOTES
• o p in io n s
• in te re s ts
• ... ( y o u r o w n idea)

Many people argue th a t sim ila rity is the key to a successful friendship. In contrast, I am of the opinion that tw o
people w ho are very diffe re n t from each other stand an equal chance of developing a satisfying relationship
and th a t the differences between them can actually be o f benefit to both.

Regarding opinions, you can benefit greatly from having friends whose opinions differ from yours. This is
because your friends can provide you w ith a d iffe re n t po in t of view on issues th a t may be im p o rta n t. As a
result you become m ore open to alternative points o f view.

As fo r interests, having friends w ho have interests that are d iffe re n t from yo u r own can have a positive im pact
on your life. They m ig h t encourage you to experim ent w ith new activities. Consequently, you may discover
things about yourself.

With regard to background, differences in this area can go a long way in broadening your view of life and the
w orld around you. This w ill help you become m ore capable o f understanding and accepting differences th a t
exist am ong people.

In conclusion, differences in opinions, interests and backgrounds between friends may actually be a source of
inspiration and personal grow th rather than conflict. For this reason, I th in k th a t people w ho are ve ry different
from each oth e r are ju s t as likely to create m eaningful friendships as people w ho are sim ilar to each other.

3. FOCUS ON CONTENT AND ORGANISATION

Read the essay again and answer the following questions.
1. Does the w rite r agree or disagree w ith the essay topic? How do you know?
2. Does the w rite r use all the notes th a t have been given?
3. Where does the w rite r present the ideas given in the notes?
4. What idea does the w rite r come up with?
5. W hat does the w rite r do in the last paragraph?

4. FOCUS ON LINKING WORDS/PHRASES

A. Look at the highlighted words/phrases in the essay. Which word(s) or phrase(s) does the writer use to:
a. give his/her opinion
b. express transition
c. express result/consequence
d. sum up

<D
B. Now read the essay that follows that expresses an alternative point of view and complete it using the words/phrases in the
boxes.

giving opinion expressing result/consequence expressing transition summing up

believe personally due to thus as far as concerning w ith respect all in all

I (1)___________ agree w ith this statem ent. I th in k th a t people who diffe r from each oth e r w ill not be able to create a
lasting friendship as the differences th a t exist between them w ill d e fin ite ly act as a source of conflict.

(2 ) __________ opinions, it is clear th a t differences in w hat you believe and consider im p o rta n t can lead to
argum ents. Not being able to agree on im p o rta n t issues w ill go a long way in dam aging your effo rts to build a
friendship based on respect and understanding.
(3 ) __________ to interests, differences in this area w ill eventually lead to tw o people grow ing apart as th e ir priorities
differ. This is (4 ) ___________ the fa ct th a t they w ill w ant to spend th e ir free tim e doing com pletely different things.

( 5 )___________ background is concerned, it can, w ith o u t a doubt, serve as a barrier. Our backgrounds affect the
way we interact and com m unicate w ith each other. Differences in this area are, ( 6 ) ___________ , bound to lead to
m isunderstandings and conflict.
(7 ) ___________, it is clear th a t people w ho d iffe r greatly w ill not be able to build a friendship th a t lasts. This is, I
(8 ) ___________, because im p o rta n t differences tend to create problem s th a t result in friendships not being able to
stand the test of time.

5. WRITING TASK
A. Read the rubric, the essay topic and the notes and underline the key words. Notice that these notes have been expanded on.

In y o u r English class you have been ta lkin g a b o u t the im p o rta n ce o f family.

Now, yo u r English teacher has asked you to w rite an essay. Write an essay sons
using all the notes and give reasons fo r y o u r p o in t o f view. V J rite a b o u t:
• s u p p o rt
There are many valuable things in life but family is one of the most important
• a c ce p ta n ce
Do you agree?
• ... ( y o u r o w n idea)

Notes
support a. W ho do you tu rn to fo r em otional support? Why?

acceptance b. Who loves and accepts you fo r w hat you are? Why?

B. Now come up with your own idea on the essay topic as well as
examples to support it. Use the questions below to help you.
A TIP
Your own idea Justification When writing an essay expressing an opinion
for which notes have been provided:
• . read the rubric, essay topic and notes carefully.
. underline the key words and think of what
• Who do you tu rn to when you need help and advice? Why? position you wish to take on the topic (agree
• Who do you enjoy sharing special experiences with? Why? or disagree).
• How are your ideas, opinions, beliefs and values formed? • think of the arguments you can use to clearly
Who plays an im p o rta n t role in this? state an opinion in favour of or against the
• W hat makes the bond th a t you share w ith this person/ issue in question.
these people so special? • make sure that these arguments clearly
elaborate on the notes you have been given.
C. Copy and complete the outline below for your essay.
• come up with an additional idea which
supports your opinion and provide
INTRODUCTION justification for it.
- Paragraph 1: • select the arguments you have the most to
MAIN PART — Paragraph 2: say about and which help you build a sound
case for or against the essay topic.
- Paragraph 3:
• don’t try to deal with too many ideas.
CONCLUSION • don’t just mention the notes. Use information
that can help you justify, clarify and back up
your ideas/arguments/opinion.
D. Write your essay giving an opinion based on the
outline you have made (140-190 words). • don’t develop your ideas in the introduction.
• don’tintroduce new ideas in the conclusion.
For a list of linking words/phrases which
you can use when you are writing an
essay see Appendix
 B. Complete the blanks with the Present Simple or the
ro m d - a f? Present Progressive of the verbs in brackets.
L u c y : Hi, Kate. How are you?
K a te : I’m fine and w hat about you?
L u c y : Not bad. (1)_______________________(you / do)
l/o ô a la fa rÿ & anything tonight?
A. Read the text below and decide which answer a, b or c best K a te : Yes, I ( 2 ) _________ . (play) netball.
fits each gap. Why?
L u c y : Oh, I (3 )__________ . (think) about

friends, going to the cinema but it (4 )____________________

(sound) like yo u ’re busy. Maybe another tim e. So

friends, are you a m em ber of a netball team?

friends • • •
There are m any types of people (1)______ the w o rld and
m any types of friends. However, there are three d iffe re n t
types o f friends th a t e ve ryb o d y should have.
First, there is the school or w o rk friend. This is the
person w ho helps you get th ro u g h the school or w ork
day, but you w ould never really ( 2 ) ______ w ith them
outside these places. However, th e y are im p o rta n t in
your life as you w ill spend (3 )______ of tim e w ith them.
A nother type o f frie n d is the fun friend. You can’t really
(4 )______ anything im p o rta n t w ith them , but if you are
feeling ( 5 ) _______ th e y ’re great to go o u t w ith because
they can cheer you up.
K a te : Yes. We ( 5 ) _______________________(play) three
tim es a week. And every season we
(6 ) ________________________ (com pete) against
o ther teams.
L u c y : Wow. T hat’s really im pressive. I usually ju st
(7 ) _____________________ (sit) in fro n t o f the TV
in the evening!
K a te : I (8 ) __________________ . (like) netball, and it ’s a
great way to m eet people as well. We usually
( 9 ) _______________________ (organise) a social
evening once a m onth when we (1 0 )_________
(go) o u t fo r dinner. Anyway, w hy d o n ’t you come
along to n ig h t and give it a try?
L u c y : But I (11)_______________________(not know) how to
play netbail!
K a te : Don’t w o rry about that, we (12)__________________
(have) a com plete beginners team. Anyway, i t ’s
not a d iffic u lt game to play and I’m sure you w ill
enjoy it m ore than sittin g in fro n t o f the TV.

The last type of frie n d is really rare: th e y are the
benefactors. They are really ( 6 )______ so th e y pay for
you every tim e you go out. They usually have m any of
the things you can’t a fford to buy and are (7 )______
enough to let you borrow anything you want.
Friends are the (8) im p o rta n t th in a in vo u r life.
C. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do
not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given.
1. My cousin Ellie’s w edding is next July. m a rrie d
My c o u s in _______________________________ next July.
2. Macy and Brad are no longer to g e th e r after last
n ig h t’s fig h t. up

Treat them well, and you w ill have a happy life. Macy and B ra d _______________________________ after
last n ig h t’s fight.
3. The new secretary is less hard-w orking than
the last one. as
1. a. in b. on c. at The new s e c re ta ry _______________________________
the last one.
2. a. fall o u t b. make up c. hang out
4. When I moved house, I prom ised not to lose
3. a. m uch b. m any c. a lot con ta ct w ith m y friends. to u c h

4. a. quarrel b. discuss c. gossip When I moved house, I prom ised to

_______________________________ my friends.
5. a. depressed b. shocked c. embarrassed
5. I th o u g h t the test w ould be m ore d iffic u lt. as

6. a. generous b. courageous c. independent The test w asn’t _______________________________

thought.
7. a. kind b. glad c. patient
6. S tarting your hom ew ork earlier means you w ill
8. a. m ore b. m ost c. m uch finish sooner. th e
The earlier you s ta rt yo u r hom ew ork,
________________________________ finish.
LA
ie D. Choose the word or phrase that produces a E. Choose the word or phrase that most appropriately
grammatically correct sentence. completes the sentence.

1. ‘John is so annoying som etim es.’ 1. J. K. Rowling is an au th o r w ho has a ve ry creative

‘Yeah, I know. H e _________these silly questions.’
))
a. always asking a. w arm th
b. is asking always b. im agination
all.
c. asks always c. kindness
d. is always asking d. courage
jt
2. ‘ How are the yoga lessons com ing along?’ 2. When I was a teenager, my m o th e r always used to
ie. So ‘Great! I find th a t yoga re a lly _________me.’ me to cut my long hair.
a. relaxes a. nag
ree b. relax b. quarrel
c. is relaxing c. gossip
st d. relaxing d. com plain

3. A lthough Michael and Craig are the same size, 3. Enough of this arguing! I w ant you tw o to kiss and
ie TV Michael is _________Craig.
a. not as strong than a. break up
id it’s a b. not as strong b. make up
lly c. not as strong as c. hang out
ial d. not stro n g e r as d. fall out

come There’s no need to rush; w e’ve g o t . tim e 4. The people of this tow n are s o _ _. They take
ahead o f us. you into th e ir homes and o ffe r you all th a t they can.
how to a. a lot a. in te llig e n t
b. p len ty of b. patient
c. lots c. courageous
„ it’s d. many d. hospitable
u w ill
5. The higher up we climb, . oxygen we re going 5. His ancestors w e re . w ho rode on camels.
to need. a. passengers
nilar a. the m ore b. travellers
'en. Do b. m ore c. nomads
;n two
c. the m ost d. inhabitants
d. m ore and m ore
narried 6. A lthough he is a ve ry young a rtist, everyone admires
t July. 6. That hotel is relatively near the beach but it is the h is _________.
St fro m the c ity centre. a. generosity
up a. far away b. cre a tivity

after b. fa rth e r c. independence

c. farthest d. w arm th
d. fa rth e r than
7. I w o u ld n 't call M atthew a friend. He’s m ore of
as
7. The new superm arket w ill be b u ilt _________the
o u tskirts of the town. a. an acquaintance
a. in b. a colleague
b. at c. a classmate
touch c. on d. a relationship
d. by
8. A fte r b e in g ________ . fo r 25 years, th e y ’ve fin a lly

as 8. ‘W hat did you have fo r lunch today?’ decided to go th e ir separate ways.

‘ I h a d _________w ith a little rice on the side.’ a. fellow s
a. little chicken b. m arried
b. a chicken c. engaged
c. chickens d. fiancés
the
d. chicken

©
 rowd-ap

You will hear people talking in six different situations.
For questions 1-6, choose the best answer a, b or c.
1. You overhear tw o friends talking. Where do they
decide to go o u t tonight?
Read the following and tick the appropriate boxes. For
the points you are unsure of, refer back to the relevant
sections in the module.
NOW 1CAN...

a. to a club O distin g uish the d iffe re n ce in m eaning

b. to a pa rty
c. to a concert
>
oc
<
_l
z>
of w ords easily confused
O use verbs related to ‘speaking’
□
2. You hear a message le ft on an answ ering machine.
Who is the w om an calling?
<
u
o
>
a p p ro p ria te ly
O use phrasal verbs relating to people and
□
a. a m echanic
b. her boss
relationships □
c. her colleague 0 use the Present Sim ple and Present

3. You hear a message on an answ ering m achine. Why

was the date o f Molly's surprise p a rty changed?
cc
<
Progressive a p p ro p ria te ly
O d iffe re n tia te betw een stative and
□
a. C atherine’s fla t was flooded. non-stative verbs
□
□
<
Cd
b. M olly found o u t about the surprise. U O use d iffe re n t fo rm s of com parison
c. M olly w ill be away on business. O d iffe re n tia te betw een countable and

4. You overhear a man ta lkin g on the phone. What does

he need to get from the superm arket?
un countable nouns
□
a. bread O skim a te x t to understand the gist
□
b. fru it
c. a new spaper
O
z
Q
<
LlI
O scan a te x t to locate specific in fo rm a tio n
O use strategies to guess the m eaning of
□
cc
5. You hear tw o friends talking. What is the g irl’s
problem?
unknow n w ords in a te xt
□
a. She hasn’t g o t many friends. O understand the necessary in fo rm a tio n
b. She doesn’t like one of her friends.
c. Her best frie n d hates her.
ID
Z
z
LU
h
in a sh o rt spoken te x t

I/) O understand the main points in a radio

□
6. You hear an actress ta lkin g on the phone ab o u t her
audition. How does she feel about it?
□ in te rvie w
□
O ta lk a b o u t relationships (fa m ily and

□
a. She’s convinced she g o t the p a rt in the film .
b. She thinks she may get the part. friends)

c. She’s convinced she d id n ’t get the part. z o express feelings

□
<U
L
Q.
1/)
o express an opinion
O com pare and find sim ila ritie s and
□
differences
□
O discuss problem s young people face
□
P
O O w rite a le tte r to a frie n d o r relative
□
5
O w rite an essay g ivin g an o p inion
cc
based on notes
□
Which place in the world
would you most like to
visit? Why?
Where did you have the
most unforgettable holiday
of your life? What did you
do there?

Flick through the

module ana find..
an extract from a novel set
in North America
an incredible story set in
an airport
information about the
history of an exotic place
in India
a brochure about a ski
resort in Dubai
a talk by someone who has
been on a trekking holiday
in South America
information about a city in
the United Arab Emirates
an article about a city in
England

In this module you

will...
talk about places and
holidays
learn how to use
appropriate tenses to talk
about past events and
situations
learn adjectives and
adverbs which are useful
for describing and
narrating
learn how to write an
article about a place and a
story
speculate about problems,
express your opinion and
suggest solutions
acquire skills and
strategies that will help
you in exams
1. PRE-READING
Discuss.
Have you ever been skiing before? If yes, did you enjoy it? If not,
w ould you like to go?
Can you name any countries th a t are p opular fo r th e ir ski resorts?
How popular is skiing in your country?

2. READING FOR GIST

Read the text on page 25 quickly. What purpose do you
think the text was written for?

3. SCANNING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION

Read the text again. For questions 1-10, choose from the
sections A-F. The sections may be chosen more than once.

Which section...
discusses safety concerns
gives inform atio n on com pany reservations
m entions item s not included in a tic k e t price
gives info rm a tio n on booking tickets online
m entions the requirem ents fo r buying
a ski pass
suggests m aking reservations m ore than
a week in advance
m entions the length o f the ski runs
m entions oth e r sports except ski
and snow boarding

gives inform a tio n on how you can pay

m entions a discount

4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF UNKNOWN

WORDS
Match the highlighted words in the text with
their meanings below.
a. large in size

b. som ething th a t deserves a tte n tio n before

som ething else

c. relating to one person or th in g ; personal

d.the am ount of m oney you have to pay to

enter a place

to include as an im p o rta n t part

a sh ort trip away fro m home, school or w ork

 J / V
M

SKI DUBAI SNOW PARK %

SKI IN THE DESERT!
SKI DUBAI is an indoor ski resort covering
22,500 square m etres and features real snow all
year round. There are 5 ski runs, the longest being
400 metres. There is a Snow Park with lots of
activities for children and parents alike. A ttached
to the resort is the Kem pinski Hotel, a five-star
luxury international hotel.
For general inform ation call 04 409.4000
or e-m ail info@ skidxb.com
T his is the w o rld ’s largest S now Park and lies on 3000
square m etres of snow. It has hills, rides, a cave and regular
snow falls. A large observation tow er offers a w onderful view
of the main slope and has a self-service restaurant.
Opening times:
Sun-Wed 10am-11pm, Thu-Sat 10am-midnight
E ntrance fees (full day access):
Adults (13 years and up) $30
Children (up to 12 years) $ 15
Rates are in US dollars and are subject to change.

V isit our w ebsite to book group lessons or buy ski

passes and Snow Park tickets online

HOURS AND ADMISSION FEES Payment methods

Visa, M aster Card, A m erican Express.
Sun to W ed 10am-11pm,
Thu to Sat 10am -m idnight

Ski Passes: CORPORATE CLIENT DEALS W

Adults Children SKI DUBAI resort is ideal for com panies planning team
(13 years and up) (up to 12 years) building or an outing for their staff and fam ilies. Ski beginners
Ski slope
$40 $35 are taught the basics and experienced skiers are provided
(2 hours)
with a tw o-hour ski pass. A ctivity on the snow is followed up
Extension by a delicious meal in the St. M oritz Café.
$ 10 $5
(per hour)
Ski slope
The program m e can be taken fo r lunch or dinner and is
$ 75 $ 60
Day pass available only for groups of 20 persons and more.
Prices are in US dollars and are subject to For reservations e-m ail res@ skidubai.com and indicate
change. preferred date, tim e and the num ber of persons w ho are first
tim ers and those w ho can m anage alone with a ski pass.
Included in th e price
• Jacket
• Trousers Please consider booking at least 10 days in advance.
• Disposable socks
• Helmets for children
• Skis, poles and boots
• Ski lift pass THE KEMPINSKI INTERNATIONAL
5-STAR HOTEL
T he hotel features 393 deluxe room s and suites including 15
unique, A lpine ski chalets. T he ski chalet includes a bathroom ,
living area, spacious bedroom and kitchen.
SKI DUBAI SKI SCHOOL T he Kem pinski has a spa, an infinity sw im m ing pool and tennis
The ideal place to learn, refresh or im prove ski courts. The courts and pool open daily from 10:30am - 8pm.
and snow board skills. The em phasis is on fun and See bulletin board or contact us through
guests also learn skills suitable for ail ages and kempinski-dubai.com fo r consultation on an individualised, one-
abilities. Safety is always our priority. on-one fitness regim e organised by a personal trainer.
G roup les so n s p ric e list:
D eluxe doubles from $200 per room.
Discovery Lesson [60 mins] $ 40
Adult Group Lesson [90 mins] $ 50 Special offer:
Child Group Lesson [90 mins] $ 45 B ook a m inim um of tw o nights and get a 10% discount at Ski
Youngsters [3-6 years, 60 mins] $ 40
Dubai.
M axim um group num bers are 10 people of the To check availability and room prices please con tact us through
same ability per instructor. Individual lessons kempinski-dubai.com
available. Free shuttle service to and from the airpo rt
Please book in advance to ensure instructor available.
availability.
Please note that people w ho have never skied or
snow boarded need to take at least tw o lessons 5. POST READING
before they can purchase a ski pass. M inim um Discuss.
'equirem ents are to take the chairlift on your own,
• W ould you like to visit Ski Dubai? W hy/W hy not?
make turns and be able to stop.
• Which w in te r sports do you like?

©
2d Mcaiaiarcf & ÿi
{/o c a U fa rtf C ra m m r
f
WORDS EASILY CONFUSED 1. PAST SIMPLlE/ PAST PROGRESSIVE j
Complete the sentences using the correct form of the
words in the boxes. FOCUS ON USE
A. Read the text below and match the rules about the
room suite cabin uses of the Past Simple with the verbs in red in the
text.
1. We stayed at the Radison Hotel in a lu x u rio u s ____
A few years ago, I was w o rkin g fo r an international
w ith a living area, a separate dining area and a
com pany in Zurich. One Monday m orning after an
spacious bedroom . exhausting weekend, my alarm d id n ’t go off, so I got
2. The ship we to o k the cruise on was huge, and our to w o rk late. I rushed into m y office, sat down at my
desk and tried to look busy. Like any M onday m orning,
_______ was co m fo rta b le even th o u g h it was a bit
some of m y colleagues were w o rkin g w hile others
small.
were discussing th e ir weekend. At th a t m om ent, our
3. Did you book a single o r a d o u b le _______ ? boss w alked in, and to our surprise, he announced, 'I
have arranged a C orporate Clients weekend in Dubai
hotel resort hostel fo r all the s ta ff!’ As Dubai is hot, we all im agined
4. Many students prefer to stay in . .w h e n they ourselves in sw im m ing suits on a beach. But th a t is
not w hat happened. W hile we w ere w on derin g about
travel because they o ffe r cheap accom m odation.
w hat clothes to take fo r the weekend, our boss said,
5. We stayed at a p opular seaside h o lid a y _______ in ‘Don’t fo rg e t to bring some warm clothes fo r skiin g !’ Of
Spain w ith great beaches and lots o f discos. course, we th o u g h t he was jo kin g , but as it turned out,
we stayed at the Ski Dubai resort and w ent skiing every
6. This brand n e w _______ is located in the centre of the
day! The biggest surprise of the w hole weekend came
city, and facilities include a Health and Beauty Spa, a w hen we saw our boss doing some really fancy tricks
Fitness Centre and a Business Centre. on a snow board! At w ork, he was always ve ry serious
and never showed us th a t there was an adventurous
outing to u r jo u rn e y side to him.
7. We had a long and h a rd _______ ahead of us, so we
The Past Sim ple is used for:
decided to make an early start.
1. com pleted actions in the past
8. We stayed in the largest tow n on the island, but we 2. com pleted actions th a t happened one a fter the
organised s e v e ra l_______ to nearby villages. o th e r in the past

9. On the firs t day in Rome, we w e n t on a sightseeing 3. past habits or repeated actions in the past (often
used w ith adverbs o f frequency)
of the city.
4. an action in the past th a t in te rru p te d a ‘lo n g er’
voyage trip expedition action in progress

10. Mr Johnson is on a b u sin ess__ in South Am erica
and w ill be away fo r tw o weeks.
11. The ship made its firs t cro s s -A tla n tic .
12. My cousin Kyle volunteered to jo in a scientific
to the South Pole.
fee bill fare
13. Some banks charge an e x tr a _______ fo r this service.
B. Read the text again and match the rules about the
uses of the Past Progressive with the verbs in green
in the text.
in 1927.
The Past Progressive is used for:
1. te m p o ra ry past states or actions
2. an action in progress in the past th a t was
in te rru p te d by a nother action
3. sim ultaneous actions in progress in the past

14. How m uch is the b u s _______ ?

FOCUSON FORM
15. I have to pay my e le c tric ity _______ to m o rro w .
Look back at the text and answer the following
client guest custom er questions.

16. Our neighbours are organising a p a rty fo r 100 • Which verb is used to form the negative and
question form of the Past Simple?
_____ !
• In w hich persons do we use was and in w hich do
17. The shop assistants at this shop are ve ry polite and we use were?
always try to s a tis fy _______ . • In w hich of the tw o past tenses do some verbs
have an irre g u la r form?
18. He is a ve ry successful lawyer and m any o f h is _____
Go to Grammar Reference
are w ell-know n celebrities.

©
2. PRACTICE
A. Complete the sentences with the Past Simple or the Past Progressive of the verbs in brackets.
1. My young e r b ro th e r. 5. When L in d a . . (be) thinner,
(go) sw im m ing every a fte rn o o n last summer. s h e ________ . (often borrow ) her

2. The c a t. . (jum p) onto the sister’s jeans.

ta b le ,__ . (d rin k) the m ilk and 6. C h ris tin e ____ . (graduate) from
. (fall) asleep. C ardiff U niversity in 2007.

3. It _ (be) a w arm sum m er 7. This tim e last year I ______ . (surf) in

afternoon, and w e ________________
(sunbathe) on the beach when w e .
(hear) som eone shout fo r help.
4. Claire
p ilo t in those days.
Barbados.
8. S h e ______________________ . (shop) in the m arket
w hen s o m e o n e __________ ____________(take) her
. (still learn) to be a handbag.

B. Complete the text below with the Past Simple or the Past Progressive of the verbs in brackets.

Goa is a very attractive holiday destination on the west coast of India. Last
year, it (1)___________________ (receive) more than two million tourists,
400,000 of which (2)___________________ (come) from abroad.

However, for 450 years, this tiny state (3)___________________

(not / belong) to India but to Portugal. Portuguese merchants first
(4) ___________________ (arrive) in Goa in the 15th century by ship and
(5) ___________________ (take) control of the spice trade. While the
Portuguese economy (6)_____________________ (do) fine, many of Portugal’s
enemies (7)___________________(plan) its destruction. So the Portuguese
(8)____________________ (build) forts to protect themselves from
their enemies who (9)_________________ (continually / attack) Goa.

Even after India (10)_________________ (gain) its independence from the

British in 1947, Portugal still (11)_________________ (refuse) to give up
Goa. Portugal (12)___________________ (still / rule) Goa in 1961 when
the Indian army (13)________________________ (decide) to move in and take
control. The battle (14)____________________ (last) 26 hours after which the
Portuguese finally (15)___________________ (surrender) and went home.

Entjsiizh in
Read the text below and decide which answer a, ft or c best fits each gap.

1. a. m arried 5. a. quarrelled
t r a v e llin g in C O O iV I IA b. engaged b. com plained
c. in touch c. nagged
Last vear. iust after we a o t (1) , m v wife and I decided to spend a couple
of m onths travelling around South America. Am ong the m any interesting 2. a. was picking 6. a. resort

places we visited was the Nevado del Ruiz, an active volcano near the tow n b. picked b. cabin
c. pick c. hostel
of Manizales. Colombia. A bus (2) us up from our hotel at around 7:00
o’clock in the m orning and to o k us near the fo o t of the m ountain. It was a 3. a. voyage 7. a. clients
tirin a (3) w ith lots of tw ists and turns and this, to a e th e r w ith the hiqh b. outing b. custom ers
altitude, made some o f the (4) reallv ill. But nobodv (5) because c. jo u rn e y c. guests
the beauty o f the landscape made up fo r everything. On the way back, the 4. a. passengers 8. a. attached
bus stopped at a nice (6) w ith therm al baths. There were m any (7) b. visitors b. available
staying here, and my w ife and I put on our swim wear and enjoyed the hot c. inhabitants c. alike
springs. In fact, we found it so relaxing th a t we wanted to spend the nig h t there
but, unfortunately, there w ere no room s (8 )______ . Next tim e w e’ll ju s t have to
make reservations.
« / /
f a s t ei ,n /n < p

You will hear short conversations. After you hear each conversation, you will be asked a question about what you heard.
Choose the picture which answers the question correctly.

TIP
• Before you start listening, look at the three
pictures carefully to get a general idea of
what you are going to hear.
• Listen carefully to the dialogue and focus
on the question. All three pictures may be
referred to in the dialogue. However, only
one of them correctly answers the question.

□ a. c.

■■■ Xum ■■E ■■■ ■■■ ■■■

■■■ ■■■ ■■■ ■■■ Xmu ■■■

□ a.
■■■ ■■■
b.
■■■ ■X"
20 c.
■■■ ■■■
55

c.

i EQ

SpeC L & in^

1. WARM-UP
• W here do you like to go on holiday? Why?

□ a. 2. HELP SOLVE A PROBLEM

Work in pairs. Student A go to page 149. Student B
go to page 150.

3. FURTHER DISCUSSION
• When given d iffe re n t o ptions fo r a holiday
destination, w hat are the factors th a t help you
decide?
• If you had to choose betw een a place you’ve
been to before, and liked, o r a new place that
seems interesting, w hich w ould you choose?
Why?
• Do you prefer to travel alone o r w ith som eone
else? Where do you like to go? Why?

©
 k/ritinÿ an article, / iv r it m 2 d

1. DISCUSS
• What is the m ost interesting place you have ever visited? Where is it? What makes it so interesting?

! 2. FOCUS ON PURPOSE AND STYLE f

A. Read the text below. What kind of text is it? Where might you find it?

3. OUTLINE

When w ritin g an article

describing a place, follow
the o u tlin e below.

Think o f an interesting title

Y I have many fond memories o f my tim e studying in Bath and I try to return as often ^
as I can. It’s a beautiful city in the Southwest o f England on the River Avon w ith an INTRODUCTION
intriguing history. Its Roman Baths, elegant architecture and bustling streets make it a
Give general info rm ation
perfect spot fo r visitors.
about the place you are
The Romans were the first to make use o f the only hot springs in Great Britain that going to describe.
come bubbling up from the interior o f the Earth. People came from far and w ide to Refer to w hat makes the
bathe in the 'healing' waters. I love walking around the ancient baths and visiting the place interesting o r w hy you
fascinating museum. Bath is also notable for its remarkable examples o f 18th century are going to w rite about it.
architecture. Take a stroll around the city and undoubtedly you w ill uncover some
jewels, including the Royal Crescent, a street o f exceptional Georgian architecture and MAIN PART (2-3 paragraphs)
one o f the landmarks o f England. Describe the place, the sights
and the things to do.
After a long walk, the only thing to do is to stop fo r a cup o f tea and a pasty.
Traditionally, pasties are pastry filled w ith meat or cheese, b u t nowadays you can find Give yo u r im pression and/or
a w ide variety o f fillings; Chicken Tikka is my favourite. The city centre is usually packed describe your feelings.
w ith shoppers enjoying the shopping centres and the traditional farmers' markets.
CONCLUSION
There are also plenty o f bars and clubs fo r visitors interested in a nig h t on the town.
Sum up your o pinion by
Bath is definitely a fascinating city. From the ancient to the modern, there's always
m aking a general com m ent
som ething to discover. I only wish I could visit more often. or expressing your feelings.

B. The text above is an article. 4. WRITING TASK

Read the rubric below and write the article (140-190 words).
In w hich paragraph does the w riter:
You have seen this announcem ent in an in te rn a tio n a l travel magazine.
a. make a general statem ent
sum m ing up his/her opinion? My hometown
b. explain his/her connection w ith Tell us abo u t the place w here you grew up or live now, say w hat
the city? w ould a ttra c t travellers to it and describe how you feel about it.
The m ost interesting articles w ill be published in the next issue.
c. describe w h a t you can see in
the city?
d. explain w hat you can do in the city?

TIP
When writing an article, you want to catch the readers’
C. The writer has used language that makes the
attention and interest them. You should:
article vivid and interesting for the reader.
Find descriptive language in the article that • use a catchy title.
corresponds to the meanings below. . think about the purpose of the article and who will read
it in order to write in an appropriate style (formal or
very interesting (para 1) ____________________
informal).
busy (para 1) _____________________
. organise the article in paragraphs which expand on,
great distances (para 2) ____________________ describe or give examples of the topic.
a leisurely w alk (para 2) ____________________
• use lively colourful language (e.g. a variety of words/
crow ded (para 3) ____________________ phrases/expressions, direct and indirect questions).
an evening o u t (para 3) _____________________ • comment on the topic or give your opinion.
R e ad in g
1. PRE-READING
Discuss.
• If you were in a foreign country, w hich o f the fo llo w in g
places w ould you like to explore and why?

m ountains desert plains valleys

W hat are the dangers fo r people tra ve llin g in or

exp loring those places?

2. READING FOR GIST

The text on page 31 is an extract from a novel.
Read it quickly and answer the following question.

In w hich o rder can you fin d the fo llo w in g in the text?

• a description o f the main character

• a description o f w here the sto ry takes place

• a conversation betw een tw o characters

• a description of a pa rticu la r location

3. READING FOR DETAILS

Read the text again and answer the questions 1-6.
Choose a, b, c or d.

1. W hat is characteristic o f the landscape?

a. It consists o n ly of enorm ous plains.
b. It com bines various natural features.
c. It is always covered w ith grey dust.
d. It is inhabited by various animal species.

2. W hat does the pathw ay prove?

a. th a t other tra ve lle rs had trie d to cross the desert
b. th a t other travellers had found w ater
c. th a t the man was not alone
d. th a t there was no reason to despair

3. What does the tra ve lle r see on the pathway?

a. man-made objects
b. w hite sand
c. bones
d. men and oxen

4. What conclusion do we reach a fte r reading the

tra v e lle r’s description?
a. He is tired but feels op tim istic.
6. It is evid e nt fro m the passage that
b. He is sixty but looks fo rty.
a. the man doesn’t care about the little girl.
c. He is very weak.
b. the little g irl’s m other is going to jo in them .
d. He has a strong chance o f survival.
c. the man is sure th a t e ve ryth in g is going to be alright.
5. What do we learn about the little girl? d. the man is concerned abo u t the little girl.
a. She is dying.
b. She is big fo r her age.
c. She has injured herself badly.
d. She is hea lth ie r than the man.
 The Country of the Saints

Chapter 1
O n the Great Alkali Plain
Somewhere in the centre of the great North American Continent there is a dry and inhospitable
desert, which has for many years prevented the spread of civilisation. It covers an area from the Sierra
Nevada to Nebraska, and from the Yellowstone River in the north to the Colorado River in the south.
This miserable and barren landscape combines mountains, valleys, rivers and enormous plains, which
in winter are white with snow, and in summer grey with dust. The only inhabitants of this land are the 05
coyote and grizzly bears that search amongst the rocks for something to eat.
A lonely traveller stood on the northern slope of the Sierra Blanco, from which he could see this
huge land of miserable nothingness. He looked at the great flat plain-land and the chain of mountain
peaks on the horizon in despair. There was no sign of life, no movement on the dull, grey earth, and
no sound to break the absolute silence. As he looked down, he saw a pathway that stretched across the 10
desert. This was the path that so many adventurers had taken in the hope of finding water. But what
became of them was clear, as here and there were white objects which shone in the sun and stood out
against the grey sand. They were bones: some large and some small. They belonged to oxen and men.
It is difficult to say if the traveller was nearer to forty or to sixty. His face was thin and worn; his
eyes were sunken in his head; the hand which held the rifle was like a skeleton’s. It was clear that he 15
was dying - dying from hunger and from thirst. He had climbed here in hope of seeing some signs of
water. Now the plain stretched before his eyes, without a sign anywhere of a plant or tree which might
indicate the presence of it. There was no sign of hope. He realised that his journey had come to an end
and that he was about to die.
Before sitting down, he put his useless rifle and a large bundle, which he had been carrying with 20
great difficulty the whole time, on the ground. The minute the bundle touched the ground, a cry was
heard and a small, scared face, with bright, brown eyes appeared from it. ‘You’ve hurt me!’ said a child’s

‘Have I?’ the man asked gently, ‘I didn’t mean to.’ As he spoke, he unwrapped the grey blanket that
held the bundle together and took out a little girl of about five years of age. The child was pale and 25
weak, but her healthy arms and legs showed that she had suffered less than her companion.
‘How is it now?’ he asked anxiously, as she was still rubbing the back of her head.
‘Kiss it and make it well,’ she said showing the injured part to him. ‘That’s what mother used to
do. Where’s mother?’
‘Mother’s gone. I guess you’ll see her before long.’ 30
‘Funny she didn’t say goodbye. She’s been gone for nearly three days! Say, it’s very dry, isn’t it? Isn’t
there any water or anything to eat?’
‘No, there isn’t anything, dearie. You’ll just need to be patient for a while, and then you’ll be all
right.Put your head up against me like that, and then you’ll feel better.’
After she had said a prayer, the child fell asleep. He watched over her for some time, but then he 35
too fell asleep.
Far away in the distance a cloud of dust began to rise and as it came nearer to where the child and
man were sleeping, it became clear that a group of nomads was heading in their direction.

4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF UNKNOWN WORDS

5. POST-READING
Match the words 1-6 from the text with the meanings a-h. Discuss.
There are two extra meanings that you do not need to use.
• Did you like the extract?
1. inhospitable (line 1)
a. a person you are tra ve llin g w ith W hy / Why not?
it.
2. barren (line 4) b. com plete
• W hat do you th in k w ill probably
3. huge (line 8) c. character happen next in the story?
d. n o t pleasant to live in W hat makes you th in k so?
4. absolute (line 10)
e. d ry and w ith o u t any plants
5. indicate (line 18) f. bring
6. com panion (line 26) g. ve ry big
h. show
 м с а б ш м & р г с ш а к а г

i/o c a U a rÿ
1. ADJECTIVES ENDING IN -ED AND -ING 2. ADJECTIVES DESCRIBING PEOPLE
A. Read the following sentence. What’s the difference between bored AND PLACES
and boring ? Look at the adjectives in the box and
The g u id e d to u r was e xtre m e ly b o rin g and all the tourists g o t bored. decide if they are used to describe people,
places or both.
B. Read the sentences below and circle the correct answer.
1. Jennifer was surprised / surprising by the kindness of the stranger. enorm ous o p tim istic
m iserable amazing
2. Alex found it ve ry tired / tiring to have a fu ll-tim e jo b and attend
lonely unpleasant
u nive rsity in the evenings.
dull luxurious
3. Sheila is ve ry interested / interesting in archaeology. pale a ttractive
4. It was fascinating / fascinated to w atch the a rtist sketch his drawings. weak spectacular
5. The fans were disappointed / disappointing w ith the final score.

3. ADJECTIVES DERIVING FROM VERBS OR NOUNS

B. Complete the sentences below with adjectives. Use the words in capitals
НОП and a suffix (-y, -ful, -al, -ive, -ous, -less, -ed or -ing).
A lo t o f adjectives are f o r c e d by
1. Don’t be so . w ith yo u r work. CARE
a d d in g a s u ffix to a ve rb o r noun.
_______ so I ate three
2. I was feeling re a lly ____________ HUNGER
ham burgers.
A. Look at the adjectives below and write
how they are formed, as in the example. 3. I love his paintings; they are so COLOUR

healthy noun (health) + v 4. St Petersburg is fu ll o f ________ . buildings. IMPRESS

dangerous EXCITE
5. Helen is re a lly ________________ about her trip to Thailand.
scared
6. Thomas is a _____________ leader; he led his team to NATURE
beautiful
v ic to ry in the last game.
continental
exciting 7. The new girl is v e r y ____ ; she keeps to herself MYSTERY

useless most of the tim e.

attractive 8. John was wearing a ____ mask at the carnival. FRIGHTEN

1. PAST PERFECT SIMPLE / PAST PERFECT PROGRESSIVE

FOCUS ON USE
Look at the extracts from the text on page 31 and answer the questions that follow.
A fte r she had said a prayer, the c h ild fe ll asleep.
• Which action happened firs t and w hich happened next?
• Which tenses are used?
B efore s ittin g down, he p u t his useless rifle and a large bundle, w hich he h a d been c a rry in g w ith g re a t d iffic u lty the
whole time, on the ground.
• Why is he had been ca rry in g used instead of he had ca rrie d ?
• W hat’s the d ifference betw een the two?

FOCUSON FORM
Complete the chart with the missing words to form the Past Perfect Simple and the Past Perfect Progressive of the verb eat.

Affirmative Negative Question

Past P erfect Sim ple 1 had We eaten he ?

Past P erfect Progressive 1had We eatina he eatina?

Go to Grammar Reference

ф
 *

2. PRACTICE
A. Read the sentences below and circle the correct answer.
1. By the tim e I arrived / had arrived home, Lucy had cooked / had been cooking dinner.
2. Tim already finished / had already finished his project before I got / had got home.
3. One m orning last winter, I saw/ had seen a fox in my garden.
PLE 4. I had been walking / walked along the beach fo r a while when suddenly som ething had come / came o ut o f the sea.

i B. Complete the text below with the Past Simple, Past Progressive, Past Perfect Simple or Past Perfect Progressive of the
leople, verbs in brackets.

Fishing in a ••• coracle

■ Last sum m er, I (1 )__________________(stay) at a frie nd 's house
[ in a p re tty v illa g e in Wales. One m o rn in g , w h ile
| I (2 )________________ (have) breakfast, m y frie n d
f (3 )_________________ (tell) m e th a t his cousins
I ( 4 ) _________________ (go) fis h in g in a coracle. As
, I ( 5 )________________ (n o t hear) o f a coracle before, he
(6 ) ________________ (explain) to me w h a t it is. A coracle is

jitals a circular b o a t w h ic h Welsh p e o p le c o m m o n ly

(7) __________________ (use) fro m th e tim e o f th e Romans u n til
...■...:""' th e 1970s. In those days, coracles ( 8 ) __________________
CARE
(carry) p e o p le o r th in g s up and d o w n th e rivers but, nowadays, coracles are used fo r fish in g .
UNGER
We (9). . (decide) to g o d o w n to th e river and have a lo o k fo r ourselves. We (10).
OLOUR (walk) fo r a b o u t an h o u r w h e n w e fin a lly (11)_________ . (spot) m y frie n d 's cousins s ittin g in separate boats. As

rfPRESS th e y (12)__________________(fish) all m o rn in g , th e y (13). _________ (catch) q u ite a fe w fish. I was really curious to
see h o w th e y d o it. I (1 4 )_____________ . (notice) th a t w ith one hand th e y (15).
EXCITE
(hold) a n e t w h ile w ith th e o th e r hand th e y (1 6 )______________ (co n tro l) th e ir boats. Suddenly, a fish
JATURE
(17)__________________(get) ca u g h t in th e ir net. So each o f th e m (18) _____________ (p u ll) in his end o f th e net
until th e boats (19). (touch) and th e n , as if by m agic, th e y (2 0 )__________________(lift) th e fish
YSTERY
o u t o f th e net. The w h o le scene was am azing!

IGHTEN

Ênÿfàfb in age
Read the text below and complete the gaps. Use only one word in each gap.

Masafi is a tow n w hich lies beneath the Hajar m ountains in the United Arab Emirates.
Last year, I (1)___________ the o p p o rtu n ity to visit a frie n d w ho lives there. I had

ry the never ( 2 ) ___________ to th a t p a rt of the w orld before so I was overjoyed w ith his
in vita tio n. The tow n is fam ous (3) ___________ its sweet mangoes and fresh w ater
springs. When I arrived, the farm ers (4) ___________ already started picking
fru it. I tasted a m ango and I have to adm it, they ( 5 ) ______________the juiciest
mangoes th a t I had ever had! In the past, Masafi ( 6 ) ____________ an oasis fo r
erb eat. w eary travellers. It was also a m eeting po in t w here the buying and selling of
goods to o k ( 7 ) ___________ . The Masafi Friday M arket was started by a group of
farm ers who, a fte r com pleting th e ir Friday prayer ritual, gathered to sell th e ir
produce by the roadside. It ( 8 ) ___________ so successful th a t another sm aller
ating?
m arket was set up in the tow n. Overall, my trip to Masafi was both enjoyable
and interesting.

©
2 d fofoninjf' &
h 'g te
w n/nfl/
1. PRE-LISTENING 3. LISTENING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION
Look at the map and the picture from Patagonia and discuss. Listen again and complete the sentences
below.
• W hat do you th in k to u rists w ho visit Patagonia can see and do there?
• W hat anim als live in Patagonia? 1. Jane describes tre kkin g as

2. Jane enjoyed the peace and quie t in

Patagonia because she had a chance
t o ____________________________ there.
3. Except fo r tre kkin g , Jane also w ent
____________________________ and
m ountain biking in Patagonia.
4. Jane’s friend, Ana, w orks as a

5. In the p ast_________________________
were so big th a t gauchos had to do a lot
o f w alking every day.
6. Jane w ent tre kkin g in the Los Glaciares
National Park w ith some

7. Jane says she is planning to return to

2. LISTENING TO CHECK PREDICTIONS
Listen to Jane, who has just come back from a trekking holiday in South Am erica in a few years w ith
Patagonia. Check your predictions in the previous activity.

4. POST-LISTENING
TIP Discuss.
Before you listen, read the rubric carefully so that you know
• W ould you like to go on a trekking holiday
what topic is being discussed. Try to predict or guess what
the speakers are going to say about the topic. This way, it in Patagonia? W hy/W hy not?
will be easier for you to understand.

1. WARM-UP
• W hat kind o f things do you enjoy doing du rin g yo u r holiday?
2. SPECULATING AND MAKING A DECISION
Talk in pairs. Imagine that you are going to go on holiday next
week. Here are some things that can ruin a holiday. First, talk
to each other about how serious each problem is. Then, decide
which two would completely spoil your holiday. You can use
some of the words and expressions in the boxes.
stress w o rry disappointm ent trouble hassle let down
In my opinion... is the worst thing that can happen because...
I believe... is not such a serious problem.
As far as I’m concerned... can be such a hassle.
To my mind... w ould be very troublesome.
...would ruin my holiday.
...could cause me lots of stress and anxiety.
...may not com pletely spoil my holiday but it would definitely
w orry/annoy me.
TIP
• There are no right or wrong answers but
you must make sure to justify your answer.
. Remember this is not a monologue so both
speakers must have equal opportunity to
speak.
. You should listen to your partner’s
opinion and respond by either agreeing or
disagreeing with it.
. Focus on the written prompts above the
visuals to keep the task in mind.
• Don’t forget that there are two parts to
the task. One part is expressed in the
instructions as ‘First, talk...’ and the second
part as ‘Then decide...’. So towards the end
of the task, you must reach a decision that
you have negotiated with your partner.
 M e c Jx ic a rM & to r m m a i* '
off these problems?
How serious is each o orobiem s? /✓ * /> **
W hich tw o w ould co m p le te ly spoil your l/oeaiun’V
holiday?
ADVERBS OF MANNER
A. Read the extract from the talk that you heard in the listening section.
What was unfortunate?
I also h e ard p le n ty o f stories a b o u t pum as but, u n fo rtu n a te ly, I d id n ’t
actu a lly see any.

N O™ t
Adverbs of manner describe or add information to the meaning
of a verb, an adjective, another adverb or a whole sentence.
sudden rain They are usually formed by adding -ly to an adjective
(e.g. unfortunate - unfortunatelyi).

B. Read the sentences below and circle the correct answer.

1. Dan lost his w allet but, fortunately / completely, the person who found
it returned it to him.
2. We were playing football when, possibly / suddenly, it started raining.
3. It was probably / incredibly hot yesterday; they say the tem perature
reached 48 degrees.
4. Naturally / Luckily, Janet was happy to hear th a t she g o t the jo b she
had applied for.
lost luggage 5. I w ill finally / probably not go o u t to n ig h t because I’m not feeling very
well.
6. Our team played as well as they luckily / possibly could.
7. There was a public tra n sp o rt strike yesterday, but luckily / probably, I
found a taxi easily and managed to get to w o rk on time.

L fr a m m r
USED TO -WOULD -WAS/WERE GOING TO

A. Read the extracts from the talk that you heard in the listening
section and answer the questions that follow.
stolen money
He to ld us a b o u t the old days when he used to be all alone and
w o u ld n ’t see a n o th e r hum an be in g fo r days.
We were g o in g to go sa iling on one o f the lakes, too. But,
unfortu n a te ly, so m e th in g w ent w rong and th a t was cancelled.
1. W hich stru ctu re refers to actions som ebody intended to do in the
past (b u t p robably d id n ’t)?
2. Which structures refer to repeated actions or situations in the past?

B. Rewrite the sentences below using the words in brackets.

1. In the past, I smoked, but I stopped a few m onths ago. (used)

getting lost 2. I planned to get up early this m orning, but my alarm d id n ’t go off.
(going)

3. Emily w ould w ork out at the gym every day before she g o t married,
(used)

4. My parents wanted to travel by plane, but all the flig h ts were fu lly
booked, (going)

5. Our Maths teacher always helped us w henever we c o u ld n ’t solve a

problem , (w ould)

Go to Grammar Reference

o
 1. DISCUSS
Have you ever been in an em barrassing situation? W hat happened? How did you feel?

2. FOCUS ON TASK COMPLETION, STYLE AND ORGANISATION

Read the rubric and the story below. Then, answer the questions 1-5.

The English Club o f y o u r sch o o l/co lle g e has organised a s h o rt s to ry co m p e titio n and you have decided to enter. The
c o m p e titio n rules say th a t the s to ry m u st end w ith the fo llo w in g words:

Looking back, / can now say it was very funny but a t the time, / was so embarrassed!

Last year, I went to Ecuador on holiday. Since Ecuador

is well-known for its fine chocolate, I decided to buy
some for my dad. Boy, was th a t a mistake!

VJhen I got to Quito airport, I went straight to a shop th a t had all kinds of chocolates.
There was dark chocolate, white chocolate, even chocolate in the shape of objects! My
dad collects antique pistols, so when I found a chocolate bar in the shape of a gun, I
thought, 'This is the perfect gift!1 I put the 'gun' in my bag, and went through security
control.

As the men were screening my bag, they seemed to be anxious and started making phone calls.
f il!

Then, a police officer appeared and said, 'Will you please follow me, Sir?' Suddenly, I remembered:
the gun!

A fter I had taken the chocolate out of my bag and showed

them what it really was, they laughed and apologised
for the misunderstanding. Looking back, I can now
say it was very funny but at the time, I was so
embarrassed!

1. Why was the w rite r embarrassed? Do you th in k the situation was funny?
2. Has the w rite r changed the p ro m p t sentence used at the end of the story?
3. In w hich paragraph does the w rite r m ention w here and when the sto ry to o k place?
4. Does the w rite r use form al o r inform al language?
5. What tenses does the w rite r m ainly use in the story?
 3. FOCUS ON TIME LINKERS 4. WRITING TASK
A. Complete the rules below with the highlighted words in A. Read the rubric below and complete the outline for the
the story on page 36. story.
An in te rn a tio n a l travel m agazine is org a n isin g a s h o rt
Use before,. ________ , until, till, as
s to ry c o m p e titio n and you have decided to take part.
soon as and by the time to link tw o past actions, one
The co m p e titio n rules say th a t the s to ry m u st end w ith
of w hich happened earlier than the other.
the fo llo w in g words:
• Use while and . w ith the Past Progressive It was a holiday I will never forget.
to link tw o past actions w hich were happening at
the same tim e or to intro d u ce the ‘lo n g e r’ o f the tw o INTRODUCTION
actions. When did you go on the holiday?

Use tim e w ords/phrases such as yesterday, last night,

W here did you go?
____________ , after th at,____________ , next,
____________ , just then, etc. to indicate when
Who did you go with?
som ething happened.

How did you feel at the time?

B. Expand the notes below into full sentences. Use the
appropriate past tenses and the time linkers given.
MAIN PART
1. we / arrive / we / go / s tra ig h t / hotel (as soon as)
W hat were you expecting the holiday to be like?

W hat was it like? / W hat happened?

2. Kate / have / big / breakfast / she / go sightseeing
(then) W hat did you (and the others) do?

How did you (and the others) feel?

3. Bob / take / pictures / m onum ents / guide / tell /

CONCLUSION
to urists / about / histo ry / c ity (while)
What was the outcom e o f the events?

How did you (and the others) feel at the time?

4. I / w alk / square / stranger / approach / and / ask /
How do you (and the others) feel about the events
some m oney (as)
now?

5. Alice / get / station / train / already / leave (by the

I:
tim e) TIP
When writing a story remember that:
• you should try to keep the plot of the story fairly
simple.
• the story should continue from or end with the
prompt sentence.
. the story should be organised in paragraphs, have
an interesting introduction and an appropriate
conclusion.
• you should use informal or consistently neutral
language.
• you should use past (narrative) tenses.
• you should use linking words (to indicate the
sequence of events, chronological order, etc.).
• you should try to create an appropriate atmosphere
by using direct speech, very short sentences,
questions, exclamations and vivid vocabulary.

B. Now write the story (140-190 words).

For linking words/phrases and other words/

phrases that you can use, see Appendix I. y y
 romi a - a p

Ù st& nih c € /t( t /

You will hear short conversations. After you hear each
conversation, you will be asked a question about what you
heard. Choose the picture which answers the question
correctly.
Read the following and tick the appropriate boxes. For
the points you are unsure of, refer back to the relevant
sections in the module.
NOW 1CAN...

O d istin g uish the d iffe re n ce in m eaning

□
>
CC
<
_l of w ords easily confused
0Û
O use adjectives and adverbs to describe

□
<
u
o people and places
>

O use the Past Simple, Past Progressive,

Past P erfect Sim ple and Past P erfect
Progressive a p p ro p ria te ly □
cc
<
5
s
O use tim e linkers co rre c tly
O use used to and w o u ld to refer to repeated
□
□
<
cc
13 actions o r situations in the past
O use w as/w ere g o in g to to refer to
u n fu lfille d plans and in te n tio n s in
the past □
O skim a te x t to id e n tify its purpose
13
z
Q
and the topics discussed
o scan a te x t to locate specific
□
□
<
LU
CC in fo rm a tio n
O understand details in a te x t □
o understand sp ecific in fo rm a tio n in a
sh o rt conversation and id e n tify the picture

□
o

z th a t corresponds to the in fo rm a tio n

UJ
H
U) 0 understand specific in fo rm a tio n in
_1
a m on o lo g u e and com plete gapped
sentences □
O ta lk ab o u t in te re stin g places and
L
restaurant
cc
o

§
1 house

V illa Rd.
co
restaurant
13
z
*
holidays
0 help solve a problem by m aking
□
M a p le St. M ap le S'
* r
<
Ld
Q. suggestions □
□
to
park

1 S I
station

□ a.
O speculate on a to p ic and make a decision

13
z O w rite an a rticle describing a place □
1—
cc
5
O w rite a sto ry □
Discuss:
• What does success mean to
you?
• In your opinion, what is the
secret to being successful at
school or at work?

Flick through the

module and find...
• information about three
famous millionaires
• a short text about choosing
the right career
• an article about three people
who have unusual jobs
• an article about mass media
studies
• an essay discussing
the advantages and
disadvantages of students
having a part-time job

In this module you

will...
• talk about work and
education
• learn how to use appropriate
tenses to link the past with the
present
• learn how to write a letter of
application
• learn how to define people,
places, things and ideas and
give additional
information about them
• discuss issues related to
foreign language learning
• differentiate between British
and American English words
• express opinion, make
suggestions and express
criticism or regret
• learn how to write an essay
expressing opinion
• acquire skills and strategies
that will help you in exams
 re a a m

1. PRE-READING 2. READING FOR GIST

Discuss. Read the text quickly without paying any
• What is your ideal job? W hat are the reasons fo r your choice? attention to the missing sentences. What are
the three jobs described in it?
• Can you th in k of any unusual jobs? Do you know any people w ith
strange jobs?

o d d o c &

Doctor, police officer, lawyer, teacher... Everybody U dy work

has heard of these jobs, but the most interesting
jobs are not always the most obvious. Here are a few people who think they have some of the best jobs in the
world - and it is possible that you have never even considered them.

Naturally, playing w ith half-w ild bulls is a dangerous 15

job. H So w hy does he do it?
'I put m yself in danger to help others,’ he says,
‘I also love e n te rta in in g the crow d. I've always been
the kid w ho could make people laugh.’

Gus Wong is a fin g e rp rin t analyst at a police station. 20

His jo b is responsible, th o u g h less dangerous
than Brad’s. Analysts use fin g e rp rin ts to id e n tify
crim inals. ‘Crim inals can m ove away, change th e ir
hair colour, even th e ir names,’ says Gus. ‘ But they
can’t change th e ir fin g e rp rin ts .’ Q That way, 25
even if a crim inal has changed his name, he can be
identified.

Brad C harandoff has enjoyed an adrenaline rush

since he was a child. Growing up on a ranch, he
had p le n ty o f o p p o rtu n ity fo r adventure. Q
When he was th irte e n , he started com peting in
rodeos. He was im m e d ia te ly fascinated by the
rodeo clowns.

Rodeo clowns are an essential p a rt o f the sp o rt

o f bull riding. During the co m p e titio n , a cow boy gets
onto a bull, w hich does its best to buck him off. The
cow boy w ho can stay on the longest is the w inner. 10
But sooner or later, all o f them fall o r ju m p o ff the
bull. Q To do this, th e y wear co lo u rfu l, baggy
clothes, and may run in fro n t o f the bull o r th ro w
som ething at it.

I

m Many em ployers also require them to
have a post-secondary degree. ‘You need good
com puter skills, an eye fo r detail and a lo t o f
patience,’ adds Gus. ‘ I have analysed thousands
of individual fin g e rp rin ts over my career. It
is ofte n exhausting, but I have seen m any
crim inals convicted because o f evidence th a t I
found.’
Richard Beamish also w orks behind the scenes.
He’s a professional actor, b u t you w o n ’t ever see
his face. Richard is a voice a cto r - one o f the
people w ho give th e ir voices to characters in
cartoons, video games and com m ercials. Voice
actors use th e ir voices to help create a unique
and interesting character.
For the past three years, Richard has provided
the voice of the character Twinkle in the
children ’s television show Space Club. Q
Most voice actors don’t get hired to do cartoons
right away - they need to get experience doing
less glam orous w o rk such as recordings fo r
com m ercials. However, this isn’t the case w ith
Richard. ‘The d ire c to r gave me a d e scription o f
the character, a sketch o f how he looked, and a
piece of script. I created his voice fro m th a t and
they liked w hat th e y heard!’
Richard loves the experience of recording the
shows. 'We sta rt at nine in the m orning. I try
to read the scrip t q u ickly before we start, but
3. RECONSTRUCTING A GAPPED TEXT
Six sentences have been removed from the text on pages 42-43.
Choose from the sentences A-G the one which best fits each gap
30 (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use.
TIP
When you are presented with a text from which sentences
have been removed:
35 • first read the whole text in order to get an overall idea.
• read the sentences before and after the gap and the
sentences that have been removed from the text, looking
for clues in both the text and the sentences. The correct
option must logically complete the writer’s meaning and
grammatically fit the gap.
40 • pay attention to sentence linkers (.moreover, on the other
hand, as a result, after, etc.) as well as reference items (.he,
it, this, there, etc.) and identify what they refer to. This will
help you understand the text.
A. He com pares the prints fo u n d at a crim e scene w ith those in
45
the police database.
B. That gives him a sense of satisfaction because he is helping
make the w orld a b e tte r place.
C. He g o t his present jo b th ro u g h an audition.
50 D. F in g e rp rin t analysts need to take a special course to learn
the skills needed fo r th e ir job, w hich th e y may do at a college
or th ro u g h the police station.
E. He learnt to ride a horse w hen he was ab o u t tw o years old.
F. He has received tw e n ty broken bones, fo u r concussions, and
has needed stitches m ore tim es than he can count.
55
G. The rodeo clowns d istra ct the bull long enough so th a t the

I have been playing Twinkle fo r so long I know cow boy can get away safely.

exactly how he should sound. We sit in a circle

4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF UNKNOWN WORDS
w ith ou r mikes, and then the silliness begins.’
Look at the following words from the text and choose the correct
meaning a, b or c.
1. essential (line 7) 4. convicted (line 34)
a. unnecessary a. found g u ilty
b. im p o rta n t b. set free
c. exciting c. arrested

2. baggy (line 12) 5. glam orous (line 48)

a. tig h t a. unusual
b. small b. a ttra ctive and exciting
c. loose c. well-paid

3. id e n tify (line 22)

a. understand
b. arrest
c. say w ho som ebody is

5. POST-READING
• Which of the three jo b s m entioned in the te x t appeals to you
most? Why?
• W hat’s m ore im p o rta n t, m oney or jo b satisfaction? Why?
• W hich three jobs do you th in k are the m ost im p o rta n t in
society? W hat makes them so im portant?

o
 y
y

3 d j iw c o la f t o y '

i/o c a id ^ a r^
1. NOUNS DESCRIBING OCCUPATIONS 1. PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE /
A. Look at the example from the text below. What does a PRESENT PERFECT PROGRESSIVE
fingerprint analyst do?
Gus Wong is a fin g e rp rin t a n a lyst a t a p o lic e station. FOCUS ON USE
A. Read the extracts from the text on pages 42-43 and
choose the correct explanation a or b.
son
The noun analyst is used to describe an 1. Brad C ha ra n d o ff has e n joyed an adrenaline rush
occupation. Many nouns used to describe since he was a child.
occupations end in suffixes such as -istj -er a. Brad used to enjoy an adrenaline rush.
or -ian. b. Brad still enjoys an adrenaline rush.
2. That way, even i f a c rim in a l has changed his name,
B. What are the occupations corresponding to the words he can be id e n tified .
below? Write them in the correct column in the table. a. What is im p o rta n t is the result of the action.
science" music babysit manage a rt e le ctricity b. The tim e of the action is im p o rta n t.
archaeology politics design engine reception 3 . ... b u t I have been p la y in g Twinkle fo r so long...
b iology econom ics m athem atics psychology a. He stopped playing Twinkle long ago.
b. He is still playing Twinkle.
-ist -er -ian
B. Read about the uses of the Present Perfect Simple
scientist and Present Perfect Progressive and find examples
in the text on pages 42-43.

The Present P erfect Sim ple is used for:

1. an action th a t happened in the past, but the exact
tim e is not m entioned.
2. an action th a t happened in the past and finished,
but the results are obvious in the present.
3. an action th a t started in the past and continues
up to the present (emphasis on the action).

C. Now use some of the words from the table above to TIME EXPRESSIONS
complete the sentences. used with the Present Perfect Simple
1. When my husband and I w ant to go o u t in the evening, just, yet, already, ever, never, before, always,
we find a (n )_____________ to take care of the children. how long, for, since, recently, lately, so far

2. Tom is a (n )_____________ in a rock group. UJ We use the Past Simple fo r actions th a t

H
3. T h e _____________ of the com pany decided to give all O happened in the past and the exact tim e
the staff an increase in th e ir salary. is m entioned.

A ndrew is a v e ry ta le n te d _________ and he has an

The Present Perfect Progressive is used for:
e xh ibition at the Fisk Gallery this week.
an action th a t started in the past and continues
5. T h e ___________ charged me 50 euros to fix my cooker. up to the present (emphasis on the d uration o f the
action).
2. WORDS EASILY CONFUSED
Use the correct form of the words in the boxes to complete TIME EXPRESSIONS
the sentences. used with the Present Perfect Progressive
w ork job how long, for, since, all day/m orning, etc.
1. This is a _____ . that requires a lot o f patience.
2. I was late f o r _ _____this m orning because o f tra ffic. FOCUSON FORM

earn win Look at the examples you have found and complete the
rules.
3. I only have a part-tim e job, so I d o n ’t ________ much.
4. A m a n d a ________ a lot o f m oney in the lo tte ry last year. Present Perfect Simple
subject +. . + past participle
retire resign
5. Mr Jacobs __ . as general m anager of the Present Perfect Progressive
com pany because of health reasons. subject + _ been +
6. My gra n d m oth e r ta u g h t French fo r 35 years and she
Go to Gram m ar Reference
________ last year at the age of 65.
2. PRACTICE
A. Read the sentences and circle the correct answer.
1. I haven’t seen / didn’t see the new episodes of Prison Break yet.
2. Haven’t you never / ever been to Paris?
3. John has slept / has been sleeping since tw o o’clock this afternoon; wake him up.
4. Did you visit / Have you visited your grandparents last weekend?
5. Emma hasn’t had a holiday since / for tw o years now, and she feels like she really needs one.

B. Read the text and complete the blanks with the Present Perfect Simple, the Present Perfect Progressive or the Past Simple
of the verbs in brackets.

Bill Gates
. (w ork) w ith com puters fro m a ve ry young age. When he
was o n ly 14, he (2) _________________ (have) his own com pany and he
(3) . (make) his firs t fo rtu n e o f $2 0 ,0 0 0 . Through his com pany
M icrosoft, Gates (4) __________________(make) the personal co m p u te r a
household item and he remains one o f the richest men in the w orld.

(be) one of the m ost fam ous businessmen in the

US since the 1980s, and he ( 6 ) ___________________ (survive) many financial
disasters. He is involved in many d iffe re n t kinds of businesses such as hotels,
casinos, resorts, g o lf courses, as well as being a popular TV p ersonality and
the ow ner o f the Miss Universe Organisation. Since 2003, Trump
( 7 ) ___________________(produce) and (8 )___________________ (also host) the
popular reality TV show, The A pprentice, in w hich he ‘fire s ’ unsuccessful
business contestants and ‘hires’ a w in n e r w ho w ill manage one o f his
companies.
■ ■ ■ »asm t --

I (9) . (sta rt) his firs t business at the age of 15. Since then, he
(10) _ (succeed) in developing m any kinds o f com panies w ithin
his V irgin C orporation, such as music stores, airlines and m usic labels. Because of
Branson, the V irgin label (11)___________________ (becom e) one of the m ost well-
known brands in the w orld.

Sir Richard Branson

tn № 6
Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given.
Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words including the word given.
1. The last tim e I w ent to the beach was three days ago. for
I haven’t b e e n ________________________________________________________________ three days.
2. When did Carl s ta rt learning English? has
H o w ________________________________________________________________ English?
3. Let’s not see th is film ; I saw it last week. already
Let’s not see this film ; I _________________ _ it.
4. Diana moved to Madrid in 2 0 0 6 and she still lives there. been
D ia n a ___________________________________________________ in M adrid since 200 6 .
5. I boug ht this car in November. had
I_____________________________________________ . November.

©
 2. MULTIPLE MATCHING
You will hear five different people talking about jobs
1. PRE-LISTENING and job qualifications. Choose from the list a-f what each
Discuss. speaker says. Use the letters only once. There is one extra
• W hat jo b w ould you like to do? letter which you do not need to use.

• W hat kind of q u alifications are necessary?
TIP
When doing a multiple matching listening
task, remember to:
. read through the questions carefully to get
a clear idea of what you are listening for.
• wait to hear the recording a second time
before you make your final decision.
a. I was given advice on how to com plete an application form.
b. I am hoping to move up from my present position.
c. I did a college course after starting a business.
d. I was helped by a teacher to decide w hat subjects to
choose.
e. I was given tips fo r a successful jo b interview.
f. I discovered m y ideal jo b by doing some research.
Speaker 1 Speaker 3 Speaker 5
Speaker 2 Speaker 4

1. CHOOSING BETWEEN OPTIONS

Imagine that you are a college student, majoring in Tourism. You have the option to work in a five-star hotel as a
receptionist, or to work for a travel agency as a tour guide for the summer season. Both jobs are available for this year
only, and the opportunity will not come again. Decide which option will benefit you more.
First: Then:
Look at the pictures and ask your teacher: When you have all the in fo rm a tio n you need, explain w hich
• W hat are the duties and responsibilities fo r each job? op tio n is m ore beneficial to you and why.

• W hat are the hours and wages?

• W hat are the advantages and disadvantages o f each job?

OPTION 1 OPTION 2

2. FURTHER DISCUSSION
• Have you ever had a part-tim e or a sum m er job? valuable experience fle xib le greater independence
make ends m eet responsible e fficie n t
W hat did you like/dislike about it?
c o m m unication skills
• W hat are the advantages o f having a part-tim e job?
 li/ritiny a better oft application
L DISCUSS
~~'Нг

• What do em ployers look fo r in a jo b candidate?

4. OUTLINE
writing 3d
When you are w ritin g a le tte r o f application fo llo w the
• Is w o rk experience m ore im p o rta n t than qualifications? o u tlin e below.
2. FOCUS ON CONTENT GREETING
Read the rubric and the sample letter below. What
Use an app ro p ria te greeting (formal).
information does the writer give about herself to show
:hat she is suitable for the job? OPENING PARAGRAPH
Use set phrases to state the position you are
Shop a s s is ta n t re q u ire d fo r b o o k s h o p
applying fo r and w here you saw the advertisem ent.
• Applicants m ust appreciate books and be reliable
• Good custom er service and co m m unication skills essential MAIN PART
• Previous sales experience preferred M ention yo u r age.
• Part-tim e w ork
Describe yo u r q u a lifica tio n s and experience.
Apply in w r itin g to : PO B ox 7450 Give in fo rm a tio n ab o u t your present or previous jo b

€ if relevant.
State any relevant interests or hobbies.
Explain w hy you believe you are suitable fo r the job.
Dear Sir/Madam,
I am writing with regard to the CLOSING PARAGRAPH
position of sales assistant advertised in M ention th a t you hope your application w ill be
The guardian’ on 21st November. taken in to consideration.

I I am seventeen years old and I’m currently M ention th a t you enclose a CV and/or a reference.
I attending Radcliffe Sixth Form College, where I
am studying A level Business Studies, Maths and SIGNING OFF
German. I have previous experience working as Use a fo rm a l signature ending. Sign underneath and
a sales assistant in a department store. The job p rin t your full name below yo u r signature.
nvolved attending to customers’ needs and working
o n the till. This experience provided me with
ain w hich
excellent customer service and communication skills
through negotiating with demanding customers.
TIP
In addition , I realise that reliability is important. I When writing a letter of application:
consider myself to be hardworking and dependable. • begin and end your letter with appropriate
(n. my free time, I like reading and I am also an
expressions.
active member of the local library.
• use formal language and write in a confident
I believe I possess the necessary skills and experience manner.
for this position. I have enclosed a copy of my
curriculum vitae as well as a reference from my • identify the qualities required for the job (as
previous employer. I hope my application will be stated in the advertisement) and explain why
taken into consideration. you consider yourself suitable for the job.

I look forward to hearing from you.

Yours faithfully, 5. WRITING TASK
You have seen this advertisement and have decided
to apply for the job. Write your letter of application (140-190
words).
Helen Austin
s STAFF REQUIRED 5r. possess
-'a/ent
14
3. FOCUS ON STYLE FOR INTERNET CAFE
Read the letter again and find the formal words/ We offer: We require:
expressions that correspond to the more informal • Part-time work • Basic com puter skills
meanings given below. • Flexible hours • Pleasant personality
^c o n s tru e
about (para. 1) _________________________ • Excellent • Knowledge of a vertical a r
TIM working foreign language an and со
now (para. 2) _________________________
conditions advantage Msed on
taking care of (para. 2) _________________________ >s
Apply in writing to: PO Box 3429
gave (para. 2) _________________________ ied ficu /t e n v

I th ink I am (para. 3) ______________________ ‘t ö rf ’S o f ГПг

I have (para. 4) _________________________

I have included (para. 4) _________________________ For the layout of formal letters and set
phrases you can use, see Appendix I.
tho ught about (para. 4) _________________________

©
 R&adin^
1. PRE-READING
Discuss.
• W hat do you th in k the subjects Media Studies and Film
Studies are about?
• W hat can students learn fro m taking these courses?

2. READING FOR GIST

Read the text quickly and check your answers to the
questions above.

3. READING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION

Read the text again and answer the questions 1-5.

1. Who believes th a t the mass media have an im p o rta n t

role in to d a y’s society?
a. only university students
b. a small m in o rity of Am ericans
c. influential mem bers of society
d. nearly everyone

2. Who is responsible fo r Mass Media Studies being a

successful school subject?
a. course planners
b. the press
c. technologists
d. students There are ve ry few people to d a y w ho w ould
disagree w ith the o pinion th a t the mass media have
3. Why is Film Studies a popular course?
a pow erful influence on shaping life in the m odern
a. because students w ant to enter the m ovie-m aking
w o rld . N evertheless, the in tro d u c tio n o f Mass
business
05 Media Studies in Am erican schools and universities
b. because it provides variety in students’ curricula
was opposed by some people. Many educators
c. because students have a keen interest in movies
were w orried th a t the focus in this new academ ic
d. because students are ta u g h t in H ollywood studios subject w ould be on less im p o rta n t matters, such

4. According to the te xt w hat is one of the advantages of as rum ours or gossip concerning m ovie stars and

doing Media Studies? 10 w hat are now known as celebrities. However, it is

a. It helps students understand the w orld around them. the responsible behaviour of cu rricu lu m designers

b. It helps students become more creative.
c. It helps students make a career choice.
d. It helps students become m ore independent.
5. Why did it take a long tim e fo r schools to include Mass
Media Studies in the courses offered?
a. There was not enough inform ation on m ovie stars.
b. The term ‘celebrities’ had not yet been invented.
c. There was a fear that it was not a serious subject.
d. Too many people were gossiping about education.
and teachers w hich has largely prevented such a
developm ent. The emphasis has been on how
television, the press and the new technologies are
15 organised and controlled.
Film Studies, w hich is a branch of Media Studies, is
a very p opular o ptional course as m otion pictures
are p a rtic u la rly in te re s tin g to teenagers and
college students. A part fro m describing the way
20 the H ollyw ood studios make movies, the course
also includes general p rin cip le s a b o u t m ovie
m aking. The increasing a va ila b ility of reasonably

©
would priced, lig h t digital cameras, and access to Internet
ia have sites, such as YouTube, has made it cheaper and
lo d e rn 25 easier to produce m ovies and to find viewers fo r
: Mass the movie. In a w orld where young people are
rsities repeatedly criticised fo r lack of im agination and
icators lack of independence, the a b ility to understand
îdem ic how socie ty w orks and a chance to becom e
s, such 30 active ly involved in the w o rld , are im p o rta n t
3rs and benefits w hich come from having Media Studies
'er, it is on school and college curricula.
Eigners
such a
in how
4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF UNKNOWN WORDS 5. POST-READING
Look back at the text and answer the questions below. Discuss.
1. What does the word nevertheless in line 4 mean? • W ould you be interested in taking a Film Studies
a. as a result course? Why / Why not?
idies, is
b. however • Which of the optional subjects in the box below w ould
lictures c. finally you be interested in taking if you had a choice? Why?
d. in addition
Webpage D evelopm ent Journalism
2. What does the w ord curricula in line 32 mean? Photography Current Affairs
a. classrooms Japanese Psychology
b. facilities In tro d u ctio n to In te rio r and Fashion Design

c. courses of study • In yo u r opinion, w hich school subjects are the m ost/

d. social events least useful? Why?

©
 r m iK a r

i/o & a ia ^ a ry ifra m m a r

1. COLLOCATIONS VERB +NOUN 1. DEFINING AND NON-DEFINING RELATIVE

CLAUSES
NOTE . £ FOCUS ON RELATIVE PRONOUNS AND ADVERBS
1 A collocation is a combination ot two words
Look at the examples below and answer the question
\(e.g. verb + nounadjective + noun) which
that follows in the box.
' are often used together.
1. There are very few people today who would disagree
with the opinion...
2. However, it is the responsible behaviour o f curriculum
Match the verbs with the nouns in the box to form
designers and teachers which has largely prevented
collocations.
such a development.
an experim ent a class an exam a course 3. Film studies, which is a branch o f Media Studies, is a
a m ark a m istake hom ew ork an e ffo rt very popular optional course...
a p roject progress a language a lesson 4. in a world where young people are repeatedly
criticised fo r lack o f imagination and lack o f
a ce rtificate a grant a test
independence...
5. There comes a time when young people have to decide
get a certificate / a m ark / a g ra n t_____________
on their future career.
make ___________________________________________ 6. This is the professor whose laptop was stolen.
do ___________________________________________ Which of the words in bold above refers to:
take ___________________________________________ people?
study ___________________________________________ places?
time?
things or ideas?
possession?
2. WORDS EASILY CONFUSED
Complete the sentences using the words in the box.
FOCUS ON DEFINING AND NON-DEFINING
teacher professor instructor RELATIVE CLAUSES
A. Look at examples 2 and 3 again, note the relative
1. The I liked best in school was Mr
clauses introduced by which and answer the
Benz; he ta u g h t us Science. questions below.
2. My d riv in g _______________ says th a t I’m m aking • In which of the tw o exam ples does the sentence make
progress, so I th in k I’ll be able to get my d riving no sense w ith o u t the relative clause?
licence soon. • In which sentence is the relative clause used to give
additional inform ation?
3. Julia’s fa th e r is a _______________ o f Economics at the
• In which of the tw o exam ples could which be replaced
U niversity o f Michigan. by that?
• What is the difference in punctuation in the tw o
subject lesson course examples?
B. Read the rules below and decide which of the
4. I have a g u ita r ______________ . at four, b u t we can relative clauses in examples 1-6 are defining and
m eet any tim e after five if yo u ’re free then. which are non-defining.
5. Maths is Dan’s fa v o u rite ________________and he Defining relative clauses:
always gets good marks. • give necessary info rm a tio n w ith o u t w hich the
meaning o f the sentence is incom plete.
6. Fiona is doing a ___________ in Business
• are not separated from the rest of the sentence by
M anagem ent this year. commas.
In defining relative clauses we can use th a t instead
certificate degree award o f who or which.

in Psychology. Non-defining relative clauses:

7. My m other has a (n ).
• give additional in fo rm a tio n about som eone or
8. My b roth e r has g o t a (n )___________ ____ of p roficiency som ething.
in Italian. • are separated from the rest o f the sentence by
commas.
9. Who do you th in k w ill win the Player of the Year
7 In non-defining relative clauses we can’t use th a t
instead of who or which.

Go to Gram m ar Reference
2. PRACTICE
A. Join the sentences using who, which, whose, that or where.

1. My colleague is from Wales. He plays tennis every weekend.

2. This is Mrs Carter. Her daughter won a college scholarship.

3. Their album was released last year. It w ent to num ber 1 in the charts.

4. My sister is m oving to New York. She w ill study Fine Arts there.

5. This is the library. I borrowed the books from it.

6. I bought a new m obile phone. It cost me lots of money.

7. The man was arrested. He turned o u t to be my neighbour.

B. Complete the text with who, which, whose, that, when or where.

a u - H ic r c ù n f t s s t s
It was a holiday in Corfu (1)
first gave me the idea to write this novel. The
story is about a young couple (2)
move to a small village on the island to start a
new life. They discover that the villagers,
(3 ) __________________ at first seem open and
welcoming, are actually desperate to hide a
terrible secret. While writing the book, I tried
to include descriptions of the island
(4) magic and beauty
fascinated me. I finished the book in just a
couple of months, (5) _________________ is quite
fast, even for me.

You see writing is something ( 6 ) _________________ comes quite naturally to me now but it
wasn't always like that. I m ean, I really used to find it hard at first and there was a time
( 7 ) _________________ I felt I had no talent at all. I would have given up if it hadn't been for my
husband, ( 8 ) _________________ encouraged me to keep writing.

Now, besides w riting, I also teach a Creative Writing course at a college in Manchester,
( 9 ) _________________ I live with my family. I always tell my students th a t writing is a career
(1-0)__________________ requires patience, hard, work as well as imagination.

Enfl/fotb in №6
Read the text below and complete the gaps. Use only one word in each gap.

career choices and o ther requirem ents, (5 )_____________ well as the

Choosing the rig h t career is one of the hardest decisions
people have to (1)_____________ . The firs t th in g you
should ( 2 ) _____________ is consider your values, interests
and skills as this w ill make ( 3 )_____________ career
choices suitable and others not so suitable fo r you. You
can take w hat are called career tests (4 )_____________ w ill
tell you w hich occupations are a ppropriate fo r you. Think
about these occupations and circle the ones you find
appealing. Then, look at the jo b description, educational
earnings. The next th in g you should do is ta lk to people
( 6 ) _____________ have first-hand know ledge of the
occupations you are interested in. If they have convinced
you th a t it’s the rig h t career choice fo r you, then you
need to start tra in in g fo r your new career. You m ight
need to get a degree or ( 7 )_____________ some courses
to learn some new skills. And rem em ber, if you are not
satisfied (8 )_____________ your career choice fo r any
reason, you can always change it!

lis te
1. PRE-LISTENING
Discuss.
• Why are you learning English?
• W hat do you like m ost/least abo u t learning English?
• W hat oth e r things do you w ant to learn m ore about?
2. LISTENING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION
A. Look at questions 1-5. Then, listen to a talk at an
archaeology society. After you have heard the talk, you
will hear some questions. For each question, choose the
correct answer.
1. Who is this ta lk for?
a. graduates
b. archaeology students
c. students at East Carolina U niversity
d. anyone w ith an interest in archaeology
2. In w hich case have provisions been made fo r people
w ith special needs?
a. the talk venue
b. the ‘P rotecting H isto ry’ convention
c. the volunteer archaeological dig
d. the in tro d u c to ry course to underw ater archaeology
a» TIP
• Remember that you hear the talks only once.
. Read the questions and the options quickly before
you hear each section of the talk so that you can
focus on the corresponding parts of the talk.
. Listen to each question carefully and make sure
that you choose the option which answers the
question according to what you have heard.
• Don’t work on a question when the next question
is being spoken.
S p e C L & in ÿ
3. What event or course is the speaker a vital part of?
a. the convention on protecting history
b. the underw ater course
c. a M aster’s degree program m e
d. the volunteer archaeology week
4. What po in t about archaeology does the speaker w ant
to get across?
a. Archaeologists lead dull lives.
b. Archaeology stim ulates the mind and im agination.
c. A rchaeology is a field full of m ysterious people.
d. A rchaeology is a field open only to certified
professionals.
5. What does the speaker mean w hen he says:
a. You w ill be offered food and drink from d iffe rent
historical periods.
b. Allow you to experience som ething directly.
c. You w ill be able to touch and feel differen t objects
from the past.
d. Give you an idea o f som ething.
B. Look at questions 1-4. Then, listen to a woman talking
about a special cruise. After you have heard the talk,
you will hear some questions. For each question,
choose the correct answer.
1. What did the speaker pay for?
a. a lo tte ry ticket
b. a cruise to the M editerranean
c. a language course
d. a luxurious holiday
2. Where did the speaker’s neighbour go on a cruise?
a. to Spain
b. to various places in the M editerranean
c. to the Caribbean
d. to Italy
3. How long do m ost cruises last?
a. 1-2 weeks
b. 1-4 weeks
c. 2-3 weeks
d. 2-4 weeks
4. According to the speaker, w ho m ight be p a rticularly
interested in this programme?
a. people w ho like being in large classes
b. people who prefer learning one-to-one
c. people w ho have physical handicaps
d. people who w ant to learn m ore than one language

Discuss the following questions. You can use some of the words and expressions in the boxes.

TIP authentic texts

read extensively
individual attention
focused quick/slow pace
When answering questions, try to justify your
audio-visual m aterial interaction progress
answers, give examples and relate your answers
travel abroad com puter program s

J
to your personal experience or background
knowledge.
In my opinion, the best way to learn a foreign
In yo u r opinion, w hat is the best way to learn a foreign language is...
language? Why? One advantage/disadvantage o f one-on-one
W hat are the advantages and disadvantages o f one-to- learning is...
one learning? I think... w ould be very effective in learning a
W hat kind of classroom activities are m ost effe ctive in foreign language.
learning a fo re ig n language? Perhaps people can...
W hat can people do to im prove th e ir skills in a foreign A nother th in g people can try is...
language?

©
 I
rM tK O L t0 3 t>

Df?
BRITISH AND AMERICAN ENGLISH
Read the sentences below. The words in bold are
American English. Match them with their British English
equivalents in the box. A. Read the examples below and answer the questions
want that follow.
lift queue shop lo rry cooker chips
football petrol fla t ju m p e r bill rubbish 1. You o u g h t to call the p o lice i f he threatens you
pavem ent autum n trainers m obile phone again.
ation.
le. holiday trousers You s h o u ld see a d o c to r if the p ain continues.
• Is there any d ifference in m eaning betw een the
1. My apartment overlooks tw o verbs in bold?
St) the Thames River. ________________________
) • What is the speaker doing in each sentence?
ent 2. I asked fo r the check w hile
2. / th in k he'd b e tte r stay in b e d fo r a n o th e r day.
you were on the phone.
A lex s h o u ld be hom e b y 6 .0 0 o ’clock.
3. There is a glass elevator in
ijects • In w hich sentence does the verb mean is expected
th a t building.
to?
4. I’m going back to school
• W hat does the verb in the o th e r sentence mean?
in the fall.
dking 3. I sh o u ld have handed in m y research p ap e r
talk, 5. I always have to take the
yesterday.
1, garbage out; Henry never
• Did the speaker hand in his research paper
offers to do it.
yesterday?
6. Do you like these pants • How does the speaker feel ab o u t it?
on me?
4. ‘Mum, m y stom ach h u rts !’
7. They haven’t been on
'You know, Rod, you s h o u ld n ’t have eaten all th a t
vacation fo r fo u r years. _
chocolate.’
ise? 8. There was a long line • Did Rod eat a lot of chocolate?
to get into the departm ent
• Does his m o th e r th in k he did the rig h t thing?
store on the firs t day of the
sale.
B. Complete the sentences with should or shouldn’t and
9. I w ant to buy a new the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
cell phone. __
1. You. . (try) to get at least
10. I th in k the pink sweater
6-8 hours o f sleep each night.
looks better on you;
the black one is a little 2. Karen d id n ’t do w ell in her exams. She
ularly too tight. __ (study) harder fo r them .
11. I have soccer practice 3. J o s e _________________________ (lie) to his best friend,
after school. __ George. Now George can’t tru s t him anym ore.
12. The truck swerved to avoid
4. Y o u _______________________________ (take) a nice long
iguage the deer w hich was standing
holiday. I’m sure it w ill relax you.
in the m iddle of the road. __
5. M ich a e l________________________ (play) football
13. I’m having a new stove
delivered on Saturday. __ until a d o c to r exam ines his knee.
jce
14. I need to wash my Go to Grammar Reference
ess
sneakers; th e y got d irty
in the rain.
15. He bought her a diam ond Actually, in the USA we
ring from an expensive Nice jumper!
call them kangaroos.
store on 5th Avenue.
16. I slipped and fell because
the sidewalk was slippery.
17. I can’t eat a burger unless
it comes w ith fries.
18. I need to stop and fill
the tank w ith gas.

©
3d writm
I•.T
B
6cq)0jSfflM№
k iritin ^ an e,s$aef>frim ^ opinion / /
1. DISCUSS
• Is it com m on fo r high school or college students in your
c o u n try to have part-tim e jobs? W hy / W hy not?
• What are the advantages and disadvantages?
2. FOCUS ON INPUT AND RUBRIC
Read the short article as well as the rubric below and
underline the key words in the rubric. What is the topic
which needs to be discussed? What are you required to
include in your writing?
June 2014
More teens choosing
not to work
According to a report published at the end of last
month by the Department of Labour, the percentage
of unemployed teenagers is increasing. In May 2014,
19% of young people between the ages of 16-19 were
unemployed. In comparison to ten years before, in
2 00 4 (when the unemployment rate was 16%), it seems
that there is a growing trend for teens to put off joining
the workforce.
In some countries, it is com m on fo r teenagers to have
a pa rt-tim e jo b in a d d ition to th e ir extra-curricular
activities. In w hat ways m ig h t a jo b like this help students
o r create problem s fo r them d u rin g the school year?
S uppo rt yo u r views w ith examples.
o
3. FOCUS ON ORGANISATION AND STYLE
Now read the sample writing below and answer the
questions that follow.
It is quite common today for high school students not
only to take part in extra-curricular activities but also to
have a part-tim e job. Some of them have a steady jo b by
the time they are sixteen or seventeen. W orking at such
a young age can be a positive experience, but it may
also have a number of disadvantages fo r th e average
teenager.
First of all, having a jo b at a young age gives teens real
w orld experience in the workplace, as well as teaching
them lessons about responsibility. For example, teens
learn how to deal w ith social problems w ith co-workers
or customers, or practical issues like punctuality and
behaving pro/essionally. Furthermore, earning an income
helps a teen learn how to save and manage money
responsibly.
In spite of these advantages, there may also be certain
disadvantages. Some teenagers m ight fee I overwhelmed
by the thought th a t they have left behind their youth
too soon. W hat is more, some students may /in d it hard
to keep up w ith their schoolwork and hold a job at the
same time and, as a result, suffer from unnecessary
stress and anxiety.
Summing up, it w ould seem th a t the bene/its of
teenagers having a job are more than the possible
disadvantages. However, students may need the help of
their parents or employer in order to adjust to working.
Moreover, they must fin d a way to balance their work,
school, and personal life effectively.
1. In w hich paragraph does the w riter:
a. refer to the advantages o f having a part-tim e job?
b. refer to the disadvantages?
c. express his/her own opinion?
d. refer b riefly to the to p ic and make an initial
com m ent?
2. The sample w ritin g above is an essay. Read the
follow ing statem ents and decide w hich o f them apply
to the essay.
The w riter:
a. uses inform al language
b. states w hat he/she believes
c. uses linking w ords/phrases
d. develops argum ents
e. uses sh o rt form s and abbreviations
f. narrates past events
g. gives examples and ju stifies his/her opinion
 4. FOCUS ON LINKING WORDS
A. Look at the words highlighted in the text. What purpose do they serve?

a. to add ideas b. to express contrast c. to give examples

Other linking words/phrases th a t serve the same purpose and make your essay easier to follow are:
ts not
apart from besides in addition (to) not only... but also...
t also to
ly jo b by
B. Use the linking words in brackets to link the sentences.
at such
may 1. Smoking is a bad habit th a t is dangerous to yo u r health. It is costly, (besides)
;rage
2. Helen is beautiful. She is intelligent, (not only... but also)

iens real
iching 3. Students learn French at school. They learn German too. (as well as)
eens
vorkers 4. Applicants fo r the position m ust have a university degree. They m ust have basic co m puter skills, (in addition)
and
l income
5. That hotel is too far from the city centre. I can’t afford it. (m oreover)
ley

rertain 5. BRAINSTORMING C. Complete the outline below for your essay.

helmed Work in pairs. Try to find as many
louth advantages and disadvantages of the INTRODUCTION
it hard
situations given below as you can. When
you have finished, compare your ideas W hat are you going to discuss?
at the
with those of other pairs.
wry How do you feel ab o u t it?
learning tw o foreign languages in school
riding your bicycle to school/w ork
MAIN PART
le
W hat advantages/disadvantages o f the situation/issue
"sip of 6. WRITING TASK are you going to discuss?
A. Read the short article as well as the
orklng.
rubric below and underline the key
.•/ork, What kind of examples are you going to include?
words in the rubric.

100 MA SCHOLARSHIPS
The local Departm ent of Education has
te job? decided to award 100 university graduates
with MA Scholarships. The scholarships
will allow students to study abroad at the
university of their choice. The selection
will be made on the basis of the students’
academic performance. Applications
must be subm itted by March 29.
e been provided:
m apply
It is very com m on fo r stu d e n ts today to
choose to stu d y abroad, and there are
countries th a t have very large num bers
o f fo re ig n students. What do students
gain fro m stu d y in g abroad? What are the
draw backs to stu d yin g in a fo re ig n country?
Discuss y o u r opinion, g iv in g examples.
B. Think about the following aspects of
the issue and discuss.
a. W hat are the advantages o f studying in
a fo re ig n country?
b. W hat are the disadvantages?
CONCLUSION
W hat is your overall o p in io n o f the issue?
D. Write your essay based on the outline you have made.
r
TIP
When writing an essay expressing an opinion for which input has
• read the input and rubric carefully and underline the key words in
the rubric to get a clear idea of what your essay should focus on.
• spend a couple of minutes to make a brief outline of what you
plan to write.
• develop your essay according to the specifications set out in the
rubric.
• organise your writing into paragraphs presenting major points in
separate paragraphs.
• expand on your ideas by explaining them clearly and supporting
them with reasons or examples.
. write in a formal style and do not use abbreviations or short forms.
For linking words/phrases you can use, see Appendix I. »
©
A. Read the text and complete the blanks with the Present Perfect Simple, the Present Perfect Progressive or the Past Simple
of the verbs in brackets.

Julie Carr is a d o c to r w ho w orks fo r D o cto rs W ithou t B orders

and is now in Uzbekistan. She (1)_______________ (w ork) fo r the
o rganisation fo r a year and describes her experience as very
M EDECINS SANS FRONTIERES
rew arding. Julie ( 2 ) ________________ (w ork) in England fo r several
DOCTORS WITHOUT BORDERS
years before she (3 )______________________ (join) D octors W ithout
Borders. She (4). . (choose) to go to Uzbekistan to help w ith a disease prevention project. Her days are
spent in a busy hospital, dealing w ith patients, and tra in in g local staff. She w orks in a stressful e n viro n m ent w ith basic
condition s and she has to use her cre a tiv ity to solve d iffic u lt problem s. There have been tim es w hen she
(5 )_______________ (feel) co m p le te ly exhausted but in spite of this, she still loves her w ork. When she has free tim e, she
likes to practise her Uzbek, w hich she ( 6 ) _______________ (try) to learn since she arrived. Julie’s tim e there is ending next
m onth but she (7). . (volunteer) to take part in an o th e r pro je ct in Africa. She says she (8).
(make) a lot of friends du rin g her tim e in Uzbekistan and w ill miss them . M ost im p o rta n t of all, she says she gets a great
sense of satisfaction fro m m aking a d ifference in people’s lives and believes th a t is w hat success is all about.

B. Choose the word or phrase that produces a C. Choose the word that most appropriately completes
grammatically correct sentence. each sentence.

1. I . John borrow m y bike. He w o n ’t return it to me 1. Lilian has a v e ry ___ J o b ; she’s a model.

now! a. unusual
a. should let b. glam orous
b. should have let c. colourful
c. shouldn’t let d. individual
d. shouldn’t have let . and is now doing a study of
2. Julia’s father is a (n ).
2. Jerem y. from medical school. a particular kind of m osquito.
a. has graduated a. engineer
b. has been graduating b. psychologist
c. was graduating c. biologist
d. graduates d. m athem atician

3. He has been managing the c o m p a n y . three 3. Jennifer has nearly com pleted her M a rk e tin g .
years. a. course
a. since b. subject
b. before c. certificate
c. fo r d. award
d. already . part of healthy living.
4. Sleep is a n .
4. I’ve fo r an hour fo r the bus. a. unnecessary
a. w ait b. interesting
b. been waited c. essential
c. been w aiting d. attractive
d. w aiting about where he w ill go on holiday next
5. Jack is _
5. This is the architect .designed my house. year.
a. where a. independent
b. whose b. professional
c. w hich c. individual
d. who d. flexible

6. Barcelona,__ is where my sister lives, is a beautiful 6. Lorna was amazed when she found o u t th a t she’d won
city to visit. the w ritin g ______ .
a. who a. o p p o rtu n ity
b. whose b. course
c. w hich c. com petition
d. th a t d. recording
D. Read the text below and decide which answer a, b o r e best fits each gap.

C ristiano Ronaldo grew up in Madeira, Portugal. At the age of 10,

his ta le n t on the field was noticed by several Portuguese football
clubs. He made his debut at Sporting Lisbon, (1)_____he caught
the a ttention of one of the m ost influential men in football today,
Manchester U nited’s (2 )_____- Sir Alex Ferguson. Cristiano’s
spectacular perform ance against Manchester United in 2003 was
the o p p o rtu n ity he needed. At the time, Manchester United had an
open spot fo r a (3 )_____m idfielder as David Beckham had ju st left
to jo in Real Madrid. A fter C ristiano (4 )_____Manchester United,
his career to o k o ff and he (5 )_____to be one o f the most popular
players in the sport ever since.

Ronaldo's perform ance in the 2006-7 season (6 )_____him third

place in the 2007 FIFA World Player o f the Year. His (7 )_____in
the field comes from raw talent, hard w ork and discipline. Despite
his extra o rd ina ry fame, he still has a strong connection w ith his
friends ( 8 ) _____w ith his family.

1. a. who b. w hich c. where

2. a. m anager b. politician c. designer
3. a. fam ous b. patient c. talented
4. a. was jo in in g b. had joined c. has joined
5. a. has continued b. have continued c. is co n tin u in g
6. a. com peted b. earned c. to o k
7. a. failure b. success c. qualifications
8. a. m oreover b. fu rth e rm o re c. as well as

E. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change
the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given.

1. Did you read Tom Sawyer? that

Is Tom S a w ye r_________________________________________________________ you read?

2. John started w orking fo r the com pany tw elve years ago. been
J o h n _________________________________________________________ fo r the com pany fo r tw elve years.

3. You oug ht to study harder fo r your exams if you w ant to pass this year. should
If you w ant to pass this ye a r,_________________________________________________________ harder fo r your exams.

4. It w ould be a good idea fo r Tracy to rest her ankle before the next game. better
T ra cy___________________________________________________________her ankle before the next game.

5. Rose started learning French when she was six. been

Rose_______________________________________________________________________________ she was six.

6. It's a long tim e since I’ve seen Mandy. for

 M c u id - u p
Û g t& n /n ÿ
Look at questions 1-4. Then, listen to a radio interview
with an air traffic controller. After you have heard
the interview, you will hear some questions. For each
question, choose the correct answer.
1. Why is the speaker p a rticu la rly happy to be on the
show?
a. It rem inds him of his place of work.
b. He was once a student in Alabama.
c. Alabama is a fantastic place.
d. He has always wanted to be interview ed on the
show.
2. W hat does the speaker th in k may surprise listeners?
a. His jo b doesn’t involve looking o u t the w indow all
day
b. His jo b has some things in com m on w ith radio
work.
c. The jo b can be stressful.
d. They are re cru itin g ta le n t on the show.
3. W hat does the speaker say about the nature of his
job?
a. It can be stressful.
b. It is ve ry rewarding.
c. It is boring and routine.
d. It is pleasant and enjoyable.
4. W hat is not essential fo r the job?
a. a b ility to w ork w ith others
b. good hearing and eyesight
c. a u n ive rsity degree
d. clear th in kin g
Read the following and tick the appropriate boxes. For
the points you are unsure of, refer back to the relevant
sections in the module.
NOW I CAN..
distinguish the d iffe re n ce in m eaning of
□
w ords easily confused
O use nouns d escribing jobs and
occupations
O d iffe re n tia te betw een British English
□
□
and A m erican English w ords
O use the Present P erfect Sim ple and Present
P erfect Progressive a p p ro p ria te ly
O use d e fining and no n -d e fin in g relative
□
clauses
o use should, o u g h t to and had b e tte r
□
to give advice, express opinion,
make suggestions and express criticism
o r re g re t □
O understand te x t o rganisation and
re c o n s tru c t a gapped te x t □
O understand g ist and details in a te xt □
O listen to s h o rt m onologues and
understand the main idea expressed by
each speaker
O understand specific in fo rm a tio n
□
m entioned by speakers in d iffe re n t
situations □
O ta lk abo u t w o rk and studies
O ob ta in in fo rm a tio n th a t I need, make
a choice and ju s tify it
o discuss and express my o p inion on foreig n
language learning
O use linking w ords/phrases to lin k my
ideas in w ritin g □
e w rite a le tte r of a p p lica tio n □
O w rite an essay expressing an o pinion
Discuss:
• Are you interested in subjects
like science and technology?
Why / Why not?
• In your opinion, what is the most
important invention ever made?
What makes you think so?

Flick through the

module and find...
• short texts about various uses
of virtual reality
• information about Science
Museums
• an article about the Internet
• an essay about cyberbullying
• an article about flying cars
• an interview with an expert
talking about biometric
passports

In this module you

will...
• talk about issues related
to science, technology and
gadgets
• learn how to refer to the future
using appropriate tenses
• expand your vocabulary by
practising word building and
various phrases/expressions
• learn how to write an article
referring to a topic from a
personal point of view
• refer to possibilities and future
or imaginary situations and
their results
• speculate about an appropriate
gift for a friend and make a
decision
« learn how to express obligation,
prohibition and absence of
necessity
• learn how to write a problem/
solution essay
• acquire skills and strategies
that will help you in exams

59
 Hey Jackj w hat I’ll be flying
will you be to school!
doing this time WmS
tom orrow?
1. PRE-READING
Discuss.
• How have the car and the aeroplane
affected o u r way of life?
• W hat are the advantages and
disadvantages of each means of
transport?
• In your opinion, w hat w ill the vehicle of
the fu tu re be?

2. READING FOR GIST

Read the article on page 61 quickly and
answer the following question.
Why was the article written?
a. to amuse
b. to inform
c. to persuade
d. to warn

3. READING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION

Read the article on page 61 again and answer the
questions 1-5.
1. Why were flyin g cars only a dream in the past?
a. The te ch n o lo g y wasn’t advanced enough.
b. There was little interest in them .
c. They were considered im possible to build.
d. They were expensive and not ve ry practical.

2. What is NASA w o rkin g on?

4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF UNKNOWN WORDS
a. its own flyin g car A. Match the highlighted words in the article with the
b. ground stations fo r flyin g cars meanings a-h. There are two extra meanings which you
c. com puters fo r flyin g cars will not use.
d. air routes fo r flyin g cars
1. inevitable 4. altitude
3. W hat is characteristic o f a ‘v o la n to r’? 2. congested 5. flexible
a. It can run on a v a rie ty of fuels.
3. sim ultaneously 6. considerably
b. It takes o ff in the same way an aeroplane does.
c. It is slower than m ost aircraft.
d. It consum es m uch m ore than a m edium -sized car. a. cannot be prevented from happening
b. a lot
4. How w ill passengers be protected in case of an
c. slightly
accident?
d. at the same tim e
a. Com puters w ill make sure th a t n othing goes w rong.
e. height (above sea level)
b. Internal and external airbags as well as parachutes
f. blocked w ith tra ffic
w ill be installed.
g. issue
c. Flying cars w ill be able to make em ergency landings
anywhere. h. able to change or adapt easily
d. Com puters w ill locate the nearest a irp o rt or
heliport. B. Match the following words in the article with their
opposites.
5. How w ill the flyin g car a ffe ct the environm ent?
1. d e fin ite ly (para 1) a. possibly
a. Its im pact cannot yet be determ ined.
b. People w ill only live in the co u n try and not in cities. 2. optional (para 1) b. the least
c. It w ill reduce air and noise p ollution.
3. rem arkable (para 5) c. com pulsory
d. There w ill only be ‘sky highw ays’ and no m ore
concrete highways. 4. m axim um (para 5) d. ordinary

©

r t r l / any science fan about the fu tu re and they w ill
n J lX m ost d e fin ite ly tell you th a t it w ill be full of
flying cars - w here drivers may becom e o ptional! Many
researchers, scientists and engineers see personal air
tra n sp o rt as the inevitable solution to the problem of
congested roads or a irp o rts th a t su ffe r fro m delays.
At first, it was a dream to com bine a car w ith an aeroplane.
However, a fly in g car was considered to be to o heavy,
costly to design and in e fficie nt. A nother problem was
that you had to be a p ilo t w ith a c e rtifie d licence in order
to fly one.
»RDS
the Now, w ith m odern lig h tw e ig h t m aterials and com puter
technology, a num ber o f inventors and small com panies
rich you
are w o rking on th e ir own in dividual versions o f flying
cars, w hich they hope w ill d ra m a tica lly change air travel.
NASA is developing a co n tro l program m e called ‘Highway
in the Sky’, w hich is som ething sim ilar to a m odern air
tra ffic control system, w here thousands o f flyin g cars
will be able to operate sim ultaneously w ith o u t running
the risk o f crashing into one another. Dr Bruce Holmes,
NASA’s m anager of General Aviation Programs, states
that in the fu tu re a utom atic flyin g cars w ill be operating
w ith o u t human pilots, as onboard com puters w ill fly and
negotiate w ith o th e r fly in g cars' com puters and w ith
ground stations th a t w ill determ ine w ho can land o r fly at
a pa rticu la r altitude.
Paul Moller, Chief Executive o f M oller International and
developer of the flyin g skycar M 400, spent 4 0 years and
m illions of dollars designing, b u ilding and testing the
personal aircraft. In 1989, he designed and tested the
M 200X and later the M 400, w hich can reach cruising
speeds of up to 350 mph at an a ltitu d e of 50 ft. Technically
speaking, this fly in g car is known as a ‘v o la n to r’, w hich is
defined as ‘a ve rtica l ta ke -o ff and landing a irc ra ft th a t is
capable o f flyin g q u ickly and easily.’ This allows the flyin g
car to be fle xib le like a h e lico p te r w ith o u t losing the
speed o f a fast aircraft. It runs on petrol, diesel, alcohol
o r propane and its fuel consum ption is com parable to
th a t of a m edium -sized car. This m odel has been tested to
guard against accidents. Safety features included in the
design are parachutes and internal and external airbags
to allow the passengers a so ft landing in the event of an
accident. Furtherm ore, Mr M oller has added tw o back­
up com puters in case som ething goes w rong. Mr M oller
states th a t his flyin g car is able to fly fro m airp o rts and
heliports. However, in the fu tu re it w ill be possible to
land at ‘v e rtip o rts ’, w hich w ill include fields, parking lots,
private properties, shopping centres or skyscraper roofs.
A cco rd in g to M r M oller, th e b e n e fits o f th is new
te ch n o lo g y w ill be qu ite rem arkable. Firstly, the e ffect
on the e n viro n m e n t w ill be o f m axim um im portance,
as flyin g cars w ill reduce air and noise p o llu tio n levels
considerably. People w ill be free o f tra ffic jam s and w ill
have m ore fle x ib le life style s and travel tim es. When
these vehicles becom e popular, then people w ill have
freedom of choice betw een rural and urban lifestyles, as
th e y w ill be able to live in a village near a small a irp o rt
and fly to th e ir w orkplace in the c ity hundreds o f miles
away. Therefore, there w o n ’t be m uch o f a need fo r roads
or large a irp o rts anym ore, o n ly ‘v e rtip o rts ’. Mr M oller
believes th a t by the year 204 0 , our idea o f travel w ill have
changed as well as our habits. For example, a ‘Highway in
the Sky’ or a sim ilar system w ill have replaced concrete
roads and tra ffic signs.
W hatever the fu tu re holds, it seems v e ry likely th a t
o u r children w ill be ‘vo la n tin g ’ fro m small a irp o rts or
‘v e rtip o rts ’ instead of breathing harm ful exhaust fum es.
However, it w ill be decades before the o rd in a ry consum er
is able to a fford this technology.
5. POST-READING
Discuss.
• Do you th in k flyin g cars w ill be w idely
used in the future? Why / Why not?
• In your opinion, w hat is the m ost
im p o rta n t advantage o f flyin g cars?
• Can you th in k o f any disadvantages?
4 cl U 'O ô a è a é û rÿ f 'O M lK Q J * '

2. NOUNS DERIVING FROM VERBS

(/oca.hu.cam
N O TE ,
1. VERBS +PREPOSITIONS l A lo t o f n o u n s a re fo r m e d by a d d in g a s u ffix , such
~ as -io n , - a t io n o r - w e n t to a v e rb (e.g. p o llu te
NOTE p o llu tio n , consum e
c o m b in a tio n , d e velop
c o n s u m p tio n , co m b in e
d e v e lo p m e n t).
M an y verbs are fo llo w e d by p re p o sitio n s.
S om etim es m ore th a n one p re p o s itio n can
be c o rre c t d e p e n d in g on th e use o f th e verb. A. Complete with the missing nouns or verbs. You can find
some of them in the text on page 61.

A. Complete the chart with the verbs in the box. Some of VERB NOUN
the verbs can be found in the text on page 61 and some connect
may be followed by more than one preposition.
replacem ent
-compare" -b e n e fit -wanT -btrm p' differ com m unicate
crash connect p ro te ct prevent suffer
arrange
guard translate replace save cope
com bine negotiate mix invent

operation
ve rb + fro m v e rb + w ith
im prove
b e n e fit com pare
p ro d u ctio n

p ro te c t

re du ction

B. Complete the sentences with nouns from the exercise

above.
1. My gra n d fa th e r had a successful heart
yesterday.
2. There w ill be a b ig __ in the w eather
v e rb + in to v e rb + a g a in s t next week.
bum p warn 3. The In te rn e t makes _ . betw een people
easier and faster.
4. There is a 30% p ric e . . on all w ashing
m achines and frid g e s du rin g the sales.
5. Sunscreen is necessary fo r t h e ________
B. Complete the sentences below using verbs and o f fa ir skin.
prepositions from the exercise above. 6. Scientists have discovered a __________ between
eating uncooked vegetables and living to an old age.
1. Many p e o p le . allergies.

2. The race car d rive r was careful not t o . 3. ADJECTIVES ENDING IN -ABLE
A. Look at the following extract from the text on page 61.
the barriers.
...its fuel consum ption is com parable to that o f a m edium -
3. John lost co n tro l of the car a n d ______ a tree.
sized car.
4. The m anager o f the com pany is going to
W hat do you th in k the w ord in bold means?
_______________ the unhappy workers. a. related to com parison c. im possible to com pare
5. Julie is fin d in g it d iffic u lt t o ______________ . her heavy b. th a t can be compared
w orkload.

6. People need to take m ore action if they w ant to NOTE

Some adjectives are fo rm e d by a d d in g -a b le to a verb.
_______________ the p la n e t_________________ global M o st o f th e m m e a n t h a t w h a t th e ve rb describes can
w arm ing. be done, e.g. acceptable = t h a t one can accept.
7. The publisher plans to _ the book
.several languages. B. Look at the following adjectives ending in -able. Think
of some nouns that they can describe, e.g. acceptable
8. In summer, it is a good idea to w ear a hat to behaviour.
y o u rs e lf________________ the sun. believable dependable predictable
preferable noticeable
 \
J t
(fr m m r
1. FUTURE TENSES 4. PRACTICE
Read the dialogues and circle the correct words.
FOCUS ON USE
1. A: Are you going / Do you go to the lake next weekend
A. Read the following examples. Which of them
w ith Bill?
expresses a promise, an offer, a request, a warning or
a spontaneous decision? B: Yes.
1. I prefer the black jacket, so I’ll buy it. A: I w ould like to come. Will there be/
2. I give you m y word th a t I w ill feed the birds while Will there have been space in the car fo r me?
you are on holiday. B: Of course. We are taking / take Bill’s dad’s van, so
3. I w ill cook dinner to n ig h t if you are too busy. there’s lots o f space.
4. Will you give me your e-mail address?
2. A: Will you start / Are you starting your exams soon?
5. Be careful! You w ill burn your hand.
B: Yes. This tim e to m o rro w I will be sitting /
B. Match the rules about the uses of the future tenses
will have sat for my Maths exam.
with the examples a-c taken from the text on page 61.
A: Good luck!
1. The Future w ill is used:
for predictions. 3. A: Sam, will you phone / are you phoning the cinema
and find out w hat tim e the film is on?
2. The F uture Progressive is used:
for actions that will be in progress at a specific tim e in B: Sure. I’ll do it as soon as I finish / will finish my lunch.
the future.
4. A: Are you going to have / Do you have a shower?
3. The F uture P erfect is used:
B: Yes, it will take / is taking me about 15 minutes.
for actions that will be completed before a specific time
or another action in the future. A: Good, I will choose / will have chosen w hat to wear
a. This tim e to m o rro w I ’ll be fly in g to school. by then.
b. People w ill be free o f tra ffic ja m s and w ill
have m ore fle x ib le lifestyles and travel times.
c. M r M o lle r believes th a t by the year 2 0 4 0 , m
o u r idea o f travel w ill have changed as
Read the text and complete the blanks with the correct
w ell as o u r habits.
form of the words in capitals.
FOCUS ON FORM SCIENCE MUSEUMS

i
will + base form E R l f
Future Progressive
+ be +
H e
■ B É E a ltg a # 1
Future P erfect
. + past participle
Science museum s are a great and

2. OTHER FUTURE FORMS (1)_____________________place to take AFFORD

Match the rules 1-3with the examples a-c.
when referring to official timetables,
when referring to people’s plans and arrangements.
when referring to people’s intentions or decisions that
have already been made.
a. My brother is going to buy a new car next month. □
b. I am having lunch w ith m y best frie n d today.
c. The express tra in to York leaves at 9:45.
3. TIME CLAUSES
Look at the extract from the text on page 61 and complete
the rule.
When these vehicles become popular, then people w ill
have freedom o f choice between rural and urban lifestyles.
When referring to the future, in the tim e clause (i.e.
after when, as soon as, until, till, before, after, etc.), we
usually use th e __________________________________
tense, while in the main clause we usually use the
your kids on a rainy Saturday afternoon.
Your children can learn all about science,
te ch n o lo g y and ( 2 )____________________ INVENT
in a fun and creative way. Take, fo r
instance, the Science Museum in London;
it has various (3)___________________ FASCINATE
exhibits w hich are sure to leave your
child (4)___________________ .And AMAZE
if yo u r child has the dream of becom ing
a (5 )______________________ w hy not BIOLOGY
go to the Biology Gallery w here they
can explore the interesting and
( 6 ) ____________________ displays. IMPRESS
In a ddition, the Science and A rt of
Medicine Gallery is both beautiful
and ( 7 ) ________________________as it EDUCATION
uses objects to tell the history of
medical tra d itio n s across the w orld.
So, w hy not go to your local science
museum this weekend? It w ill be
( 8 ) ____________________ not to enjoy the POSSIBLE
experience.

Go to Gram m ar Reference
4 cl iïis te n in ÿ & $ ù e ,a £ /in ÿ

y & n tn ^
You will hear people talking in six different situations. For questions 1-6, choose the best answer a, b or c.

1. You hear a w om an ta lkin g about a gadget th a t she got. 4. You hear a man on the phone. Why is the man
W hat did the w om an o rig in a lly w ant it for? com plaining about the p ro d u ct he bought?

a. to look at photos a. It d id n 't scratch all of his back.

b. to listen to music b. It was defective.
c. to watch videos c. It injured him.

2. You hear a man and a w om an talking about shopping 5. You hear a man ta lkin g about the Eurostar train. What
on the Internet. What advice does the man give the does he say about it?
woman? a. The trip is tirin g and tim e consum ing.
a. to shop fro m safe websites b. Going th ro u g h the Channel Tunnel frig h te n e d him.
b. to be careful w ith her cre d it card details c. The speed of the train im pressed him.
c. to go o u t shopping 6. You hear a wom an in te rvie w in g a man on a radio
3. You hear tw o people talking about a ro b o t dog. Why program m e. What is the man's intention?
did the man buy it? a. to give technical in fo rm a tio n about the gadget
a. because it can chase after a ball b. to convince the listeners to buy the gadget
b. because it can show a ffection c. to com pare his gadget w ith o ther machines
c. because it doesn't make a mess

1. WARM-UP
• What Science subjects do/did you study at school? Do/Did you like them? Why / W hy not?
• Does/Did yo u r school have labs w here you can/could do experim ents? How can doing an exp e rim e n t help you learn?

2. FOCUS ON PICTURES
A. Compare the photographs and say what you think the people will learn from the activity they are doing. You can use some
of the words and expressions given below.

microscope experim ent

test tubes research
I th in k the person/people in picture... is/are about to...
breakthrough laboratory
The person/people in picture...is/are doing...
The person/people w ill learn about / better understand....
B. Look at the photographs again. Which of these
The person/people is/are perhaps ... who is/are trying...
activities would you prefer to be doing?

©
l^/ritin ^ an article, i f w r itin g T d
1. DISCUSS
3. OUTLINE
• What are some of the things people can do on the
Internet? When w ritin g an article referring to a to p ic fro m a
• When you have access to the Internet, w hat kind of personal p o in t o f view, fo llo w the o u tlin e below.
things do you like to do?

T hink of an interesting title.

2. FOCUS ON PURPOSE AND STYLE
A. Read the text below and answer the following
questions.
• Where m ight you find a te x t like this?
• What features lead you to th in k so?
INTRODUCTION
Introduce the to p ic o f the a rticle in an o rig in a l/
interesting way in o rd e r to a ttra c t the reader’s
attention.
Say w hat in p a rticu la r you are going to refer to and
w h a t yo u r o p in io n is.

The world at your MAIN PART

fingertips! Develop yo u r ideas ab o u t d iffe re n t aspects of the

to p ic in separate paragraphs.
Expand on, describe o r give exam ples o f each aspect
Like all o f m y generation, I have grow n up
to develop the idea in the paragraph.
surrounded by technology. M obile phones and MP3
players are seen not as luxuries any m ore b u t as CONCLUSION
necessities. However, it is the Internet th a t d e fin ite ly Make a general statem ent to sum up
plays the greatest role in the lives o f my friends and y o u r ideas.
myself.

How do I use the Internet? In the firs t place, I use it to 4. WRITING TASK
keep in touch w ith my friends. Even if we can’t m eet You have seen this announcement in an international
up every day, we always chat w ith each oth e r online. magazine.
W hat’s more, sites like G oogle+ and Facebook make
it easy to make new friends and socialise w ith other
people.

What I like most, though, is th a t th ro u g h the Internet

I have access to all sorts o f in fo rm a tio n as well
as e n te rta inm e n t. You name it - music, film s, TV
program m es, online magazines and newspapers,
shopping - the In te rn e t has it! My friends and I can
have fun playing online games, and the Internet even
gives us a chance to be creative and post our own
videos on sites like YouTube.

In a few words, m y life w ould not be the same

w ith o u t the Internet. W ith it, I am able to in te ra ct w ith
an exciting global w orld.

B. Read the following sentences. Tick the sentences that

apply to the text above.

The w riter:

a. uses form al language. Write the article (140-190 words).

b. includes questions and exclam ations.

^ T I P
c. avoids referring to h im self/herself personally When writing an article:
d. deals w ith d iffe re n t aspects o f the to p ic in • give your article a catchy title.
separate paragraphs. • introduce the topic in a way that will attract the
e. states his/her opinion and develops it by reader’s attention.
explaining or g iving examples. • use a variety of techniques (e.g. ask questions,
f. gives argum ents fo r and against the to p ic
address the reader directly, use exclamations,
include expressions) to make your article more
discussed.
interesting.
g. w ants to interest and en te rta in the reader.
—J
 4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF UNKNOWN WORDS
A. Match the highlighted phrasal verbs in the texts with
d m their meanings.
1. c a rry o u t
a. appear unexpectedly
2. come up b. tolerate
c. do, perform
3. do w ith o u t
1. PRE-READING d. manage despite the lack of
Discuss. 4. put up w ith

• W hat do you know abo u t v irtu a l reality?

B. Look at the following words from the texts and choose
• Have you ever played any v irtu a l reality games? the correct meaning, a, b or c.
• Can you th in k of any o th e r uses of v irtu a l reality?
1. generated (Text A)

a. created
2.READING FOR GIST b. called
Read the texts A-D on page 67 about people who are using
c. controlled
or developing virtual reality technology. Which aspect of
virtual reality is each of the four texts about? 2. com plex (Text A)

a. basic
b. interesting
3.SCANNING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION c. d iffic u lt to understand
Read the texts again and answer the questions 1-12. Write
A, B, C or D in the boxes. 3. m o n ito r (Text B)

a. check
Which text:
b. destroy
c. create
• refers to a person w ho benefited
personally fro m the use o f v irtu a l 4. expertise (Text B)

rea lity technology? a a. problem

b. character
• refers to te ch n o lo g y th a t is of c. special know ledge
educational value? B
5. param eters (Text B)

• refers to a person w ho tried a. program m es

som ething else before using virtu a l b. factors
reality technology? B c. skills

6. revolutionise (Text B)
• refers to a p rogram m e w hich can
a. prevent
be revised to include all the latest
inform ation? □ b. reduce
c. change greatly

• refers to te ch n o lo g y th a t w ill help 7. sim ulation (Text C)

people avoid unnecessary visits to a. recreation
hospitals? □ b. story
c. area
• refers to te c h n o lo g y th a t m inim ises
□ 8. p ro to typ e (Text C)
human error?
a. invention
• refers to te ch n o lo g y th a t w ill make b. example
a p ro d u c t less expensive? B c. equipm ent

9. distracted (Text D)
• refers to a technique th a t reduces
feelings o f discom fort? El a. careless
b. sensitive
• refers to a medical te ch n o lo g y th a t c. not concentrating
is n o t available yet? 10. engrossed (Text D)

a. absorbed
• refers to a project th a t w ill serve as
B3 b. indifferent
a m odel fo r sim ilar projects?
c. not interested

©

is a m athem atician
w ho is w orking
on a program th a t
aims to make v irtu a l
surgery a reality.
‘ Im agine the benefits of
such te ch n o lo g y in use! A
surgeon w ill be able to carry
ou t an o pe ration on your “d ig ita l double , w hich is
a “ virtu a l yo u ” generated by a com puter. By doing
so, the surgeon can learn fro m any m istakes he/she
makes. If the surgeon is fin a lly certain of success, he/
she then w ill operate on you w ith o u t any problem s.
The surgeon w ill be able to practise the operation
several tim es before a ctually doing it, w hich means
th a t there w ill be few er mistakes,' says Jason.
This te ch n o lo g y is called surgical sim ulation and is,
w ith o u t doubt, going to save lives. The m ethod of
creating a d ig ita l double involves com plex g e om etry
and m athem atics. ‘The possibilities are endless,'
adds Jason. 'If the te ch n o lo g y was available rig h t
now, patients w ould even be spared of a trip to the
d o c to r’s. A scan w ould be sent to the d o cto r who
w ould make a co rre ct diagnosis and prepare fo r the
operation before asking the patient to com e in.
Ja n e W atson
is a plant b io lo g ist
involved in a project
w hich aims to help
farm ers investigate
and m o n ito r plants
and the conditions
in w hich th e y grow.
Presently, farm ers
g ro w crops w ith o u t
know ing w hat the end result
w ill be. If they knew w hat problem s could com e up,
they w ould take steps to avoid them . Researchers,
such as Jane, have com bined th e ir expertise in an
e ffo rt to make it easier fo r farm ers to p re d ict the
success o f th e ir crops.
'The program is a ctually a 3D m odel o f a v irtu a l
plant g ro w in g ; says Jane. 'By entering d iffe re n t
param eters, such as tem perature, we are able
to see the e ffe ct th a t th e y w ill have on the plant.
Furtherm ore, once they have planted th e ir crops,
farm ers w ill be able to keep an eye on them and
im prove plant care by giving th e ir crops w hat
they need, w hen they need it.’ When this program
is w id e ly used, it w ill revolutionise effe ctive crop
m anagem ent and it w ill result in cheaper and b etter
q u a lity food fo r all.
004040500
0033004040b
Carol Austen
is an archaeologist
w ho was involved
in a ten-year project
named 'Rome Reborn
1.0’. This pro je ct used
advanced technology
to d ig ita lly rebuild
ancient Rome. It is the
largest and m ost com plete
sim ulation o f a historic c ity ever
created. 'We have d ig ita lly recreated m onum ents
that no longer exist, and we have d ig ita lly restored
sites that have been destroyed w ith tim e, but this is
by fa r the m ost am bitious project ever to be done,’
says Carol.
It is a true 3D model th a t runs in real tim e. Users of
the program can w ork th e ir way thro u g h the m odel
as th e y wish. It is sure to serve as a p ro to type fo r
oth e r c ity m odels of historic value. T h e good thing
is th a t if new discoveries are made, the program
w ill sim ply be updated to include them and this is
w hy I th in k th a t we w ill not be able to do w ith o u t it
w hen teaching our children about ancient Rome,'
adds Carol.
Paul Parker
is a 15-year-old boy w ho is
receiving tre a tm e n t fo r burns
w hich he g o t when a pot of f!
boiling w ater fell o nto his leg.
It is a w ell-know n fa c t th a t the
tre a tm e n t fo r a burn is worse
than the actual injury. For this
reason, nurses and physicians
V
at N ationwide C hildren’s Hospital
decided to use v irtu a l reality games
to help young victim s put up w ith the pain of w ound care.
Research shows th a t anxiety and pain are strongly connected
and if patients are distracted, anxiety is reduced and the
procedure becomes less painful.
‘At firs t the nurses gave me books to look at and som etim es
music to listen to, b u t they did little to lessen the pain of
having my w ounds taken care of. Then, one day, they let me
play w ith a v irtu a l reality game and I was so engrossed in
playing the game th a t I was surprised w hen the nurse told me i
th a t she had finished dressing my wounds,' says Paul.
i » f a a w K < № IM
5. POST-READING
Discuss.
• In your o p inion w hich of the new technologies m entioned
in the te xts is o r w ill be o f m ost im portance?
• Can you th in k of any o ther uses of v irtu a l reality apart
fro m those m entioned in the texts?
• How can v irtu a l re a lity be used in the classroom and in
the w orkplace?
©
W V 'O cal)(jL$G ucÿ & ÿ ro L tK fK a r
2. EXPRESSIONS WITH THE WORD ‘EYE’
A. Look at the following extract from text B on page 67.
1 /o c a la .^ c u y What does the expression in bold mean?
1. PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES Furtherm ore, once they have p la n te d th e ir crops, farm ers
A. Look at the words in bold in the sentences below. What w ill be able to keep an eye on them and im prove p la n t care..
do you think they mean? Choose a or b.
B. Read the sentences below and match the expressions in
1. The possibilities are endless. bold with their meanings a-d.
a. com ing to an end b. having no end 1. The bracelet caught my eye; it was made of
2. This project used advanced technology to d ig ita lly diam onds and emeralds.
rebuild ancient Rome. 2. Tom and Betty can never see eye to eye on
a. build again b. build a part of anything.
3. If patients are distracted, anxiety is reduced and the 3. Sheila closed her eyes to David’s m any faults.
procedure becomes less painful.
4. My grandm other always had an eye for a bargain.
a. causing pain b. w ith o u t pain
4. The d o c to r’s diagnosis was incorrect so th e y d idn’t a. to be able to judge if som ething is valuable or attractive
give the patient the rig h t medicine. b. to a ttra ct one’s attention
a. accurate b. w rong c. to ignore som ething
5. This inform ation is unim portant and I’m not going to d. to agree about som ething
consider it.
a. very im p o rta n t b. not im p o rta n t
C ra ffO ffG L t0
f
N O TE 1. CONDITIONi\LSENTENCES
• T he p re fix e s un- a n d in- a re used vex ore
a d je ctiv e s a n d a d ve rb s to g ive th e m th e FOCUS ON USE
op p o site w e a n in g (able — u n a b le , c o r r e c t Look at the examples below taken from the texts on page
67 and answer the questions that follow.
- in c o rre c t).
• T h e p r e fix r e - is used b e fo re verbs a n d n o u n s 1. I f the te ch n o lo g y was available rig h t now, p atients
d e riv in g fr o m ve rb s , a n d o fte n m e a n s a g a in w o u ld even be spared o f a trip to the d o c to r’s.
(b u ild - re b u ild ). 2. ...if new discoveries are made, the p ro g ra m w ill
• T he s u ffix - f u l is used a f t e r a n o u n to fo r m s im p ly be u pdated to in clu d e them...
a n a d je c tiv e w h ic h m e a n s h a v in g en o u g h o f 3. ...if p a tie n ts are distracted, a n xie ty is red uce d and
(success - successful). the p ro ce d u re becom es less painful.
• T he s u ffix -less is used a f t e r a n o u n to fo r m • Do the sentences refer to the past or present/future?
a n a d je c tiv e w h ic h m e a n s n o t h a v in g (d o u b t • Which sentence expresses something which generally
doubtless). happens?
• Which sentence expresses something which is possible to
B. Complete the sentences using the correct form of the happen in the future?
words in capitals. • Which sentence expresses something imaginary?
1. Helen should be m o re _____________ CARE • In which of the sentences could if be replaced by when?
w ith her work; there were a lot of silly FOCUSON FORM
mistakes in her exam paper. Look at the sentences 1-3again and complete the rules below.
2. Scientists believe too much sunbathing
is _______________ to your health. HARM
3. Tom is a n ___ ____________leader; he EFFECTIVE
doesn’t know how to m otivate people.
4. Spiders make me feel very
COMFORTABLE ■w ill, can, must, may, m ight
if +
5. If you w ant to be _ in SUCCESS o r should + base form
business, you have to plan carefully. ^ ;im perative

6. The woman was v e ry _____________ ; HELP Conditional Sentences Type 2 = something

she showed us how to get back to our
imaginary/unreal or unlikely to happen in the
present or future
hotel.
if + __________________ w ould, could+ base form
7. Since he lost his jo b and the bank took
back his house, Kevin has been
LU Unless can be used instead of if... not...
HOME H in co n d ition a l sentences.
O
8. They are tryin g to . CONSTRUCT z If I were you is often used to express an
the buildings th a t were damaged in o p inion or give advice.
the earthquake.
Go to G ram m ar Reference
2. PRACTICE
Complete the texts with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

y |

www.letschat.net

Colin
CONTROL PANEL <
Hi Marie. Are you online yet?
Marie
Yes, go ahead, what's up, Colin?
Colin
I'm trying to get used to life in Canada. It's very different from London.
When it snows heavily, schools (1 )__________________________ (close). Just wondering,
IM29E9
—. can you ice skate? SETTINGS V
M arie LOGOUT Y
Sure. I grew up in Sweden. If I ( 2 ) __________________________ (have) the time, I go to
c h u o t
the skating rink at the weekends.
Colin ACTIONS A
I
^ Well, if you visit me here, we ( 3 ) __________________________ (go) skating every day.
Marie
ra join
invite others to
this chat
Sounds fantastic! If plane tickets weren't so expensive, I (4 )__________________________
(get) a ticket to Canada today. H send an e-mail
Colin ('S’ show history
It would be really great to see you. If I ( 5 ) __________________________ (be) you,
I ( 6 ) __________________________ (ask) my parents to help out with the money.

0 H Q 1

www.teenproblems.net

teen problems
► overweight
Many teenagers are overweight, and being overweight can be a
source of stress. We all know how important our image is. If you
(7 ) __________________________________ (want) to lose weight, you
(8) ________________________(eat) less and avoid bread, potatoes
and sweets. But is that enough? No, unfortunately, it isn’t.
According to doctors, young people need to be fit and active.
So, why not go to a gym or start playing a sport? If you
(9 ) _______________________ (need) any advice, just
(10 ) _____________________________________ (call) your local health
centre and talk to an expert!

E n jJ f'o k ' in U .ge,

Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence.
1. If I go to Australia, I ___________________________ the Great Barrier Reef.
a. w ill visit b. am visiting c. w ould visit d. visit

2. If I stay under the sun fo r to o long, I ____

a. am burning b. burned c. burn d. w ould burn

___________ those m ushroom s; th e y ’re poisonous.

3. If I were you, I __________________________
a. w o u ld n ’t eat b. w ould eat c. w ill eat d. should eat

4. If I saw a lion, I ____________________________ up the nearest tree.

a. w ill clim b b. clim bed c. clim b d. w ould clim b

5. The Internet allows people from all over the w orld to c o n n e c t___________ each other.
a. into b. fro m c. against d. w ith

6. Kelly th o u g h t th a t the end o f the film was v e r y __________________________

a. preferable b. noticeable c. predictable d. com parable

7. John had t o ______________ __________ changes in the num ber o f squirrels in the area fo r his science project.
a. sim ulate b. m o n ito r c. measure d. generate

Jenn ife r’s area o f . _______________ is crim inal law.

a. expertise b. recreation c. program m e d. te ch n o lo g y
 iie te n in ÿ & g ù e a /lin ÿ

S fJ & û iÙ n ÿ
1. PRE-LISTENING 1. WARM-UP
Discuss. • What kind o f g ifts do you usually buy fo r yo u r friends?
• W hat kind o f in fo rm a tio n about
the ow ner does a passport 2. SPECULATING AND MAKING A DECISION
contain? Talk in pairs. Imagine that you and your partner are in
a shop looking for a gift for a friend of yours. These are
• in yo u r opinion, w hat
some of the items you are considering buying. First, talk
are the advantages
to each other about how suitable each item would be
of using b io m e tric
for your friend. Then decide which two items you think
data, th a t is, would be best as a gift. You can use some of the words and
inform a tio n about expressions in the boxes.
a person’s unique physical
characteristics (eyes, fin g e rp rin ts,
etc.), in passports? Are there any disadvantages?

2. LISTENING FOR GIST

You will hear an interview with Dr Andrew Smith about
biometric passports. What are the differences between a
regular passport and a biometric passport?
USB flashdrive

3. LISTENING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION How suitable is each of

Listen to the interview again. For questions 1-5, choose the these items for your friend?
best answer a, b or c.
1. Why are b io m e tric passports m ore secure than
ord in a ry passports?
a. They hold in fo rm a tio n about the person’s unique
physical features.
b. They have a p h o tograph o f the person.
c. They include info rm a tio n only the ow ner knows.

2. W hat is the main reason countries are using b io m e tric

passports?
camera
a. Many people w ant to keep th e ir identity.
b. Governm ents are becom ing m ore aware of security
problem s.
c. Passports w ith b io m e tric in fo rm a tio n cannot be
stolen.

3. How long has fin g e rp rin tin g been used fo r

identification?
a. fo r over a decade
b. only in recent years Which tw o w ould be best as a gift?

c. fo r over a hundred years

4. W hat is one disadvantage of b io m e tric passports?

a. They may invade the privacy of governm ents.
b. B iom etric te ch n o lo g y is not 100% accurate.
c. They can’t be used in busy airports.

5. W hich is the m ost accurate of the three methods?

a. eye scanning
b. fin g e rp rin t scan
c. facial scan
 \

iy o o a M a m &
Z o c a ^ a r tf
PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES WITH ‘IN’ AND ‘OUT OF’
A. Read the following extracts from the interview that you /
heard in the listening section. What do you think the MUST-HAVE 1r O N E E D
phrases in bold mean?
A. Look at the extract from the listening passage and
1. At firs t sight, it doesn’t look out of the ordinary,
answer the question.
a. usual b. unusual This is because fo r b io m e trics to be successful w ith
2. It's the same as a regular passport w ith a photograph, the general pu b lic, it needs to be close to p e rfe c t and
but it has some new security features, in particular, it to m ake th e ir lives easier; in a busy a irp o rt, you have to
has a m icrochip. have a qu ick an d accurate way o f id e n tify in g people.

a. especially b. generally W hat do the verbs in bold express?

a. necessity
3. They are in use in about fo rty countries so far.
b. perm ission
a. used b. going to be used c. suggestion

B. Read the following sets of sentences and answer the

note questions.
A p re p o s itio n a l p h ra s e consists o r a
p re p o s itio n a n d its o b je c t (a n o u n o r 1. I re a lly must leave now ; i t ’s g e ttin g late.
' a d je ctive ). 2. You have to be 18 to g e t a d riv in g licence.
• Which sentence expresses an external obligation?
• W hich sentence expresses an o b lig a tio n the
B. Complete the table with the words in the box. Some speaker imposes?
words can be used with both in and out of.
3. You mustn’t touch th a t bu tto n .
use" tb e -ftrto re ' control order progress 4. We don’t have to get up early tom orrow .
detail Ihe-qwestitnT agreem ent addition • Which sentence expresses prohibition?
touch date •W hich sentence expresses an absence o f necessity?
5. You don’t need to go to school tom orrow .
in out of
6. You mustn’t go to school tom orrow .
in use o u t o f use 7. You needn’t go to sch o o l tom orrow .
in the fu tu re o u t o f the question • Which tw o sentences have a sim ilar meaning?

C. Read the text below and circle the correct answer.

I designed a ro b o t fo r my Science project. Our
teacher told us th a t we (1) had to / didn’t have to
create som ething o riginal if we w anted to get a good
m ark. This m ade me nervous because I hadn’t done
well in my exam and I (2) needed / must to im prove
my grade if I w anted to pass. When my teacher saw
my robot, he exclaim ed, 'Excellent w ork! You
(3) have to / don’t need to w o rry about passing
anym ore. In fact, it ’s so im pressive th a t you (4) must /
C. Complete the sentences with in or out of. needn’t enter your ro b o t in the RoboCup ju n io r
fo o tb a ll cham pionship. You (5) must / need to register
1. D uring the match, the situation w ith the fans from
by next m onth if you w a n t to take p a rt th is year and
opposing team s g o t to ta lly _____________ co n tro l and
you (6) don’t have to / mustn’t fo rg e t to include the
the police made several arrests.
£50 re g istra tio n fee. It is taking place in Germany, so
2. An investigation in to the causes o f the accident is you (7) must / needn’t ask your parents if you can go.’
_____________ progress. RoboCup ju n io r fo o tb a ll is a fo o tb a ll gam e w hich
3. In m y H istory class, we are studying W orld War II is played by robots. In the game, a pair o f robots
_____________ detail. com pete against each o th e r on a small fo o tball table
w hich changes co lo u r gra d u a lly fro m dark to pale.
4. The lift is ________ . order, so we w ill have to use
The robots (8) don’t have / have to use this colour
the stairs.
pa tte rn to m ove tow ards the o p p o n e n t’s goal. As they
5. I try to k e e p _____ . touch w ith my classmates are independent, the ro b o ts (9) mustn’t / don’t need
from school. to be c o n tro lle d by a rem ote control; th e y m ove on

6. Don’t rely on this in fo rm a tio n; it ’s __ __________ date.
7. I haven’t g o t the money, so buying a new car is
the question.
th e ir own. I ju s t (10) need / had to add a few finishing
touches to m y ro b o t and w e’ll be ready to com pete!
Go to Gram m ar Reference
 w r itin g
VW',

clp r o iim /s o iu .t/on essay, /

1. DISCUSS
• W hat dangers are involved in accessing blogs, forum s and chat
room s and talking to people you d o n ’t know well o r at all?
• W hat do you know ab o u t cyb e rb u llyin g or being bullied online?
• W hat can we do to p ro te ct ourselves fro m this
typ e of bullying?

2. FOCUS ON USING NOTES

Read the rubric, the essay topic and the notes, and underline the
parts of the essay that correspond to the notes.

In y o u r English class you have been ta lkin g a b o u t cyb e rb u llyin g . Now, y o u r

E nglish teacher has asked you to w rite an essay. Write y o u r essay using all the
notes and g ive reasons fo r y o u r p o in t o f view.
NOTES
• in fo r m a tio n
An increasing number of children are becoming victims of cyberbullying. • skills
Can something be done to prevent this from happening? •... ( y o u r o w n idea)

C yberbullying is a cause fo r m uch concern. This is because young people, w ho do not have the
know ledge and skills to deal w ith it effectively, are m ost often the victim s. I, nevertheless, th in k that
there are measures th a t can be taken to ensure th e ir personal safety.
To begin w ith, it is im p o rta n t to in fo rm children abo u t cyb e rb u llyin g . This process of raising th e ir
awareness abo u t this problem is, in fact, an essential firs t step to dealing w ith it. Only in this way w ill
they be able to id e n tify cyb e rb u llyin g and p ro te c t them selves fro m it.
Secondly, children m ust be equipped w ith the necessary know -how and skills both to prevent
cyb e rb u llyin g fro m happening to them and to deal w ith it when it does. This actually means th a t we
m ust provide them w ith easy-to-follow, practical tips th a t they can apply w hen in te ra ctin g w ith others
online.
Finally, children m ust be encouraged to ta lk ab o u t and re p o rt incidents o f cyb e rb u llyin g . This involves
saving messages or posts th a t are offensive as evidence, talking to trusted adults and in fo rm in g online
organisations o f cases of cyb e rb u llyin g .
It is evident fro m the above th a t measures can be taken to p ro te ct children fro m cyb e rb u llyin g . I th in k
th a t the solution lies in m aking children c o n fid e n t users of social n e tw o rkin g by raising th e ir awareness
of existing dangers and equipping them w ith skills to deal w ith them .

3. FOCUS ON CONTENT AND ORGANISATION

Read the essay again and answer the following questions.
1. What is the w rite r’s o p inion on the topic? U nderline the part o f the essay th a t indicates this.
2. W hat is the th ird idea th a t the w rite r comes up with?

4. FOCUS ON STYLE AND REGISTER

A. Read the essay again and answer the
following questions.
• Is the essay w ritte n in a form al or
inform al style?
• What exam ples can you find in the
essay to ju s tify your answer to the
above question?
B. Find phrases or sentences in the essay and match them with the more
informal versions below.
1. People are ve ry w orried about cyberbullying.
2. ... there are things th a t we can do...
3. ... helping them learn...
4. ... the firs t th in g we can do...
5. ... children m ust have...
6. We can all see...

5. FOCUS ON LINKING WORDS/PHRASES

A. Look at the highlighted words/phrases in the essay. Which words or phrases does the writer use to:

a. list points b. emphasise

©
B. Now read the essay topic, notes and essay that follows and complete it using the words/phrases in the boxes.
The increased production and consumption of electronic goods has resulted in a large
amount of electronic waste being produced. What can be done to change the way
people behave so as to lessen the production of electronic waste?

giving opinion expressing result/consequence adding points NOTES

I am in favour o f m y belief is th a t as a consequence m oreover • raise awareness
• motivate
listing points emphasising summing up •... (your own idea)
firs tly last b u t not least as a m a tte r o f fa ct taking e v e ryth in g into account

The rate at w hich we buy and dispose o f e le ctro n ic goods
is having a serious im pact on the a m o u n t o f electronic
waste th a t ends up being th ro w n away. Nevertheless,
(1 ) __________ measures can be taken to lessen the
negative im pact th a t consum er behaviour is having on the
environm ent.
(2 ) ___________ , people need to be made aware o f the
problem . This w ill help them realise th a t how we behave as
consum ers affects the e nvironm ent. (3 )____________ , this
realisation is an essential firs t step in g e ttin g consum ers to
take an active interest in the problem .
(4 )____________ , people need to be m otivated to change
th e ir consum er habits. This involves rew arding desired
behaviour, such as giving them a discount w hen they
recycle old electrical devices.
(5 )____________ , people need to be inform ed o f alternative
courses of action. They w ill, (6 )____________ , act more
responsibly because they w ill know w hat to do w ith
devices fo r w hich they have no use.
(7 ) ___________ , it is clear th a t the key to reducing
e le ctro n ic waste lies in changing consum er behaviour.
(8 ) ___________ measures being taken to make consum ers
realise th a t there is pow er in in dividual action and th a t our
personal choices can make a difference.

6. WRITING TASK
A. Read the rubric, the essay topic and the notes and underline the key words. Notice that these notes have been expanded on.

In y o u r English class you have been ta lkin g a b o u t the overuse o f technology. Now, y o u r English teacher has asked you to
w rite an essay. Write an essay using a ll the notes and give reasons fo r yo u r p o in t o f view.

Children are spending too much time on computers and other electronic devices. What can be done to help them develop a
healthier balance in their lives?

Notes Justification

• Why is it im p o rta n t to set lim its to the a m o u n t of tim e children

NOTES
• setting lim its VJrite about:
spend using e le ctro n ic devices?
• setting limits
• interests/hobbies
• How can having o th e r interests th a t do not involve the use of
• interests/hobbies
e le ctro n ic devices b e n e fit a child? • ... (your own idea)

B. Now come up with your own idea on the essay topic

as well as examples to support it. .T I P
When writing a problem/solution essay:
Your own idea Justification • underline the key words and think about the problem
being introduced.
. consider the notes you have been given and how
these translate into possible solutions to the problem.
C. Copy and complete the outline below for your essay. • in the introduction, identify the problem but do not
talk about specific solutions.
INTRODUCTION • in the main part, do not just mention the solutions
— Paragraph 1: you are proposing. Use information that can help you
justify, clarify and explain their relevance.
MAIN PART — Paragraph 2:
• come up with an additional idea that clearly serves as
— Paragraph 3:
a solution to the problem and back it up by providing
CONCLUSION information that supports it.
• present the information in a manner that is
straightforward, clear and impersonal.
D. Write your problem/solution essay based on the
outline you have made (140-190 words). • in the conclusion, do not introduce or mention
additional solutions to the problem.
For a list of linking words/phrases which you can use when
you are writing a problem/solution essay, see Appendix I.
»
©
 r o m

l/o c a la fa r tf & (jrc L tn m r

A. Choose the word that most appropriately completes B. Choose the word or phrase that produces a
each sentence. grammatically correct sentence.

1. The m anager to ld his s ta ff th a t they w o u ld _______ 1. I th in k F ra n ce_______ the next W orld Cup.
fro m the changes th a t w ere taking place in the a. w ill win
company. b. wins
a. crash c. w ill be w inning
b. prevent d. w ill have won
c. benefit
2. This tim e next year I w ill_______ on holiday w ith my
d. connect
fam ily.
2. Becky has to be ve ry careful w ith w hat she eats; she a. be
fro m various food allergies. b. be being
a. suffers c. have
b. copes d. have been
c. replaces
3. J o h n _______ him self a new pair of tra in ers next week.
d. protects
a. is going to buy
3. There has been a m a rk e d _______ in David's w ork. b. buys
a. reduction c. w ill have b ought
b. im p ro ve m e n t d. w ill be bought
c. arrangem ent
4. J u lie _______ her th ird novel by the end o f the year.
d. produ ctio n
a. finishes
4. Sally is a v e r y _______ person; you can always rely on b. w ill be finished
her in tim es o f need. c. w ill have finished
a. preferable d. is finishing
b. dependable
5. If people paid m ore a tte n tio n to the e nvironm ent, the
c. noticeable
b e a ch e s_______ cleaner.
d. believable
a. w ill be
5. Nathan had t o _______an exp e rim e n t fo r his Science b. w ould be
project. c. w ould have
a. carry out d. were
b. com e up
6. If y o u _______ lots of fru it and vegetables, you w ill be
c. p u t up w ith
healthy.
d. grow up
a. eat
6. The application fo rm asked fo r a lo t o f _______ details. b. ate
a. flexible c. w ill eat
b. in e ffic ie n t d. w ould eat
c. u n im p o rta n t
7. Diana, y o u _______ go now; a taxi is w a itin g fo r you.
d. endless
a. need
7. I prefer buying my books online because it ’s m ore b. d o n 't have to
c. m ust
a. convenient d. needn’t
b. advanced
8. Y o u _______ take yo u r um brella; it isn’t raining.
c. inevitable
a. needn’t to
d. rem arkable
b. don’t have to
8. The book gave a (n )_______ insight into life in Chile in c. m ustn’t
the 1920s. d. d o n ’t need
a. affordable
b. im possible
c. effective
d. fascinating

©
C. Read the text and complete the blanks with the correct D. Read the text below and complete the blanks. Use only
form of the words in capitals. one word in each blank.

mighty
mouse
Archaeologists in the South Am erican
co u n try of Uruguay have made an
(1) ________________ discovery; they have
dug up the skull o f a giant rat. The rat was
nicknam ed M ig h ty Mouse because o f its
(2 ) _______________ size. It lived
approxim ately fo u r m illio n years ago and
weighed an (3 )________________ one tonne.
Scientists were ( 4 )____________ by the
creature’s enorm ous teeth. They believe the
huge teeth w ere used fo r (5 )______________
against bigger anim als or to knock down
trees. A large va rie ty of rats have been
discovered in South America, b u t this one is
the m ost ( 6 )________________ because o f its
incredible size. A b o u t 65 m illio n years ago,
South A m erica was an island, w hich allowed
animals there to live in
(7 ) ________________ . However, th in g s
changed w hen a land bridge was form ed
betw een N orth and South Am erica. The
sudden co m p e titio n w ith o th e r m am m als
led to a ( 8 ) ________________ in the
popu lation o f gia n t rats.
THENEWFACE
□FSCIENCE
The Cheltenham Science Festival is an annual event
AMAZE
(1) __________________________ brings to g e th e r some of the
biggest names in science fo r discussions, debates
and dem onstrations. In June 2007, a va rie ty
BELIEVE
(2 ) __________________ topics were discussed ranging from
the effects of e nvironm ental damage to researching
IMPRESS
ways to make humans (3 )_________________effective. The
PUZZLE
h ig h lig h t of the festival was the Famelab com p etition.
Famelab is a search fo r the (4 )________________
PROTECT
charism atic new science TV presenter in the UK. Every
year, thousands of hopeful youngsters make a science
presentation in fro n t of a panel of w ell-know n scientists.
The w inner ( 5 )________________ convince the judges that
FASCINATE
th e y can explain scientific facts to the public
( 6 ) ________________ an interesting and sim ple way.
Last ye a r’s w in n e r was a physics student fro m Im perial
College, London, ( 7 ) __________________gave an interesting
ISOLATE
presentation on the physics of the m icrow ave oven
using various co lo u rfu l objects. Science co m p etitions
and festivals of this typ e help to create o p p o rtu n itie s for
young scientists as ( 8 ) ___________________as stim ulate the
REDUCE
p u b lic ’s interest in the subject.

E. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not
change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given.

1. You eat to o m any sweets, th a t’s w hy yo u ’re overw eight. ate

If you , vou w o u ld n ’t be overw eiqht.

2. Maths is a co m p u lso ry subject this year. must

You this year.

3. When I have enough money, I w ill travel abroad. until

: I have enough money.

4. This tim e to m o rro w I w ill be on a plane to Japan. flying

This tim e to m o rro w to Japan.

5. Jeff is planning to buy a yacht next week. going

Jeff a yacht next week.

6. You press this bu tto n to switch o ff all the lights. when

All the lights switch o ff this button.

©
 4 round-up
You will hear an interview with a professor on the subject Read the following and tick the appropriate boxes. For
of hearing problems among young people caused by too the points you are unsure of, refer back to the relevant
much exposure to noise. For questions 1-7choose the best sections in the module.
answer a, b or c.
NOW 1CAN...
1. W hat did Professor W illiam s' study show?
O fo rm derivatives by using prefixes and
a. that deafness is really an o lder person’s problem >*
suffixes
□
□
b. th a t parents w o rry to o m uch about th e ir ch ild re n ’s <
=> O use verbs + p re positions
hearing C
-IfÛ
u O use p re positional phrases w ith 'in ’ and
c. th a t m ore and m ore young people are dam aging
th e ir ears
o
>
‘o u t o f’
□
2. How m any o f the young people w ho were questioned
O use fu tu re tenses and o th e r fu tu re form s
risked doing perm anent damage to th e ir ears?
a. 73%
cc
<
a p p ro p ria te ly
O use C onditional Sentences Type 0,1
□
b. 80%
c. all 1,000 o f them
S
<
0-
o
and 2
O use m ust, have to and need to express
□
3. What is the Professor’s a ttitu d e tow ards the use of
o b lig a tio n , p ro h ib itio n and absence of
headphones?
a. They are the main cause of the problem .
necessity
□
b. They are not a problem if used correctly.
c. They should never be used.
O understand gist and details in a te xt
O skim a te x t to id e n tify its purpose and
□
4. W hat is the m axim um volum e level on m ost MP3
players?
z
o
<
cc
the topics discussed
o scan a te x t to understand specific
□
a. louder than an a irc ra ft taking o ff
b. louder than a busy street
in fo rm a tio n
□
c. 85 decibels
O understand the necessary in fo rm a tio n in
5. Why were users of MP3 players experiencing hearing
problem s afterwards?
o
z
z
LjJ
a s h o rt spoken te xt
H O understand specific in fo rm a tio n in a radio
□
a. They had the volum e up too loud.
b. They were using the devices fo r too long.
to
—1 in te rvie w and answ er questions
□
c. both A and B 0 ta lk abo u t issues related to science,

6. What does Professor W illiam s say about damage to

hearing?
u
z
*
<
Hi
te c h n o lo g y and gadgets
O speculate abo u t an a p p ro p ria te g ift fo r
□
a. It cannot be reversed.
b. It is ve ry d iffic u lt to treat.
Q.
</)
a frie n d and make a decision
□
O use linking w ords/phrases to list points

□
c. Only tim e can repair damage.
o and emphasise
7. Were the young people questioned aware they were z
H O w rite an a rticle re fe rrin g to a to p ic from
dam aging th e ir hearing?
a. Yes, alm ost half o f them were.
ry
It
g a personal p o in t of view
0 w rite a p ro b le m /s o lu tio n essay
□
□
b. No, hardly any o f them were.
c. Yes, all of them were.

©
Discuss
• What do you enjoy doing in
your free time?
• What is your favourite form
of entertainment? Why?

Flick through the

module and find...
• information about a trip to
Peru
• a text about the benefits of
visiting museums
• a film review
• an article about someone
who has an unusual
collection
• information about four
theme parks in the USA
• a short text about volunteer
work involving rescuing
turtles

In this module you

will...
• talk about different forms of
entertainment and free-time
activities
• learn how to express
possibility and make
deductions using
appropriate verb forms
• expand your vocabulary by
learning collocations, lexical
sets, words easily confused
and collective nouns
• talk about what you and
other people you know like
and dislike
• learn how to write an essay
expressing an opinion and a
film review
• speculate about a problem
and suggest a solution
• learn how to ask for
confirmation using question
tags
• acquire skills and strategies
that will help you in exams
 re a d in t o
1. PRE-READING
Discuss.
• Are there any them e parks in yo u r city/co u n try?
• Do you know of any fam ous them e parks in other
countries?
• Why are them e parks popular w ith families?
• Have you ever been to a them e park? If yes, w hat d id /
d id n ’t you like about it? If not, w ould you like to visit
one? Why / Why not?
2. READING FOR GIST
Read the advertisements A-D quickly and answer the
following questions. Write A, B .C o xD in the boxes.
Which them e p a rk s ...
a. give you the chance to travel back in time?
b.give you the chance to be close to nature?
3. SCANNING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION
Imagine that you are on holiday in the USA and you are
interested in visiting one or more theme parks. Read the
advertisements again and answer questions 1-10. Write A-D
in the boxes. Each theme park may be chosen more than
once.
Which them e p a r k ...
has a museum?
does not have food on site?
w ill allow your cat to travel w ith you?
offers a discount when booking tickets
online?
puts its visitors in prison?
offers the option o f corporate workshops?
allows visitors to camp there or nearby?
allows children to keep some of
the items they find?
is well-known fo r its homem ade desserts?
offers special prices for groups o f visitors?
©
C hildersburg, Alabama
(36 miles fro m B irm ingham )
Hours-. 9am - 4:30pm (5:30 in the sum m er)
Adm ission: (adults) $21, (children) $18
DeSoto Caverns is located in scenic Alabama. Get
in tune w ith nature, as you take a guided to u r of our
caves, get ‘lo s t’ in the Lost Trail Maze, or v isit the
ancient W oodland Indian burial ground. Kids w ill have
fun searching fo r sem i-precious stones, crystals, an
fossils, or enjoying our m any them e park rides, including
go-carts, racing on land in ‘H appy’s P otty Race (toilets
on wheels!), or in w ater on paddle boats. Test your
endurance on our rock wall, or in the th rillin g ‘cave
crawl.' Seasonal sound, light, and w ater shows take place
inside the caves.
G roup/school/party rates are available. Special packages
fo r school trip s w hich include an 'underground
classroom ’ experience and a private cave tour.
On-site accom m odation includes cam pgrounds w hich
have picnic areas by a bea u tifu l w aterfall.
'
□
Q • Stone M ountain, Georgia (just outside Atlanta)
Hours: 10am-5pm daily / 10am - 9pm sum m er
A d m issio n : $8 vehicle e n try into park,
B A ttra ctio n Pass: $25 (adults), $19 (children),
$22 (se n io r/m ilita ry)
S um m it Skyride: $9
Q Pets w elcom e!
• W hoever said histo ry can’t be fun never w ent to Stone
B M ountain Park. The park, ju s t m inutes fro m dow ntow n
Atlanta, com bines nature and h isto ry to create an
B u n fo rg e tta b le experience! There is tru ly som ething
fo r everyone here, including an old-fashioned railroad,
museums, and various rides including d iffe re n t w a te r '
B boats - th a t is if you d o n ’t m ind g e ttin g a little wet.
Going on a trip on the S um m it Skyride is a must! Travel
to the to p o f the m ountain, w hich stands at a height
□ o f 825 feet, on a Swiss cable car. From the top, enjoy
a pho to g ra p h ic view o f up to 6 0 miles, including
B the beautiful A tlanta skyline, and the fo o th ills of the
Appalachian M ountains.
[0 • Take a trip back in tim e at ‘Crossroads’, a w o rking 1800s
tow n w ith various period shops. If yo u ’re depleted, you
can reenergise at o u r fam ous cooking restaurant.
There is also a nearby cam pground/R V park, and public
picnic area. Company picnics and corporate w orkshops
available, as w ell as school trip s and educational tours.
 DINOSAUR RAWHIDE
WORLD a W ILD W EST TOWN

Plant City, Florida (20 min. fro m Tampa, 1

hour from Orlando)
H ours: 9am -6pm daily (9-5 Dec - Jan)
A dm ission : $12.75 (adults), $9.75 (children), $10.75
(seniors/m ilitary)
$2 o ff when o rd e rin g fro m th e website

You’ll be amazed at Dinosaur W orld by our 150 life-

sized dinosaur replicas in th e ir recreated natural
habitats. A fte r yo u ’ve explored the dino habitats and
caves, get ready fo r some digging! In the ‘bone yard,’
you can dig up full dinosaur skeletons. Children aged
3-12 love taking part in our fossil dig, where they can Chandler, Arizona (ju st south o f Phoenix)
search fo r shark teeth, shells, coral, and m uch more!
H ours: 11am-10pm daily
Each child may keep three pieces o f th e ir finds, as a
A d m issio n : free adm ission/parking
souvenir o f th e ir ‘dig.’
A ttra c tio n tickets: $4 per a ttra c tio n
There is no food service available, but there is a nearby Town day pass: $12
picnic area if yo u ’d like to bring your own.
Bull riding: $6 (adult), $3 (children)
Special ‘o u td o o r classroom ’ interactive educational Sheep riding fo r toddlers: $1
classes are available fo r schools.
Cow riding: $10

You’ll th in k you stepped in to a tim e m achine w hen you

4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF UNKNOWN WORDS
Match the highlighted words/phrases in the advertisements
with the meanings below. There are two extra meanings
which you do not need to use.
com e to Rawhide w here w e’ve recreated an entire 1880s
style W ild West tow n. Don’t get o u t o f line tho ugh, or
else our ‘tow n s h e riff’ w ill arrest you during the ‘arrest-
a-guest’ dem onstration. Don’t w orry, you w o n ’t stay

a. exact copies behind bars fo r to o long!

1. in tune b. in prison
Explore our tow n, or pick up some item s at our clothing,
c. exhausted food, and general stores. Have an old-fashioned picture
2. replicas
taken of you and yo u r fa m ily in period costum e. You’ll
d. surprised
3. habitats have a great tim e searching fo r gold, w atching a show,
e. in harm ony going to th e zoo on o u r ranch, o r ta kin g a donkey
4. behind bars ride. Don’t fo rg e t to ride our mechanical bull: ‘The
f. findings W idowm aker.’ Before leaving, y o u ’ll d e fin ite ly have
5. depleted
to have d in n e r at o u r fam ous steakhouse. Don’t skip
g. the natural environm ent
dessert! It’s well w o rth try in g o u r fam ous apple pie w ith
in w hich an animal lives
hom em ade ice cream.

Plan yo u r b irth d a y or school trip s w ith us.

5. POST-READING
Discuss.
• Which o f the them e parks w ould you m ost like to visit
and why?

• Which of them w ould you d e fin ite ly not be interested

in visiting? Why?

©
 5 a j M c a ic L o a m & g ra m m a r
(J (7
/ (/o c a la fa ^ C r-m m r
i
1. COLLOCATIONS W IT H GET, GO, H A V E A N D TAKE 1. IN F IN IT IV E S ; A N D -IN G FORMS
Complete the collocations using the verbs in the box. You can
fin d some o f th e m in the advertisem ents on pages 78-79. FOCUS ON USE
A. Look at the fo llo w in g examples o f fu ll in fin itiv e s (e.g.
get go have take to do), bare in fin itiv e s (e.g. do) and -ing form s (e.g.
doing) in the advertisem ents 3 and 5 on page 79 and
1. shopping 9. a photograph
com plete the rules.
2. a great tim e 10. to sleep
C hildren aged 3-12 love ta kin g p a rt in o u r fossil dig,
3. a swim 11. a to u r
where they can search fo r shark teeth, shells, coral,
4. sw im m ing 12. a nap and m uch m ore!
5. a stroll 13. a pa rty
... there is a nearby p ic n ic area i f you w o u ld like to
6. a meal 14. a holiday
b rin g yo u r own.
7. fun 15. on holiday
8. ready 16. fo r a walk The is used after:

• m odal verbs (can, could, must, should, may, etc.)

2. WORDS EASILY CONFUSED
• le t and m ake in the active voice
Complete the sentences using the correct fo rm of the w ords
• w o u ld ra th e r and had b e tte r
in the boxes.
The is used afte r:
take bring
certain verbs (.want, w o u ld like, hope, decide,
1. Don’t fo rg e t t o ______ . your m obile phone w ith
manage, agree, refuse, seem, prom ise, etc.)
you w hen you leave.
be + adjective (it's nice, I was happy, etc.)
2. Will you p le a s e _____ _ me the rem ote control? too and enough
question w ords (how, what, when, where, etc.)
story history
is used after:
3. He told us an a m a z in g _______
______ about w hat he did
w hile he was on holiday. • certain verbs (avoid, enjoy, love, hate, finish,
4. This tow n has a ve ry o ld _____
_________th a t makes a lot im agine, m ind, risk, suggest, consider, etc.)
of people w ant to come here. • certain expressions (h o w about, it's no use, it's no
good, there's no p o in t in, be used to, etc.)
take part take place • p repositions (for, about, w ithout, etc.)

5. The awards cerem ony w ill________ to m o rro w B. Read the following sets of sentences and match them
evening at eight. with the statements a orb which are the closest in
meaning.
6. I ___________ in many school plays when I was younger.
1. I m u st re m e m b e r to lock the d o o r be fore __
w et humid leaving the building.
2. I re m e m b e r locking the d o o r when I le ft the
7. I d id n ’t have an um brella w ith me, so I got all
bu ild in g .
_____________when it rained.
a. First I rem em ber, then I do it.
8. It is so hot and _today th a t I feel like I’m in
b. I rem em ber th a t I have done som ething earlier.
a sauna!
3. He sto p p e d taking p ictu re s w hen he saw the
hold keep ‘No P hotos' sign.
4. He sto p p e d to take som e p ictu re s o f the
9. I a lw a y s ______ . a book in m y backpack so I have
nice view.
som ething to read on the train.
a. He to o k pictures a fte r he stopped doing
10. Do you th in k you c a n __________ .th e d oor open fo r
som ething else.
me, please?
b. He was taking pictures and then he stopped
doing it.
suit costum e uniform
5. She trie d to open the d o o r b u t she couldn't. □
11. Have you decided on a Halloween . fo r
6. She trie d opening the d o o r w ith a fork.
the pa rty yet?
a. She made an e ffo rt.
12. He bo ught an expensive new A rm a n i____________
b. She did som ething to see w hat e ffe ct it w ould
fo r his wedding.
have.
13. A ndrew is an o ffic e r in the Air Force and has to get
h is _____________cleaned and ironed daily. Go to G ra m m a r Reference

©
2. PRACTICE
Complete the text below with the full infinitive, the bare infinitive or the -ing form of the verbs in brackets.

A trip (0 PERU
My parents are both archaeologists and during the
holidays they often take me on trip s to d iffe re n t exotic
places. The m ost exciting trip I've been on so far was to
Peru. If you w ant (1)_____________________ (see) beautiful
cities and im pressive scenery, then it ’s w o rth
( 2 ) _____________________ (visit) Peru. There are loads of
things (3 )_____________________ (do) and places
__________________ (explore). If y o u ’re planning on
(5 ) _____________________ (visit) Peru, you m ust d e fin ite ly
(6 ) ____________________ (go) to Cuzco; it ’s an ancient city full
of archaeological w onders. It also has m any museum s where
you can ( 7 ) _____________________ (learn) abo u t the ancient
Inca civilisation. I loved ( 8 ) _____________________ (walk) around
the city and ( 9 ) _____________________ (look) at the im pressive
buildings. We also w e n t to a place fam ous fo r its w aterfalls; it
was a boiling hot day, and I decided (1 0 )_____________________
(swim ) in one of the nearby natural pools. The h ig h lig h t of our
trip was the tre k along the Inca trail; we explored amazing
archaeological ruins, and enjoyed breathtaking m ountain views.
A lthough you may (11)_____________________ (be) tired after
(12)_____________________ (com plete) the trek, it is well w o rth the
e ffo rt because at the end of the trail you arrive at the magical
c ity of Machu Picchu. The Incas b u ilt the c ity on to p of a granite
mountain; they used clever engineering (13)_____________________
(carry) heavy stone blocks up the m ountain. A trip to Peru is a
m ust fo r anyone w ho w ants (14)_____________________
(experience) som ething amazing.

in
Read the text below and choose the answer a, ft or c that best fits each gap.

Jane is a rally driver. She travels all around Europe to
(1)______in car races. She firs t became interested in
the sp o rt w hen some of her friends arranged a trip to a
nearby race track. They ( 2 ) ______a great tim e, and one
rally d rive r actually let her (3 )______his car. A fte r that
Jane was hooked. She loves the th rill of the race. The
hardest race she’s ever been in to o k place in Croatia.
The rough, tw is tin g m ountain roads, extrem e heat and
clouds of dust really tested her (4 )______ .
Despite these harsh conditions, Jane still managed
( 5 ) ______the race in second place and she won €1000.
Jane also re gularly gives talks around the co u n try about
rally racing in hope o f ( 6 ) ______m ore w om en to jo in the
sport. She believes th a t it can really be a(n) (7 ) ______
experience fo r them . Jane says th a t rally d rivin g allows
you to (8 )______fro m yo u r daily routine w hile having
loads o f fun at the same tim e.

1. a. take place b. take tim e c. take part 5. a. com plete b. com pleting c. to com plete
2. a. got b. had c. to o k 6. a. encourage b. encouraging c. to encourage
3. a. to drive b. drive c. d riving 7. a. rew arding b. scenic c. available
4. a. experience b. endurance c. dem onstration 8. a. com bine b. escape c. explore

©
/
5(1 oig&mÿ & $pe,CL&inÿ
Ù s ti
You will hear short conversations. After you hear each conversation, you will be asked a question about what you heard.
Choose the picture which answers the question correctly.

a.

b. c.

a. * b.

o a. b. EE

S p & a tt/n ^
Discuss the following questions. You can use some of the words and expressions in the boxes.

What form s of e n te rta in m e n t are

café cinem a/theatre relax
available w here you live? club concert socialise
What form s of e n te rta in m e n t are popular am usem ent park escape from routine
w ith young people in yo u r country?
Young people generally enjoy d iffe re n t
There are/aren’t m any ways to e n te rta in yourself.
kinds o f e n te rta in m e n t than older
There are m any things you can do, fo r example...
people. Why do you th in k th a t is?
There aren’t m any things to do, only...
W hat kind of things do you usually do ...and... are v e ry p opular because...
when you go o u t w ith yo u r friends? Why? I w ould say th a t young people...
Do you th in k young people today spend I th in k th a t old e r people...
too m uch m oney on entertainm ent? I w o u ld n ’t say that...

$
k/ritin^ An pim p an opinion f/f
1. DISCUSS
• Do you enjoy visitin g museums? W hy/W hy not?
2.FOCUS ON USING NOTES
Read the rubric, the notes and the essay giving an opinion.
Underline the parts in the essay that correspond to the
notes.
In yo u r English class you have been ta lk in g a b o u t
museums. Now, y o u r English teacher has asked you to
w rite an essay. Write y o u r essay using a ll the notes and
give reasons fo r y o u r p o in t o f view:
A v is it t o a m useum is a r e w a r d in g e x p e rie n c e
f o r p e o p le o f a ll ages. Do y o u a g re e ?
N on
W rite about:
• le a rn in g
e n te r ta in m e n t
... (y o u r o w n idea)
A trip to a museum can be useful and fun fo r vounq and old
alike. The exhibitions in different kinds of museums help
people of all ages to understand the w orld and travel in the
past, present and future.
The variety of things one can learn about in museums is
indeed impressive. Historical museums, fo r instance, help us
understand our past by displaying objects and inform ation
to show us how our ancestors lived and survived. Others,
suchasscientificandtechnological m useum sand museums
of natural history, give visitors the o p p o rtu n ity to explore
different aspects of the w orld around them.
Furthermore, a visit to a museum can be both fun and
engaging. Many museums today use huge visual and
interactive displays that stim ulate the visitors’ im agination
and make the experience very realistic.
Finally, a visit to a museum can also be an excellent way
to educate vouno children. Many museums today have
special program m es that help children appreciate what
a museum has to offer so they can learn from their visit.
Lifelike displays are able to attract the children’s attention
and are much more vivid and m em orable than inform ation
in a textbook.
To sum u p . a visit to a museum is valuable for both adults
and children. The creative and im aginative exhibitions can
be entertaining and at the same tim e educational.
3. TOPIC SENTENCES
A. Read the sentences underlined in the essay. These
sentences are called topic sentences. What do you think
their function is?
B. Read the note below and then answer questions 1and 2.
NOTE
Topic sentences in tro d u c e th e c e n tra l idea o f th e
p a ra g ra p h . The o th e r sentences in th e p a ra g ra p h
develop th e idea expressed in th e to p ic sentence by
e xp an ding on it, g iv in g examples o r e xp la in in g it.
1. In the second paragraph, w hat examples of museums does
the w rite r mention? W hat does he/she say ab o u t them?
2. In the th ird paragraph, how does the w rite r ju s tify his/her
argum ent th a t a museum can be an excellent way to
educate children?
C O W t/lffO / SO L
C. The topic sentence from the paragraph below is
missing. Read the paragraph and choose the most
appropriate topic sentence a, b or c.
When you watch a film , you are able to leave all
the day’s stress and problem s behind. You sit back in
y o u r c o m fo rta b le seat and let yo u rse lf be tran spo rte d
to a nother reality. Moreover, a n ig h t o u t at the cinema
is a great way to get o u t o f the house, m eet up w ith
friends and break your evening ro u tin e o f TV.
a. There is no d o u b t th a t the cinem a as a fo rm of
e n te rta in m e n t is not as p opular as it once was.
b. The cinem a is a p opular fo rm o f e n te rta in m e n t th a t is
both relaxing and stim ulating.
c. E ntertainm ent, w hether it is w atching a film at
the cinema o r doing w hatever else you enjoy, is a
sig n ifica n t aspect o f o u r lifestyle.
4. WRITING TASK
A. Read the rubric, the essay topic and the notes and
underline the key words. Then, come up with your own
idea on the essay topic as well as examples to support it.
In y o u r English class you have been ta lkin g a b o u t
leisure a ctivitie s and ho w th e y help to reduce stress
and anxiety. N ow y o u r teacher has asked yo u to w rite
an essay. Write y o u r essay using a ll the notes and give
reasons fo r yo u r p o in t o f view:
L is te n in g t o m u s ic is p ro b a b ly th e b e s t w a y to
f i g h t s tre s s a n d a n x ie ty .
NOTE
VJrite about:
• e ffe c t
a d a p ta b ility
... (y o u r o w n idea)
B. Write your essay (140-190 words).
TIP
When writing an essay expressing an opinion:
• state the idea in your topic sentence clearly so that
the reader knows what the focus is.
• ensure that your topic sentence relates directly
to and supports the claim you made in the
introduction.
• do not make your topic sentence too general or
broad because you will not be able to develop the
idea adequately.
• do not make your topic sentence too limited
or narrow in scope because you will not have
anything to say about it.
For a lis t o f lin k in g w o rd s /p h ra s e s w h ic h you
can use w h e n you are w ritin g an essay g iv in g
an o p in io n , see A p p e n d ix I. »
©
 1. PRE-READING
Discuss.
• Do you co lle ct anything? If yes, w hat do you
collect, how long have you had your collection
and w hat made you start? If not, do you know
or have you heard of any people w ith unusual
collections?

2. READING FOR GIST

Read the text quickly without paying attention to
the missing sentences and answer the questions
below.
a. W hat is Josh Lem m ing’s strange collection?
b. Who helped him organise his collection?
c. How do people react to Josh’s collection?

3. RECONSTRUCTING A GAPPED TEXT

Read the text again. Complete the gaps in the text
with the sentences A-G below. There is one extra
sentence which you do not need to use.

A. Josh is a great fan o f the cinema, and even

w hen in fo re ig n countries, he always makes an
e ffo rt to w atch a film , even if it ’s in a language
he can’t understand.

B. Josh did n ’t really like the a tte n tio n at first.

C. At first, only his friends knew about his

collection.

D. Josh doesn’t th in k his collection is very

im p o rta n t but he doesn’t w ant to
displease his mother.

E. Josh’s enthusiasm fo r collecting w ill keep

him occupied fo r m any years to come.

F. Some people even g o t inspired to start

th e ir own collections.

G. Josh’s m o th e r actually had the idea

of arranging the tickets in albums.

4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF UNKNOWN

WORDS
Match the highlighted words in the article with
the meanings a-h. There are two extra meanings
which you do not need to use.

a. like
1. respond
b. strange
2 . avid c t)e|ieve
3. requested d. reply
4. peculiar e- enthusiastic
............ f. old-fashioned
5. published
g. printed
6 . appreciate ^ asked for

©
 m

s t r a f t e « ' h o b b i e s

Josh Lem m ing has a ve ry strange hobby. He collects A fte r the new spaper published an a rticle on Josh called
aeroplane, bus and train tickets fro m every place he ‘The Ticket C o lle cto r’, m ore and m ore people began
has ever travelled to. So far, he has over 1 0 0 0 tickets. contacting Josh in o rder to view his collection. B
He arranges them in photo album s according to date, Marie Newton, a local resident, started collecting her
typ e and country. own travel tickets. 'I found Josh’s collection to be a
great way to keep a record of all the places I’ve been
‘When I m ention m y co lle ctio n ,’ says Josh, ‘m ost
to. A fte r seeing it, I decided to sta rt saving m y tickets,
people respond, “ You can’t be serious.” But once they
th o u g h I d e fin ite ly d o n ’t travel as m uch as he does. It
see m y albums, th e y realise I’m a ctually p re tty serious.
m ig h t actually make me start tra ve llin g m o re l’
I’m a photographer, so I travel a lot. I’ve been to over
50 countries.’ Q ‘ It was kind of strange,’ he explains. A ll of
a sudden I was g e ttin g all this a tte n tio n sim ply fo r
Josh began co lle ctin g his tickets abo u t 10 years ago.
doing som ething th a t was m eaningful to me. But
‘It may seem a little crazy, b u t one day, as I was g e ttin g
now I’m used to it. Plus, in a way, I’m proud o f my
o ff a bus in Madrid, Spain, I decided to keep my bus
collection. It represents a lot o f hard w ork.’
ticket, instead of th ro w in g it away. A fte r that, I never
threw away a nother ticke t.’ Josh continues to co lle ct his travel tickets.
However, he has started a new co lle ctio n - cinema
D She is an avid stam p collector, and has stam ps
tickets. B ‘So far, I o nly have about 65
dating back to the early 1900s. ‘A fte r seeing the way
tickets,’ Josh says, 'b u t th a t’s o nly one year’s
she organised her stamps, I decided to organise my
w o rth . I plan on seeing a lot m ore film s, believe
tickets in a sim ilar manner. Mine were ju s t in plastic
me.' He has already begun organising the tickets
bags. My m o th e r b o u g h t me a bunch o f album s fo r my
in albums, w hich were, again, a g ift from his
birthday, and I sorted th ro u g h the plastic bags. It m ust
mum .
have taken me about a m onth to organise them all. But
now, it ’s a lot easier to look th ro u g h my tickets.’ Q ‘One day, I hope to sit dow n w ith my
children and show them all the things I have
Josh has becom e w ell-know n in his hom e to w n of
collected. H opefully, th e y ’ll appreciate it - a fte r ^3
A shford, C onnecticut. B Then, a local new spaper
all, it seems like co lle ctin g runs in the fam ily.’
re p o rte r heard about Josh. She called him and
requested an interview , as well as a view ing o f his
collection. ‘I was really surprised to learn th a t the
local new spaper was interested in m y collection. But
then again, I guess people like hearing about peculiar SEAT
gate clo ses
things.’
030 23D

k« » ■■
a n d <

’*M |

*0049957' * m 23P*
it #
’26S 21:33JV '>1$ 19«Si:-&
-
,99.005c pttgM№
■
CIqss
Q T -p . ticket t y p e
• • » if f * .
S T D DAT return
I№
Start,
A m e ric
02-
From 5. POST-READING
PLD S06N0r regis
Discuss.
•LOS ANGE
DENVER
BOARDING P A SS'"
AMERICAN A"
GRf&Up 6 n o r b it o h • What is your o p inion abo u t Josh’s collection?
Bn
• Do you th in k th a t the interest th a t oth e r people
■00108671215840 I jr.- m fu p - show in Josh’s co lle ctio n is justified?
i - c C T R O K f cl
I
<">< 2111686766 6 j
3 08
• W ould you be interested in starting a sim ilar
collection? W hy / Why not?

©
5(> y
&

l/o o a la ^ c u y
1. WORDS EASILY CONFUSED
Use the words in the boxes to complete the sentences. A. Look at the extracts from the text on page 85 and
choose which of the statements a or b is the closest in
ticket fare meaning.
1. It m ay seem a little crazy...
1. Don’t fo rg e t to buy y o u r __________fo r the concert!
a. Perhaps it ’s crazy.
2. It’s b e tte r to take the bus if you can’t a fford the taxi b. It’s ce rta in ly crazy.
2. It m ig h t a ctu a lly make m e s ta rt tra v e llin g more.
a. It’s possible to happen in the future.
strange foreign
b. It has possibly happened.
3. There is a ________ _ smell in the kitchen.
B. Now read the sentences below. Which of them means
4. Students have to study o n e _________ language and can that the action possibly happened in the past and
choose eith e r French or Spanish. which means that the action was possible in the past
but didn’t happen?
m ention report 3. Josh c o u ld have th ro w n away his bus tic k e t in
5. Did h e __________w hat tim e he w ould be home? M a d rid b u t he decided to keep it.
4. M arie m ig h t have been to some o f the places Josh
6. If yo u r passport is stolen, you s h o u ld _________ it to the
has tra ve lle d to.
police.
C. Match the examples 1-4 above with the rules.
get o ff get o u t of
• Use m ay/m ight/could + base form to express
7. We’re going t o __ _ the bus at the next stop, p o ssib ility in the present or future.
8. I can’t w ait to this car! • Use m ay/m ight + have + past participle to
express p o ssib ility in the past.
sim ilar identical
• Use could + have + past participle to express __
9. The tw o film s w ere s o . I fe lt like I had seen po ssib ility in the past w hich was not fu lfille d . [
the same film tw ice.
2. MAKING DEDUCTIONS (MUST - CAN’T)
10. Jeannie gave b irth to _ .tw in s th a t look exactly
A. Look at the extracts from the text on page 85 and
alike.
choose which of the statements a or b is the closest in
meaning.
2. COLLECTIVE NOUNS 1. You can’t be serious.
Use the collective nouns in the box to form collocations. In a. You aren’t able to be serious.
somes cases more than one noun may be correct. b. Surely, you aren’t serious.
2. It m u st have taken me a b o u t a m o n th to organise
bunch pack set pile them all.
a. I believe it to o k me ab o u t a m onth to organise
1. a. _ of flow ers 6. a . of boxes them all.
2. a _ of tools 7. a . of grapes b. I had to w o rk fo r a m onth to organise them all.
3. a . _ of books 8. a . o f wolves B. Now read the sentences below and compare them
with the examples above. What’s the difference
4. a . .o fc ig a re tte s 9. a . of keys
between can’t be and can’t have been ? What about
5. a o f rules 10. a . o f fu rn itu re must take and must have taken ?
3. When Josh said th a t one o f his bus tickets cost
3. ADJECTIVES +PREPOSITIONS $ 1 0 ,0 0 0 , he ca n ’t have been serious.
A. Look at the following adjectives with prepositions. Which 4. It m u st take a t least 15 ho u rs to fly fro m A ustralia to
of them have a positive and which a negative meaning? Spain.
C. Match the examples 1-4 above with the rules.
interested in proud of bored w ith sick of
keen on fond of disgusted by crazy about • Use must + base form to express ce rta in ty
tired o f fed up w ith impressed by/w ith th a t som ething is true.
• Use can’t + base form to express belief th a t
som ething is im possible.
B. Complete the sentences below to make true statements • Use must + have + past participle to express
about yourself. certainty that som ething happened in the past. [__ ]
1. I’m very keen ... • Use can’t/couldn’t + have + past participle to
2. My dad is proud ... express c e rta in ty th a t som ething d id n ’t
3. When I was younger, I was bored ... happen.
4. My best frien d is crazy ...
5. M ost o f m y friends are interested ... Go to G ram m ar Reference
 3. PRACTICE
Read the texts below and circle the correct words.

I wanted to do something useful on my summer

My frie n d Becky (1) can't be /
mast be the luckiest person I know.
Last week she won the lottery and
became an in sta n t m illionaire. When
I asked her w h a t she planned to do
w ith her money, she to ld me she
(2) mustn't I might go on a holiday,
then she (3) might / can't bay a new
house. The newspapers are predicting th a t
Becky (4) could be / could have been
the richest wom an in England because no
one has won the lottery fo r the last tw o
weeks; this makes her winnings a rollover.
Becky says she (5) mustn't be / can't be
the richest wom an in England because
surely th a t title belongs to the Queen!
holiday so I volunteered a t a local T u rtle Rescue
and Conservation Centre.
My supervisor, Sally, to ld me th a t conservation work
requires a lo t o f energy and patience. She (6) c a n 't b e /
m u s t b e right, because I'v e only been doing i t fo r a week
and I'm completely exhausted! Yesterday I got up a t dawn
to help w ith th e morning survey. This involves walking along
th e beach and checking th e nests where tu rtle s lay th e ir
eggs. The survey lasted into th e heat o f th e day and, a t
one point, I (7) m u s t have lo o k e d / c o u ld n 't h a ve lo o k e d
like I was about to fa in t because Sally told me to go and
take a break. This morning I helped to rescue a tu rtle ,
which (8) m u s t in ju r e / m u s t have in ju r e d its back flip p e r
in th e sea. I th in k a speedboat (9) m ig h t have k n o c k e d /
c o u ld n 't have k n o cke d against it. We found it on th e beach
and tra n sp o rte d i t back to th e Rescue Centre where it was
tre a te d immediately.
The vet said th e tu r tle was lucky. I t (10) c o u ld h a ve lo s t /
m u s t h a ve lo s t its back flip p e r i f we hadn't found i t in time.
A t th a t moment, I f e lt th a t all th e hard work was w orth it.

Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence.

1. Jerem y is a(n)
. reader; he loves reading all kinds of books,
a. avid
b. peculiar c. proud
d. interested
2. I th in k Mum w ill re a lly ___
________the flo w e rs we b o u g h t her.
a. respond
b. appreciate c. request
d. sort
3. If you d o n ’t validate y o u r .
___________, you w ill be charged a fine.
a .fa re
b. album c. ticke t
d. stam p
4. Fiona is really interested _
. learning foreign languages.
a. in b. fo r c. o f d. by
5. John gave Pamela a _____
_____ o f roses fo r her birthday.
a. pile
b - set c. pack
d. bunch
6. Andrea has been try in g to learn how to d rive fo r tw o years; she is re a lly ______
.ta k in g lessons,
a. crazy a b o u t b. fed up w ith c. impressed by
d. fond of
7. B ria n ____________the fastest runner in o u r school; he has beaten everyone in the 4 0 0 m etre race fo r tw o years in a row.
a. m ig h t be b. can be c. m ig h t be d. m ust be
8. The cleaner ____________ the vase,- she was cleaning it this m orning.
a. m u st have broken b. can have broken c. m ust break
d. could break
9. Y o u ____________ Ted at th e p a rty last night; he's away on business.
a. m u s tn 't have seen b. co u ld n ’t have seen c. may have seen
d. co u ld n ’t see
10. Charlie
. serious a b o u t w a nting to bungee ju m p o ff th e bridge!
a. m ustn’t be
b. can’t have c. can’t be
d. m u stn ’t have
5 I) & M e c L & in ff'

1. PRE-LISTENING
Discuss.
• Do you like going to the theatre? Why / W hy not?

2. MULTIPLE MATCHING
You will hear five different people, friends of a man called Jack, giving their views on the theatre. Choose from the list a-f
what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. There is one extra letter which you do not need to use.

a. I believe I w ould not enjoy going to the theatre.

Speaker 1
b. The last show I w e n t to was v e ry disappointing.
Speaker 2
c. I love the theatre but no longer go because of fa m ily responsibilities.
Speaker 3
d. I am im pressed by the sum m er o u td o o r perform ances and the live m usic all year round.
Speaker 4
e. I enjoy going to the theatre and continue to attend w ith m y frie n d Jack,
f. believe the National Theatre is a convenient place when co m m u tin g fro m w o rk to home. Speaker 5

Spe,C Lfl(«p
1. WARM-UP
• Do people in your n e ig h b o u rh o o d /c o m m u n ity ever do a ctivitie s together? What kind?

2. CHOOSING BETWEEN OPTIONS

Imagine that you are on a committee of a community organisation in your town. The committee has decided to organise an
event in order to boost community relations. The group has decided on two possible kinds of activities, but you can only do
one. Decide which one you would choose if you were in this situation.

First: Then:
Look at the pictures below and ask yo u r teacher: When you have all the in fo rm a tio n you need, explain
• W hat are the options? w hich o p tio n you th in k w ould be best, and why. You can
choose one o f the o ptions given, or present a plan th a t
• W hat are the advantages/disadvantages o f each
you believe w ould be better.
option?

OPTION 2

3. FURTHER DISCUSSION
• Have you ever been to a local festival o r a bazaar? Did you like it? If you haven’t, w hich of them w ould you like to go to,
and why?
• In w hat ways do a ctivitie s like these help to boost relationships am ong people w ho live in a com m unity?
 M o a M a r u & g r a m m a r

i/o c a U ^ a ^
G ra fK m r
WORDS RELATED TO THE THEATRE AND CINEMA /
QUESTION TAIas
A. Decide if the following words are related to the
theatre, the cinema or both. A. Read the extracts from the monologues you heard in
the listening section and circle the correct words to
production acting d ire cto r sets complete the rules about question tags.
special effects a play perform ance
rehearsal foyer com plex stage You know w hat I mean, d o n ’t you?
screen blockbuster cast plot That’s p ro p e r culture, is n ’t it?
stuntm an soundtrack
... you d o n ’t have so m uch spare time, do you?

• Question tags are sh o rt questions placed at the

B. Read the sentences below and circle the correct
beginning / end o f a statem ent. We use them
answer.
when we are not sure of som ething o r when we
1. I saw the new p lo t / p ro d u c tio n o f M idsum m er ask fo r co n firm a tio n.
N ight's Dream last night; it was really funny.
• Question tags are fo rm e d w ith the auxiliary /
2. John is really interested in a career in acting / main verb and a personal pronoun.
stage.
• If the statem ent is positive, the question tag is
3. The director/production w on an academ y award
positive / negative.
fo r his latest film .
• If the statem ent is negative, the question tag is
4. The latest Bond film had fantastic special positive / negative.
soundtrack / effects.
Go to Grammar Reference
5. We w ent to see a play / plot on Saturday nig h t at
the Royal Exchange Theatre. B. Write an appropriate question tag at the end of each
statement.
6. Her performance / production in the film was not
1. The film w asn’t ve ry g o o d ,_________________ ?
convincing.
2. It’s too hot to d a y ,_________________ ?
7. The foyer / stage of the theatre was ve ry crow ded
3. You’re the new te a c h e r,.
on the firs t nig h t of the show.
4. You d id n ’t break her v a se ,.
8. A new cinema screen / complex has been b u ilt in
the area. Alex is w o rkin g in a bank n o w ,.

9. The actress fell o ff the play / stage during the Mary made this c a k e ,_________
rehearsal / acting. 7. You w ill rem em ber to buy me a present on my
10. A lthough she’s an award w inning actress, she b irth d a y ,_________________ ?
doesn’t like to watch herself on screen / sets. 8. Let’s w atch a DVD to n ig h t,_________________ ?

11. The adaptation o f the latest H a rry P o tte r 9. You go to the gym every d a y ,_________________ ?
novel was an instant blockbuster/ 10. Remember to buy a newspaper, 7
production.
12. The lead actress refused
have lunch w ith the rest <
the acting / cast.

13. The film had a weak

plot / director and the
acting was bad.

14. The director/

stuntman injured
him self in the car
chase scene.

15. The three film sets /

rehearsals cost m illions
of dollars to create.
 c v r itin ÿ

fa/ritina a. r-etn'e-w
1. DISCUSS
• Do you read film , theatre or book reviews in magazines or newspapers? W hy/W hy
• Would a review influence yo u r choice o f a film /p la y to see o r a book to buy?

2. FOCUS ON CONTENT AN D ORGANISATION

A. Read the review of a musical below. What is the writer’s opinion of the musical?

It o n ly to o k a fe w d a y s fo r y o u n g
p e o p le to lo v e it! S te p u p 2 th e S tre e ts
is a ro m a n tic film , w h ic h is a lre a d y as
p o p u la r as th e v e ry s u c c e s s fu l S tep
u p (2 0 0 6 ) . It w a s d ire c te d b y Jo n Chu
a n d s ta rs B ria n a E vig a n a n d R o b e rt
H o ffm a n .

T h e film is s e t in M a ry la n d , USA w h e re
tw o y o u n g p e o p le fr o m v e ry d iffe r e n t
b a c k g ro u n d s , A n d ie a n d C hase, m e e t
a t th e M a ry la n d S c h o o l o f A rts (M SA).
A n d ie , a y o u n g s tre e t d a n c e r, fa ce s
p ro b le m s a t MSA b e c a u s e sh e m u s t
w o rk h a rd in a v e ry c o m p e titiv e
e n v iro n m e n t. A ro m a n c e b e tw e e n
C hase a n d A n d ie s o o n d e v e lo p s w h ile
th e y p re p a re fo r th e d a n c e c o m p e titio n
The S tre e ts .

B ria n a E vig a n a n d R o b e rt H o ffm a n

a re b o th v e ry ta le n te d y o u n g a c to rs
a n d g iv e a b r illia n t p e rfo rm a n c e . W ith
fa n ta s tic m u s ic a n d b re a th ta k in g
c h o re o g ra p h y , th is is p ro b a b ly o n e
o f th e b e s t d a n c e film s ever. You w ill
w a n t to g e t u p a n d s ta r t d a n c in g to th e
m u s ic !

S te p u p 2 th e S tre e ts has it a ll: lo ts o f

m u s ic , to p q u a lity d a n c in g , d ra m a a nd
ro m a n c e . I t ’s d e fin ite ly w o r th se e in g .

B. Read the review again and answer the following questions.

In w hich paragraph does the w riter:

a. state his overall opinion and make a recom m endation?

b. briefly describe the plo t and setting?

c. com m ent on the a ctors’ performance?

d. refer to the music and choreography?

e. give some general info rm a tio n about the film?

3. FOCUS ON DESCRIPTIVE LANGUAGE
A. Match the adjectives with the nouns to form
collocations. You can use more than one adjective INTRODUCTION

Give some general in fo rm a tio n abo u t the film .

T itle :_________________________________________
Type of film :__________________________________
D ire c to r:_____________________________________
Leading a c to rs :.

MAIN PART (paragraph 1)

Give a b rie f sum m ary o f the plot.

MAIN PART (paragraph 2)

Make com m ents ab o u t w hat you liked o r d id n ’t like

a b o u t the film .
excellent good not good

excellent spectacular acting

poor original
length of film
m oving am using
unrealistic b rillia n t
fantastic v io le n t special effects
aw ful predictable
sets and costumes
authentic disappointing
amazing ending

1. ____________________________________ plot CONCLUSION

2. ____________________________________ acting • State yo u r general o p inion ab o u t the film

3. ____________________________________ perform ance and say w h e th e r you recom m end it or not.

4. ____________________________________ music

5. ____________________________________ scenes
B. Write your review for the magazine (140-190 words).
6. _____________________________________choreography

7. _____________________________________atm osphere
^ T IP
8. ____________________________________ special effects When writing a review of a film, play, book, etc.:
. choose a film, book, etc. that you know well and
make a plan about what you are going to write.
B. Talk in pairs about a film you saw recently. Use the Decide whether your review will be positive,
adjectives and nouns in the previous activity. negative or balanced.
• remember to include all the necessary basic
I saw... last night. information: name and kind of book/film/play;
Really? W hat was the plot like? I name of author/director, etc.; plot and setting;
It was... actors and their performance; other significant
W hat about the acting? aspects such as music, special effects, etc.;
comments about what you liked/didn’t like and a
recommendation.
• mention only the main points of the plot. Do not
include too many details and do not reveal the
4. WRITING TASK ending. Remember to use the Present Simple.
A. Read the rubric below and complete the outline for . use a range of adjectives and a vivid style to
your review. describe the film, play or book and to express
your opinion.
Looking fo r film reviews

Send us a review o f a film th a t you have re ce n tly

seen. Include in fo rm a tio n a b o u t it and say w hether For a list of expressions/phrases com m only
you w o uld re co m m e n d it to p e o p le o f y o u r age. used in a film review, see Appendix I. »
 5 round-ap
[/o c a U fa r g , & r a t* w a r

A. Choose the word that most appropriately completes the B. Choose the word or phrase that produces a
sentence. grammatically correct sentence.

1. Scientists believe th a t w orkers w h o . . a nap 1. I fo r g o t___ . the telephone bill last week.
in the afte rn o o n are m ore p ro d u ctive during the a. pay
rem ainder of the day. b. to pay
a. sleep c. paying
b. take d. paid
c. get 2. Sue stopped on the s tre e t________ to her friend
d. go on Margaret.
2. We need t o ________ ready; the taxi is com ing in 5 a. to talk
minutes. b. talk
a. have c. talking
b. go d. talked
c. get 3. Charlie e n jo y s ________ tennis at the weekend w ith his
d. take friends.
3. There w e re ________ lights in the sky last night. a. play
a. avid b. playing
b. interactive c. to play
c. old-fashioned d. played
d. peculiar 4. The w eather is lovely to d a y ,________ ?
4. Paul and I have v e r y ________ taste in music. a. isn’t it
a. identical b. doesn’t it
b. sim ilar c. is it
c. same d. w o n ’t it
d. natural 5. You’ve m et Alice b e fo re ,________ ?
5. ‘James, please could you buy me a _______________of a. w o n ’t you
cigarettes w hen you go o ut?’ b. haven’t you
a. set c. aren’t you
b. pile d. don’t you?
c. pack 6. J a c k ________ have eaten the cake. He hates sweets.
d. bunch a. m ustn’t
6. Sally is upset because she lost h e r_________ of keys b. m ight
fo r the building; as a result, all the locks have to be c. could
changed. d. can’t
a. set 7. Christine is w o rrie d th a t s o m e th in g ________ w rong
b. pack w ith her experim ent.
c. pile a. m ust go
d. group b. m ig h t go
7. T h e ________ th a t I saw last n ig h t was very c. could have
disappointing; the acting was bad and the p lo t was d. m ig h t have
poor. 8. J a c k ie ________ her leg on th a t ski slope - it was very
a. stage steep and she’s not an experienced skier.
b. set a. could have broken
c. play b. co u ld n ’t have broken
d. dire cto r c. m ust break
8. The o th e r m em bers o f t h e ________ were annoyed d. can’t have broken
w ith the lead actress because she was always late fo r
rehearsals.
a. cast
b. blockbuster
c. soundtrack
d. screen

©
 â
C. Complete the text below with the D. Read the text below and decide which answer a, b o r e best fits each gap.
full infinitive, the bare infinitive
or the -ing form of the verbs in
brackets. t\ h 'J /’ 'M . . .
i rem em ber my father c iw c iij f r o m W o m %
(1 ) ___________ (hand) me a
camera on my 9th birthday. At
firs t I w asn’t sure w hat

kL'
(2 ) ___________ (do) w ith it but

;
after m y fa th e r to ld me the basics,
it d id n ’t take long fo r me
(3 ) ___________(learn) how to use
it. As my pictures im proved, my
A few years ago my fa m ily and I w e n t to Guernsey fo r a holiday; my parents
interest in photography continued
liked it so m uch that they decided (1)_______ a house there. Guernsey is
(4 ) ___________ (grow ) and tw e n ty
one of the Channel Islands, located in the English Channel o ff the coast of
years later I still love clicking my
Normandy, a region in no rth e rn France. The island’s capital is St Peter Port,
camera at anything th a t interests
a(n) ( 2 ) _______ harbour tow n w ith marinas and (3 )________shops, museums
me. I sim ply refuse ( 5 )____________
/ith his and restaurants. Our house is situated ju s t outside St Peter Port. I like going
(leave) hom e w ith o u t m y camera
because I believe there is always w ith my fam ily on walks th ro u g h the (4 )_______ countryside or along the

som ething special in everyday life coast. Sometimes we take the fe rry to the ( 5 )_______ islands of Sark and

that is w o rth ( 6 ) ____________ Alderney, w hich have a ( 6 ) _______ o f attractions. When my parents firs t told
(capture). When I go on holiday, me they were buying a house in Guernsey, I th o u g h t it m ig h t be boring to go
I enjoy ( 7 ) ____________ (take) to the same ( 7 ) _______ every year, but then I fell in love w ith Guernsey and
pictures o f exotic landscapes, now I really ( 8 ) _______ the fa ct th a t I have a home there.
but I’m m ore interested in
(8 )____________ (take)
photographs of o rd in a ry things 1. a. buying b. buy c. to buy
and people in th e ir daily lives. It’s 2. a. p re tty b. private c. im pressed
usually in these sim ple m om ents 3. a. natural b. various c. avid
th a t vou can (9) (find) 4. a. scenic b. guided c. distant
a certain magic. P hotography has 5. a. nearby b. authentic c. same
,eets.
made me (10) (see) 6. a. pile b. wealth c. group
the w o rld in a d iffe re n t way and 7. a. holiday b. place c. tra il
appreciate its astonishing beauty. 8. a. appreciate b. recreate c. request

/rong
E. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first, using the word given. Do not change the word
given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given.

1. You’ll only be w asting yo u r tim e if you call him. point

There is _______________________________________ him.
gs very 2 . 1do n ’t th in k Paul w orks hard enough. is
Paul is not a __________________________ he?
3. I’m sure they d id n ’t go m ountain clim bing w ith o u t a guide. have
T h e y ______________________________________________________ . m ountain clim bing w ith o u t a guide.
4. I’m alm ost certain that my purse was stolen w hile I was on the train. been
My purse __________________________________________________________ w hile I was on the train.
5. It’s possible th a t he w ent to the gym after work. might
He ______________________________________________________ to the gym a fter work.
6. It was a mistake to buy a second-hand car. regret
I__________________________________ ________ a second-hand car.

©
 5 Mwd-ul)
You will hear short conversations. After you hear each
conversation, you will be asked a question about what you
heard. Choose the picture which answers the question
correctly.
Read the following and tick the appropriate boxes. For
the points you are unsure of, refer back to the relevant
sections in the module.
NOW I CAN..

O use collocations with get, go, have and take □

O distinguish the difference in m eaning
of w ords easily confused I____J
o use co llective nouns □
O use ad jectives + prepositions □

o use infinitives and -ing form s

appropriately I____J
O use may, m ig h t and co u ld to exp ress
possibility I____J
O use m u st and can’t to m ake deductions
O use question tags to ask for confirm ation CD
O understand gist and details in a text
O understand text organisation and
reco n stru ct a gapped text I____J

o understand specific inform ation in

a short conversation and identify the
picture that corresponds to the
inform ation I____J
O listen to sho rt m onologues and
understand the main idea expressed by
each sp eaker \____J

■■■■ ■■■■ ■■■■ ■■■■ ■XXI ■ I ll

O talk about different form s of
■■■■ ■■■■ X III ■ II I ■■■■ entertainm ent and free-tim e activities
m a. c.
O obtain inform ation that I need, make
a choice and ju stify it

O use topic sentences to introduce the

general idea of a paragraph
O w rite an essay exp ressing an opinion
O w rite a review

Q
 - ' Sp
1 ^
EL-
WM
Ic T i f F

E a r t f v m t o f i

Discuss
• How important is it for you to
be close to nature?
• In your opinion, what are the
most serious environmental
problems our world faces?

Flick through the

module ana find...
• a short article about food
miles
• a letter to an editor of a
newspaper about a ban on
hunting
• a brochure about the
Columbus Zoo and Aquarium
• a radio interview about
Hurricane Katrina
• two stories about cleaning
up polluted rivers
• a short article about
eco-tourism

In this module you

will...
• talk about environmental
issues, animals and natural
disasters
• learn how to emphasise an
action rather than the doer of
the action using the Passive
Voice
• expand your vocabulary
by learning prepositional
phrases, words easily
confused and compound
nouns
• learn how to write a balanced
essay
• compare two different
situations and express your
opinion and feelings
• learn how to express contrast
using clauses of concession
• learn how to write a letter
expressing your opinion
• acquire skills and strategies
that will help you in exams
 Is the area you live in polluted? If yes,
w hat kinds of p o llu tio n are a problem?
W hat can people do to help keep the
e n viron m ent clean?
How can we make people m ore aware
of e nvironm ental issues?

2. READING FOR GIST

Read the article on page 97 quickly and
answer the following question.

W hat is the main idea of the article?

a. People sh ouldn’t th ro w rubbish in the river.
b. Coal mines pollute the water.
c. People can help keep th e ir com m unities clean.
d. W ith tim e, polluted w ater w ill tu rn into clean water.

3. READING FOR DETAILS

Read the article again and answer the questions 1-5.
Choose a, b, c or d.
1. What did Sandra Crawford do to help clean up the river?
a. She got toge th e r some volunteers to pick up rubbish.
b. She pulled an old mattress out o f the river.
c. She talked to her fellow citizens.
d. She w rote a letter to the newspaper about the river.
2. What is a key feature of the annual Pathway and
River Cleanup?
a. a sports com petition
TIP
b. unusual prizes When reading, you sometimes have to
c. group w ork read between the lines. In other words,
d. participation of politicians interpret what the writer means although
3. The author m entions Blacklick Creek as an example of it is not explicitly expressed. Try to make
a. an unpleasant place to swim in. logical deductions from the text.
b. a polluted place th a t affected thousands of people.
c. a polluted area w hich can’t be cleaned up w ith o u t
help from professionals. 4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF UNKNOWN WORDS
d. w ater pollutio n w hich is to o d irty to clean up. A. Look at the following words from the text and choose
the most suitable meaning a, b, c or d.
4. Julie Bargmann believes that
a. nobody should see the damage to the environm ent 1. choked w ith (line 12) 2. vintage (line 34)
caused by the coal mine. a. full of a. useful
b. people should be able to visit the coal mine and
b. suitable for b. harm ful
rem em ber its history.
c. dependent on c. classic
c. sycamore trees help clean up polluted water.
d. the owners of the coal mine should take away th e ir d. safe from d. modern
old machinery.
5. Once the process of cleaning up in Blacklick Creek B. Match the highlighted phrasal verbs in the article with
their meanings.
is over, w hat w ill the colours in the landscape be?
a. orange and red 1. clean up
a. find by chance
b. yellow and red 2. pick up b. separate into parts
c. blue and blue-green
3. came across c. rem ove d irt o r p o llu tio n
d. blue-green and red
4. closed down d.sto p w ork and activities forever
e. lift
5. break down
 hard work and creativity
mm.
All com m unities and industries have an im pact on the
environm ent. Sometimes, this im p a ct is so serious
th a t people becom e w o rrie d about the a m o u n t of
p o llu tio n in th e ir area. But in com m unities around the
w orld, people are also fin d in g ways to clean up th e ir 05
environm ents. Here are ju s t tw o o f th e ir stories.
Many cities are b u ilt near rivers. Rivers provide w ater
and facilitate tra n s p o rt to com m unities. They are
also a beautiful setting fo r biking and w alking trails.
Birds and oth e r w ild life depend on them fo r food and 10
habitat. However, rivers th a t flo w th ro u g h cities can
becom e choked w ith rubbish and pollutants. One
such river was the Bow River in Calgary, Canada. One
day, tw elve-year-old Sandra Crawford was walking
along the side o f the Bow River. She noticed an entire 15
m attress lying in the river. She trie d to pull it o u t on
her own, but she could not. So Sandra w rote a le tte r
to the new spaper saying th a t too m uch rubbish had
been throw n into the river. Her feelings were shared
by m any citizens, and th e y decided to do som ething 20
about the po llu tio n .
That was back in 1967. Sandra’s c o m p la in t led to
the annual Pathw ay and R iver Cleanup. Every May,
team s o f vo lu n te e rs head o u t to the river to pick up
rubbish and ca rry it out. M any people vo lu n te e r w ith 25
th e ir fam ilies, o r w ith th e ir frie n d s or colleagues.
O thers belong to clubs th a t do o u td o o r a ctivitie s
such as hiking, bird w atching, cycling, o r fishing.
P articipation in the cleanup is encouraged by local
politicians. Each team chooses a p a rt o f the river 3 0
to clean up and appoints a leader. Teams may win
prizes, too. One year, the prize w e n t to the team
who found the m ost unusual piece o f rubbish. Some
team s found m oney and abandoned vintage cars.
*DS
The w in n e r came across a glass b o ttle fu ll o f notes 35
oose
- the th o u g h ts o f a hom eless man on his life.
» of people.
e with
forever
O ther places are to o d irty even fo r dedicated
v o lu n te e rs to clean up. They need professionals
called landscape architects, w ho are both scientists
and artists. Blacklick Creek, in Pennsylvania, was 4 0
the site of a coal mine fo r alm ost sixty years. 25 0 0
people lived and w orked in the to w n when the
mine was operating, but when it closed down, few
stayed behind. The mine le ft not o n ly a ghost tow n
but a w hole area w hich has been p o lluted w ith old 45
m achinery and harm ful chem icals. The w ater o f the
creek was so acidic th a t people used to th ro w th e ir
dogs in it to kill the fleas. If you swam in the creek,
your hair w ould tu rn orange. As the w ater travelled
fa rth e r away, it made the w a te r o f o th e r tow ns d irty. 50
Julie Bargmann had an idea to clean up Blacklick
Creek while keeping its history alive. To her, making
old industrial sites clean and safe is an art. While some
people m ight try to hide the damage, Bargmann uses
w hat she finds to create a new look fo r the landscape. 55
Orange water is ju st one of the bizarre colours chemical
pollutants cause. Bargmann allowed water to collect in
orange pools and planted brig h t red sugar maple trees
around them. Over time, the pools will fade to yellow,
as the chemicals break dow n. When the water turns 60
a healthy blue colour, the red trees will be replaced
by blue-green sycamore trees. Other polluted water
flows into a wetland, where bacteria w ill eat the sulfur
in it, turning it once again into clean water. All the
processes are com pletely natural and save money as 65
well. Bargmann even left the old m ining equipm ent
and buildings in place so that the people who worked
in the mines, often doing dangerous jobs, could visit
and rem em ber th e ir lives there.
No place w ill ever be the same once a c ity has been 70
bu ilt or an in d u stry has taken som ething from the
earth. However, places can be kept safe and pleasant
to live in o r visit thro u g h the hard w o rk and crea tivity
5. POST-READING
Discuss.
• Have you ever participated in an event like
the annual Pathway and River Cleanup? If
yes, w hat did you do? If not, w ould you be
interested in doing som ething like that?
• W hat do you th in k o f Julie Bargm ann’s
idea to clean up Blacklick Creek?
 /
/

6ct Mooiuiarct & prQMmar

l/ocaéafam
1. NOUNS ENDING IN -ION AND -ANT 1. PASSIVE VOICE I
A. Look at the chart below. Which nouns indicate an action
FOCUS ON USE
and which the person or thing doing the action?
Look at the following examples of the Passive Voice from
VERBS NOUNS the text on page 97 and answer the questions that follow.
pollute p o llu tio n p o llu ta n t 1. M any cities are built n ear rivers.

p a rticip a tio n p a rticip a n t Which of the tw o is m ore im portant?

participate
a. w ho b u ilt the cities
B. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the b. the action o f building the cities
words in capitals. 2. P a rticip a tio n in the cleanup is encouraged by local
1. The E nvironm ental Agency has received a politicians.
lot o f _________________ fo rm s fro m people APPLY W hat is the m eaning of the sentence?
interested in doing vo lu n te e r work. a. The cleanup participants encourage politicians.
2. T h e _________________ of the area th a t was INHABIT b. Politicians encourage people to take part in the
b u rn t in the fire spent a day cleanup.
replanting trees.
FOCUS ON FORM
3. All t h e _________________ fo r the quiz show CONTEST
A. Look at the examples in the previous activity and
have to be at the studio by 7:30.
complete the rule below.
4. The organisation is looking fo r volunteers
to help w ith t h e _________________ of sea PROTECT Passive Voice

turtles. subject + verb . + past participle

5. John is going to be m y _________________ ASSIST
in the koala project. B. Match the examples 1-6 taken from the text with the
correct passive tense a-f.
6. The . of a safari park is an CREATE
idea th a t not everyone agrees w ith. 1. ... too m uch rubbish had been thrown into the river. □
7. Am ong a ll_________________ we APPLY 2.... places can be kept safe and pleasant to live in or
interview ed, I believe Gillian Dawson is
visit... Q3
the best.

2. WORDS EASILY CONFUSED

3. H er feelings were shared by m any citizens... □
Use the correct form of the words in the boxes to complete
the sentences.
4.... the red trees will be replaced by blue-green
sycamore trees.
5. Many cities are built near rivers.
□
sum am ount
1. I still have a la rg e _______
2. He was fined a (n )_______
. of w o rk to do.
of £ 5 0 0 fo r not
6.... a whole area which has been polluted w ith old
m achinery and harm ful chemicals. □
paying his e le c tric ity bill. PASSIVE VOICE
abandon evacuate
a. Present Simple
3. Mary decided t o ________ . her university
am/is/are + past participle
studies in fa vo u r of g e ttin g a fu ll-tim e job.
4. The fire fig h te rs ordered the residents to b. Past Simple
the building im m ediately. was/were + past participle

engine machine m achinery c. Present Perfect Simple

5. We need a new w a s h in g ___________________ . have/has + been + past participle

6. They transported t h e ______________ fo r the new
d. Past Perfect Simple
fa cto ry in several cargo ships.
had + been + past participle
7. They believe the aeroplane was experiencing
________ tro u b le before it landed. e. Future will

fa cto ry industry w ill + be + past participle

8. The c o m p u te r__ has undergone f. Modal Verbs

massive changes in the last tw e n ty years.
can/m ust/m ay/should, etc. + be + past participle
9. His m o ther w orked in a c h o c o la te ________
Go to G ram m ar R eference
fo r nearly fo rty years.

©
2. PRACTICE
A. Read the text below and circle the correct verb form.

BCD-tDUrism: blessing Dr threat?

Jungle holidays help to raise money to protect threatened wildlife, but the
ever growing number of tourists trekking through the African jungle
(1) has been proved / has proved by scientists to be a threat to apes.
Nature tourism or eco-tourism as it (2) is called / is calling has never
before been so popular, so thousands of people are thrilled with the
idea of making their way through a forest to see African gorillas. This
kind of holiday is popular in many African countries because it helps the
local economy and (3) raises / is raised money so that wildlife
(4) will be protected / will be protecting both now and in the future.
Unfortunately, contact with tourists (5) has been discovered /
has been discovering to cause fatal diseases in apes. The first evidence
(6) was found / found in Ivory Coast where a group of chimpanzees died
of a disease which they (7) had been caught/had caught from humans.
These findings (8) have made / have been made the protection of the
decreasing numbers of apes in Africa more d ifficult as the money from
tourists (9) needs / is needed to protect the animals from illegal hunting.
Scientists have come up with ways in which tourists can (10) be allowed /
allow to visit the animals w ith o u t infecting them. They hope that these
measures (11) will protect / will be protected the animals, while at the
same tim e allow tourists to get close to them.

B. Write each of the following sentences in the É n ÿ fo k fm\ u .s e ,

Passive Voice starting with the words given.
1. Someone opened a new sushi bar in our
neighbourhood last m onth.
A new sushi b a r________________
2. We w ill d e fin ite ly finish the p ro je ct by the end of
the m onth.
The p ro je c t.
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in
capitals.
UPGRADING THE EAST END
No m a tte r w here in the w orld you are, you
can be sure that (1)_______________ of big INHABIT
cities enjoy the splashes of b rig h t colour
th a t nature adds to th e ir often grey and
( 2 )_______________ streets. Many local DIRT
councils are nowadays (3 )_______________ COURAGE
schemes to im prove the e n viro n m e n t in
w hich people live and w ork. For example,

3. We m ust pay the e le ctric ity bill by Monday.
The e le c tric ity b ill_________________________
4. We w ill announce the name of the new coach at
10am.
The name o f the new c o a c h ____________________
5. What tim e do they serve breakfast at the hotel?
What tim e ______________________________________
6. They d id n ’t feed the chim panzees this m orning.
The chim pan ze e s______________________________
the East End of London, an area w hich used
to be full of factories and industrial
( 4 )_______________ is being cleaned POLLUTE
and im proved by planting thousands of
flow ers and fru it trees. Local schools are
enthusiastic (5 ) _______________ and, at the PARTICIPATE
m om ent, are involved in p u ttin g tw o huge
schemes into practice. The firs t one is to put
flo w e r beds inside old factories, from w hich
all the m achinery has been rem oved. The
second a c tiv ity w ill be to in troduce apple
and ch e rry trees to a rather
(6 ) ______________toxic waste area. PLEASE
Of course, c ity life cannot be
(7 ) ______________changed COMPLETE
but it can c e rta in ly be made greener and
(8 ) ________________. HEALTH
ù g tù
\e tf/tf
n fn ^
1. PRE-LISTENING
Discuss.
• How does the idea of a ‘gap year' (a break from studies betw een school and university) sound to you?
• If you had the chance to do it, w hat w ould you like to do?

2. LISTENING FOR GIST

You will hear an expert talking about conservation work in Australia. What kind of activities does he say people taking a gap
year can do in Australia? Tick the correct boxes.

p ro te ct endangered animals plant trees clean up polluted lakes

3. LISTENING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION

Listen again and complete the sentences below.

1. Australia is unique because you cannot find the
w ild life a n d ____________________ that exists there
anyw here else.
2. The num ber o f rock wallabies is __________________
3. The speaker explained th a t all you need is com m on
sense and a lot o f ____________________ to take part in
a conservation project.
4. The speaker says th a t apart from work, volunteers
have a lot o f ____________________ .
5. Doing this kind o f w ork gives o rd in a ry people the
o p p o rtu n ity to learn about the e n viro n m e n t and do
som ething to h e lp ____________________ .
6. Students, people w ho w ant to take a break from th e ir
____________________ and even retired people take
part in conservation work.
7. Over a period o f _____________________.m o re than
a m illio n trees have been replanted thanks to
conservation projects.

1. WARM-UP
• Why is it im p o rta n t to keep the earth clean?
• W hat do you do to make your co m m u n ity a cleaner place?

2. FOCUS ON PICTURES
A. Look at pictures A and B. Compare the pictures and explain how they make you feel.
You can use some of the words and expressions in the boxes. naturally beautiful
clear clean fresh
sw im m ing healthy
toxins harm ful
p o llu tio n disease
fatal w ild life
man-m ade disaster

The e n viro n m e n t in
A/B is / seems
to be... whereas...
I believe picture A/B
is... because...
The e n viro n m e n t in
A/B m ust be...
Looking at picture
A/B, I feel...

B. Look at the pictures again. Which of the two places would you like to find out more about?

3. FURTHER DISCUSSION
• How can living near a polluted area a ffect yo u r life?
• In w hat ways is w ater im p o rta n t in our life?
• Who is responsible fo r w ater pollution? W hat should be done abo u t it?
 k /ritw p cl ia ia n c e d ew ap
w r itin g
1. DISCUSS
• Would you be interested in taking part in alternative holiday activities, like planting trees,
cleaning up a m ountain slope or visitin g national parks?
• What do you th in k are the possible benefits and draw backs of such activities?

2. FOCUS ON USING NOTES

Read the rubric, the essay topic and the notes, and underline the parts of the
essay that correspond to the notes.
NOTTS
In yo u r English class you have been ta lkin g a b o u t the b e n e fits and drawbacks V J rite a b o u t
o f eco-tourism . Now, y o u r English teacher has asked you to w rite an essay. • ra n g e o f a c tiv itie s available
Write yo u r essay using all the notes and give reasons fo r yo u r p o in t o f view. • e ffe c t o n th e e n v iro n m e n t
Eco-tourism has both advantages and disadvantages. Do you agree? •... ( y o u r o w n idea)

nature, as they cause p o llu tio n o r even spread diseases to

Eco-tourism is often considered an ideal way to come into
conta ct w ith nature w ith o u t dam aging the environm ent. the animals.
Nevertheless, it can also have m any drawbacks. Finally, local people can b e n e fit greatly fro m eco-tourism ,
as th e y can make m ore m oney thanks to increased
From the to u ris ts ’ point of view, eco-tourism can offer
num bers of visitors. In contrast, an im p o rta n t draw back
them a num ber o f options, but can also lim it the num ber
fo r the locals could be th a t to u rists could negatively
of things they can do. On the one hand, alternative
influence the local culture and fo re ve r change th e ir
activities like hiking, rafting, or visiting a w ildlife
reserve can be a ve ry enjoyable part of an eco-tourism tra d itio n a l way o f life.
program m e. On the other hand, tourists m ight miss out on In conclusion, I th in k th a t there are both benefits and
other enjoyable activities, like visiting fam ous attractions. draw backs to eco-tourism . To m y m ind, eco-tourism w ill
only tru ly becom e a responsible fo rm of travel once the
As fo r the environm ent, it can be both po sitive ly and
negatively affected. Eco-tourism helps the local economy, problem s it creates have been solved.
and the m oney can be used to p ro te ct w ild animals.
However, the increased num ber of to u rists can harm

3. FOCUS ON CONTENT AND ORGANISATION B. Use the words/phrases in the box to brainstorm the
Read the essay again and answer the following questions. topic and come up with an additional idea as well as
1. What is the w rite r’s opinion on the topic? U nderline advantages and disadvantages that correspond to the
the part(s) o f the essay th a t indicate this. notes that you have been given.
2. What idea does the w rite r com e up with?
endangered species animal rights
3. In the main body, how does the w rite r choose to refer
raising awareness high maintenance cost
to the points in fa vo u r of and against eco-tourism ?
entertainment experience stress
How else could he/she have chosen to present the
living in captivity conservation efforts
advantages and disadvantages?
breeding programmes unnatural conditions
4. What linking w ords/phrases does the
w rite r use to show contrast? C. Write your essay (140-190 words).

4. WRITING TASK
TIP
When writing a balanced essay:
A. Read the rubric, the essay topic and the notes and • look at the notes carefully and think about how they
underline the key words. may be used to refer to both the advantages and the
disadvantages of the issue.
In yo u r English class you have been ta lk in g a b o u t zoos.
N ow y o u r teacher has asked you to w rite an essay. Write
• make sure that the arguments you come up with
clearly elaborate on the ideas you have been given.
y o u r essay using all the notes and give reasons fo r yo u r
• try to refer to the same number of arguments in
p o in t o f view.
favour of and against the issue.
Keeping animals in zoos has both advantages and • don’t just mention the notes. Use information that
disadvantages. Do you agree? can help you justify, clarify and back up your ideas/
arguments/opinion.
. remember to express your personal point of view
clearly.
NOTES • don’t develop your ideas in the introduction.
V J rite a b o u t:
• don’t introduce new ideas in the conclusion.
• ro le o f zoos
• im p a c t o n local c o m m u n ity
For a list of linking words/phrases which you ^ " ' N'
•... ( y o u r o w n idea ) can use when you are writing an essay giving
an opinion see Appendix I. ^
 come to the
1. PRE-READING
Discuss.
COLUMBUS
• Have you ever visited a zoo o r w ild life
sanctuary? How did you like it?
• Can you list some animals th a t are
native to your country? Are any of
them endangered?
• Do you th in k keeping animals in zoos
is a good way of p ro te ctin g them?
Why / Why not?

2. READING FOR GIST

Read the text quickly and answer the
following question.

Why was the article w ritten?

a. to give historical in fo rm a tio n about
the zoo The Columbus Zoo and Aquarium is located in
Powell, Ohio, just a few minutes away from the
b.to persuade readers to visit the zoo
city of Columbus. It has been operating since 1927,
c. to raise reader’s awareness of and has becom e one of the most well-know n in
d iffe re n t animal species th e world, because of its variety of collections
d .to give a p ro file o f Jack Hanna and and impressive habitats, and largely due to the
his w ork prom otional efforts of its fo rm er director and
animal expert ‘Jungle’ Jack Hanna. N early 8 0 0
differen t species of animals are represented in the
3. READING FOR DETAILS zoo, with over 6 0 0 0 animals.
Read the article again and answer questions 1-6.
Choose a, b, c or d.

1. What is one o f the reasons th a t the C olum bus Zoo is

am ong the m ost w ell-know n in the world? 5. Which of the fo llo w in g does not exist at the zoo now
a. It is ve ry close to the city of Columbus. but w ill in the near future?
b. It has been operating since 1927. a. a pond
c. It includes an aquarium . b. a special w in te r lights show
d. Its d ire cto r has w orked hard to publicise it. c. a w ater park
d. an Australian region
2. How m any individual animals does the pachyderm
building hold? 6. Where in the zoo can visito rs see turtles?
a. 10 a. the Asia Quest area and the reptile habitat
b. 4 b. the Shores area and the reptile h abitat
c. 14 c. the African Forest area and the Shores
d. 2 d. the Asia Quest area and the Shores area

3. Which o f the fo llo w in g is a feature of the Manatee

Coast th a t allows it to be open th ro u g h o u t the year? 4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF UNKNOWN WORDS
a. the saltw ater tank Look at the text again and answer the questions below.
b. the live coral reef
1. What does the w ord ‘handsom e’ (line 27) mean?
c. its im pressive collection
a. beautiful
d. the special roof
b. little
4. What is special abo u t Colo? c. considerable
a. She was the firs t g orilla born in a zoo. d. free
b. She is the oldest gorilla in captivity.
2. What does the w ord ‘th ro w n ’ (line 61) mean?
c. She is related to the o ther gorillas in the zoo.
a. sent
d. She is ve ry popular w ith zoo-goers.
b. organised
c. invited
d. destroyed
 In the reptile habitat, the v is ito r w ill 55 In 1956, Colo, the w o rld ’s firs t gorilla to be born in
be greeted by m any exciting captivity, was born at the Colum bus Zoo. Currently, she is
anim als like snakes, tu rtle s, and the o ldest gorilla in captivity, and she makes her hom e in
lizards. The Colum bus Zoo has a the A frican Forest region o f the zoo, w here her habitat,
15 re putation fo r being a w orld 'Gorillas in the Round’ is w ild ly p opular w ith zoo-goers.
60 In 2 0 0 6 , she celebrated her 5 0 th birthday, and a huge
p a rty was th ro w n fo r her. Of the 15 gorillas living in the
Colum bus Zoo, 6 of them are related to Colo. The zoo
has becom e one of the m ost im p o rta n t zoos in term s
o f breeding gorillas in captivity, and over 30 have been
65 born since Colo’s b irth in 1956.

leader in reptile care.

The zoo has bred many
species o f reptiles th a t were at
one tim e endangered. It’s no surprise
20 th a t the newest m em ber o f the reptile fa m ily is
a python called Fluffy. F luffy is said to be the largest
snake in c a p tiv ity anyw here in the w orld. At 24 feet long
F luffy is ve ry long indeed, and as th ic k as a tree! F luffy
has a p re tty healthy appetite, as he is fed
25 tw o 10-pound rabbits a week. He d id n ’t
com e cheap, either. The zoo paid a
handsom e $ 3 5 ,0 0 0 fo r him.

In the area o f the zoo called ‘Asia

Q uest’, visitors can go th ro u g h
30 the pachyderm building, w hich is
the second largest in d o o r habitat
of its kind in the w hole w orld,
and the largest in N orth Am erica.
During the summer, a part of
35 the bu ilding leads to an o u td o o r
panoram ic view o f the elephants
when the y are outside. In the e xh ib it
animals like the Asian Elephant and Black
Rhinoceros can be found. The pachyderm
40 bu ilding is so big th a t up to 10 elephants and 4 rhinos
can be held there at the same tim e.

In the ‘Shores’ region of the zoo, tw o o f the m ost popular
habitats can be found: Discovery Reef, and Manatee
Coast. Together, the tanks in both e xh ib its have around
45 3 0 0 ,0 0 0 gallons o f w ater in them . D iscovery Reef is a
large saltw ater ta n k th a t has over 1 0 0 ,0 0 0 gallons of
water, in w hich you can see m any kinds o f species of
fish, sharks and tu rtle s. There is also a large live coral
reef e xhibit, w hich is one o f the largest o f its kind in the
50 US. In Manatee Coast, visito rs w ill be amazed by the
im pressive m anatee co lle ctio n the zoo has to offer. This
e xh ib it is one o f only three th a t exist outside Florida, and
it is covered w ith a ro o f th a t opens up so th a t it can be
visited all year.
O ther regions in the zoo are: N orth Am erica, Australia,
and the Islands o f Southeast Asia. There is also a special
w in te r lights show, when some habitats stay open
du rin g the w inter, and the w hole zoo is decorated w ith
70 lights fo r Christmas. You can even go ice-skating on the
frozen pond! The Zoo is always grow ing and creating
exciting new additions. Plans are now being made fo r
new a ttra ctio n s th a t w ill be opening w ith in the next few
years. They w ill include places like the Polar Frontier,
75 the African Savannah, South/Central America, as well as
a zoo-them ed w ater park, g o lf course, and hotel resort.
Make sure to plan your trip today!

5. POST-READING
Discuss.
• If you had only a few hours to spend at
the Colum bus Zoo and could pick ju st tw o
o f the habitats to visit, w hich w ould you
choose, and why?
ju м с а о м а г р o r y r m tK a r
3. There is a ____________ for more recycling bins in
[/o C C L iu .fa rc f o u r neighbourhood.
1. PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 4. We are try in g to find a _______ to the
A. Look at the extract from the text on pages 102-103 and note problem , but it w ill take tim e.
the phrase in bold. Can you think of any other phrases
following the pattern preposition + word + preposition? 5. Is global w arm ing really a ___ .to all life
on the planet?
The zoo has becom e one o f the m o st im p o rta n t zoos in
term s o f b re e d in g g o rilla s in c a p tiv ity ,... 6. A llow ing large num bers of visitors into national parks
and w ild life reserves can c a u s e _________________ to

B. Complete the sentences below with the prepositions in the natural habitats of m any animals.
the box. You can use some prepositions more than once. 7. The m anager of the bank gave the police a
o f the robber.
for in of to on as w ith

1. Ms Anderson is in c h a rg e ___________ the m arketing 3. COMPOUND NOUNS

departm ent. A. Look at the example below and read the note. Can you
find any other compound nouns in the text on pages
2. __________ behalf of the local Anim al W elfare Society, 102-103?
I w ould like to thank the Town Council fo r th e ir
...due to the p ro m o tio n a l e ffo rts o f fo rm e r d ire c to r and
support.
a n im a l e x p e rt 'Jungle' Jack Hanna.
3. Are you in fa v o u r___________ banning cars from the
city centre?
Щ м п
4. The statue in fro n t o f the Town Hall was placed there 'Animal expert’ is a compound noun (a
___________ m em ory o f the soldiers killed during combination o f two nouns th at function as one
W orld War II. word). The first noun defines the second one
(e.g. an animat expert is an expert on animats).
5. Tom is ve ry m ature in c o m p a ris o n ___________o ther
children of his age.
B. Match the nouns on the left with those on the right to
6. I’m not really in the m o o d ___________ Chinese food
form compound nouns.
today. Let’s o rder a pizza.
car fire
7. I am w ritin g in c o n n e c tio n ___________ the a rticle you
animal jam
published about enviro n m e n ta l p ollution.
protest trail
8. The local residents have spoken o u t ___________ tra ffic park
su p p o rt o f the Save B lackw ood Forest O rganisation. forest march
9. __________ regard to the problem of rubbish disposal, nature rights
Ith in k we should encourage people to recycle. city tow n
home centre
10. The coastline has been seriously p o llu te d ____________
a result of an oil spill. C. Complete the sentences with compound nouns from
exercise B.

2. NOUNS +PREPOSITIONS 1. The local residents o b je ct to the plans fo r a m u lti­

A. Complete the sentence below with the missing storey _________________________________ .
prepositions. Look at paragraph B of the text on page
103 to check your answers. 2. The hotel is located very conveniently in the

The Colum bus Zoo has a re p u ta tio n _________ be in g a

w o rld le a d e r_________ re p tile care. 3. I was late fo r w ork because I got stuck in a(n)

B. Complete the sentences with the nouns in the box. 4. We to o k a guided walk along a(n)
________________________________ and saw some lovely
threat solution description reason
damage specialist need countryside.

5. ________________________________ organisations are

1. I hope you have a g o o d _________________ fo r being so protesting against cosm etics com panies th a t test
late. th e ir p roducts on animals.
2. Mr Adams is a _________________ in m arine biology.

tfr a m m r
1. PASSIVE VOICE II
A. Look at the examples of the Passive Voice
from the text on page 103 and answer the
questions that follow.
a. F lu ffy is said to be the largest snake in
c a p tiv ity anyw here in the world.
• Who is p ro b a b ly the largest snake in
captivity?
• Who says so?
b. Plans are n ow b eing m ade fo r new
a ttra ctio n s th a t w ill be o penin g w ith in the
n e xt few years.
• Which o f the tw o verbs in bold is in the
Passive Voice?
B. Read the dialogues and answer the
questions that follow.
1. A: D id the com pany give M r Watson
a g o ld pen when he re tire d ?
B: No, he was given a g o ld watch.
• W hat are the tw o objects of the verb
give in the question?
• Which one is the d ire ct o b je ct and
w hich one is the in d ire c t object?
• Which o f them is the subject of the
passive sentence in the answer?
2. A: W ill th e y give all the students answ er
sheets?
B: Yes, a ll the students w ill be given
answ er sheets.
C: Yes, answ er sheets w ill be given to all
the students.
• W hat are the tw o objects of the verb
give in the question?
• W hat’s the d ifference betw een answers
B and C?
3. A: Yesterday, M r Jackson m ade us stay
a fte r sch o o l u n til 5 o ’clock as a
punishm ent.
B: Well, you were lucky. Last week, we
w ere m ade to stay u n til 6 o ’clock!
• Which o f th e tw o sentences is in the
Active Voice and w hich is in the Passive
Voice?
• W hat is m ake follow ed by in the Active
Voice?
• What is make follow ed by in the Passive
Voice?
Go to G ram m ar R eference
2. PRACTICE
R ewrite each of the fo llo w in g sentences in the Passive Voice
starting w ith the w ords given.
1. They say th a t Alex is one o f the best biologists in the country.
I t ______________________________________________________________ .
2. The zookeepers were feeding the baby elephants w ith special
care.
The b a b y ______________________________________________________ .
3. They are building a new Natural H istory museum in our city.
A n e w _________________________________________________________ .
4. The secretary offe re d me some coffee.
I _______________________________________________________________ .
5. They have made me w ait fo r tw o hours already.
I _______________________________________________________________ .
6. People believe th a t Professor Swanson deserves a Nobel prize.
Professor S w anson____________________________________________ .
7. I w ill send Mr Evans the e-mail after lunch.
The e -m a il____________________________________________________ .
8. They made the children apologise to Mrs Trenton.
The c h ild re n __________________________________________________ .
in
Read the te xt below and com plete the gaps. Use o n ly one w o rd in
each gap.
FOOD MILES
Recent years have seen not o n ly an increased interest
(1)________________ the freshness of w hat we eat but also
w here the food was actually grow n. The term 'food miles’ was
invented as a way ( 2 ) ________________ m easuring the distance
a food has (3 )________________ tra n sp o rte d until it reaches the
dining table. For example, a shopper in London may
(4 )______________ prepared to pay a re la tive ly high price fo r
Japanese prawns th a t have been caught and flow n over on the
same m orning. However, this badly damages the e nvironm ent
because the plane and the lo rry (5 )________________ have
delivered the prawns have po llu ted the e nvironm ent. Research
th a t has been carried o u t ( 6 ) _________________environm ental
groups has found th a t the e nvironm ental cost o f food tra n sp o rt
is m ore ( 7 ) ________________ 15 m illio n euros a year. A lthough
food miles make up only one part of the total cost of food
pro d u ctio n , they should be taken ( 8 )_________________
consideration in any discussion on the fu tu re of the w orld in
w hich we live.
 3. LISTENING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION
Listen to the interview again and answer the questions 1-6.
Choose a, b or c.
1. PRE-LISTENING
Discuss. 1. What does John Soho say about a category five
• Have you heard of any recent hurricanes? hurricane?
• How destructive can a hurricane be? a. It happens often.
b. It does not have high winds.
• What can people do to p ro te ct them selves fro m a
c. It causes heavy flooding.
hurricane?
2. Where did Hurricane Katrina form?
a. over Florida
b. in Louisiana
c. over the Bahamas
3. Who stayed in football stadiums?
a. people w ho were leaving New Orleans
b. people w ho co u ld n ’t leave New Orleans
c. all residents of New Orleans
4. What made people and animals sick?
a. beach erosion
b. damage to marshes
c. polluted water
5. The money needed to rebuild New Orleans comes from
2. LISTENING FOR GIST
a. abroad.
You will hear a radio interview with a meteorologist about
b. charity organisations only.
Hurricane Katrina. Which of the following topics are
c. the US Governm ent and various organisations.
mentioned?
6. What should you do when a hurricane arrives?
• the o rigin of the hurricane
a. leave your house
• w hat caused the hurricane b. stay in a room w ith no windows
• the areas it struck c. close the windows
• the damage caused by the hurricane
• p redictions abo u t fu tu re hurricanes

DISCUSS
• A hurricane is one kind of natural disaster.
W hat other kinds of natural disasters do you
know of? Are any of them com m on in your
country? W hat can people do to
p ro te ct them selves fro m them?
»mi.;.

• W hat kind o f su p p o rt or help should be

available fo r victim s o f natural disasters?
Who do you th in k is responsible to provide
I
this help, the governm ent, charities or
individuals? Why do you th in k so? IB S S ÎL ï

earthquake flo o d torn a d o tsunam i

forest fire volcanic eruption

financial medical psychological (help)

live in safe homes

be w ell-inform ed

not panic

fo llo w instru ctio n s fro m authorities

 rm tn a r
1/ocahu.iaru
WORDS EASILY CONFUSED
Use the correct form of the words in the boxes to complete
the sentences.
A. Look at the following extracts from the interview that
you heard in the listening section and decide what
damage injure
each of them means. Choose a or b.
1. His car was s e rio u s ly _______________ when he
1. A lth o u g h the storm weakened over land, it
crashed into a tree. regained hurricane status a b o u t one h o u r a fte r
en te rin g the G ulf o f Mexico.
2. The teacher had warned the boys th a t they could
a. The storm regained hurricane status because it
____________________ them selves by skateboarding
weakened over land.
dow n the steps. b. The storm weakened over land, but it regained
hurricane status.
knock hit
2. In spite o f the evacuation, m any p eople co u ld n o t
3. He. .th e ball so hard it ended up leave town.
on the other side of the field. a. The tow n was evacuated; however, many people
co u ld n ’t leave.
4. Did you hear s o m e o n e ____________ at the b. Many people could not leave as a result of the
door? evacuation.

3. D espite w hat we may think, every little b it helps.

affect effect a. We think th a t every little bit helps and w e’re right.
5. Global w a rm in g ___________________ . both pla n t and b. We do n ’t th in k th a t every little bit helps but
w e’re w rong.
anim al life.

6. His w ords o f advice had a pow erful

Go to G ram m ar Reference
on me.
B. Read the rules below and rewrite sentences 1-5in two
different ways using the words given.
consist contain
Use although, even though, in spite of and despite to
7. The d rin k does n o t________________ . any sugar or introduce an idea which is in contrast with the idea
which is expressed in the main clause.
preservatives.
although / even though + subject + verb
8. The new leisure c e n tre ____________ .o f a gym,
in spite of / despite + noun / the fact that... / what... /
sports hall, tennis c o u rt and sw im m ing pool.
-ing form

belongings p roperty 1. The birds were covered w ith oil from the spill, but the
volunteers expect them to survive.
9. The field belongs to a farm er; it ’s private
Even th o u g h _________________________________________
In spite o f ____________________________________________

10. I arrived back at my hotel room o n ly to discover that
all of m y ____________________ had been stolen.
protect defend rescue
11. The fire fig h te rs _________ . a m other and her
tw o children from the burning building.
12. We m ust all do w hatever we can to
the environm ent.
13. Mr Brown is the lawyer w h o ____________
the animal rights activists who were arrested in the
dem onstration on Saturday.
2. The tig e r jum ped o u t of its cage, but it was recaptured.
A lth o u g h _____________________________________________
D e sp ite ______________________________________________
3. The beach was badly littered, b u t fin a lly the
volunteers managed to clean it up.
Even th o u g h _______________________________
In spite o f __________________________________
4. Whales are an endangered species, but people
continue to h unt them .
A lth o u g h ______________________________________
In spite o f _____________________________________
5. The residents are o b je cting to the noise pollution
of the new a irp o rt, but the go ve rn m en t is still going
ahead w ith the project.
A lth o u g h ___________________________________________
Despite
k/ritin^ A htt^r fto the editor) Mpr&gmp an opinion
1. DISCUSS
• Is hunting a popular s p o rt in your country?
• What is your opinion of hunting as a sport?

2. FOCUS ON CONTENT
Read the rubric below, the article and the sample letter. How does the writer feel about hunting?
You read this a rticle in a lo c a l newspaper. Write a le tte r to the e d ito r expressing y o u r views on the p ro p o s e d measure.

June 2014 I .

Dear Sir,

BAN ON HUNTING I am w ritin g in response to the a rticle in yo u r new spaper

about the proposal concerning hunting. I have a small
farm near W hite Forest, w hich has long been one of the
m ost popular places in the state fo r h unting birds.

To s ta rt w ith, I w ant to say th a t I agree w ith animal

activists th a t endangered species have to be protected.
W hite Forest, fo r instance, has some rare and beautiful
eagles but, as a m a tte r o f fact, you hardly see any
nowadays. I believe this is due to hunting.

On the o th e r hand, we m ust not ove rlo o k the fa ct that

h unting is popular w ith m any people w ho see it as a
pastim e th a t allows them to be close to nature and keep
a long tra d itio n alive. For this reason, I can understand
those m em bers o f the Hunters Association w ho are
against a to ta l ban on hunting.

Y
esterday morning, a press conference was held at
the City H all regarding the proposal for a total Taking e ve ryth in g into account, I am in favour of
ban on hunting throughout the year. The measure a partial ban on hunting. I th in k th a t hunting should be

will effectively protect endangered species and other allowed under certain co nditions and th a t h unting laws
should be s tric tly enforced.
anim als and is expected to go into effect at the
beginning of next year. A nim al rights activist Jenny Yours truly,
Sanders expressed her approval and said ‘I ’m glad that
something has finally been done to protect wildlife.
On the other hand, the Hunters A ssociation has stated James Hill
that they are totally opposed to the m easure and that
they plan to fight it.

3. FOCUS ON STYLE 4. FOCUS ON TEXT COHESION AND COHERENCE

Read the following statements and check the A. Read the letter again paying attention to the highlighted
ones that apply to the sample letter. words and phrases.

The w riter: W hat linking w ords or phrases does the w rite r use to:
a. give an example? ________________________________
a. uses headings
b. emphasise a fact? ________________________________
b. uses a greeting
c. express c a u s e /re s u lt? ________________________________
c. ju stifie s his opinion
d. give his opinion? ________________________________
d. gives examples
e. express contrast? ________________________________
e. expresses his opinion aggressively
f. sum up his opinion ________________________________
f. refers to specific points made in the
new spaper article
For a list of linking words/phrases see Appendix I. ^
B. Complete the text below with the linking words/phrases in the box.

to sum up the re fo re firs tly such as secondly fin a lly how ever in my opinion

It is a fa ct th a t our lifestyle and even our planet are in danger because o f clim ate change and po llu tio n .
(1) ___________________________. som ething m ust be done to reduce the am ount of fossil fuels th a t we use every day.
(2 ) ____________________ , it is d o u b tfu l if the building of m ore nuclear pow er stations is the solution to the problem .

Some people argue that, in com parison w ith oil or coal, nuclear pow er is a ‘clean’ or safe source of energy but,
(3 )____________________ , the risks involved are great. (4 )____________________________ , doctors say th a t the possibility
of illness, (5 ) _____________________ cancer, caused by living close to a nuclear
pow er station is high. ( 6 ) ____________________ , nuclear waste is not at all easy to
dispose of and can be a serious threat to the environm ent. All those dangers w ill
be m ultip lie d in the event of a nuclear accident. ( 7 ) ____________________ , if the
econom ic cost of building a nuclear pow er plant, keeping it safe and disposing
of the nuclear waste is taken into account, one can see th a t nuclear pow er is not
only dangerous but also costly.

( 8 ) ____________________ , m ore nuclear pow er stations should not be b u ilt

because the risks to p eople’s health and the e n viro n m e n t are high. It is the use
of o th e r form s of energy like solar or w ind pow er that can provide a safe and
e n viro n m e n ta lly frie n d ly alternative.

6. WRITING TASK
Read the article below concerning a proposed ban on
cars in the downtown area and the sponsoring of free
public transportation. Write a letter to the editor of the
newspaper expressing your views.

BAN ON CARS
IN DOWNTOWN AREA
C IT Y - W ID E F R E E P U B L IC T R A N S P O R T A T IO N

The local Department of Environmental Safety is

considering banning cars from the downtown area and
sponsoring free city-wide public transportation for all
residents. Special bicycle lanes will also be created in
order to encourage people to use bicycles in the city. By
doing this, the government is hoping to encourage the use
5. OUTLINE of public transportation and bicycles while discouraging
When yo u ’re w ritin g a le tte r (to the e d ito r o f a people from using their cars unnecessarily. It is claimed
newspaper, etc.) expressing an o p inion fo llo w the that if the measure is successful, the smog and other air
o utline below. pollution will be reduced by at least twenty per cent within
the next five years. Moreover, it will make us less dependent
GREETING
on toxic fossil fuels which harm the environment.
Use a form al greeting.

OPENING PARAGRAPH

Say w hy you are w ritin g the letter. TIP

W h e n w r it in g a le t t e r t o th e e d it o r e x p re s s in g an
Refer to the to p ic /title o f the article.
o p in io n :
MAIN PART • w r ite in an a p p r o p r ia te s ty le

Focus on one o r tw o aspects of the issue/problem . » g r o u p re la te d id e a s to g e th e r in p a ra g ra p h s

Give your o p inion and provide ju s tific a tio n and/or • lis t id e a s in o r d e r o f im p o r ta n c e
examples.
• r e fe r to in f o r m a tio n th a t a p p e a rs in th e a r tic le
CLOSING PARAGRAPH • s ta te y o u r o p in io n c le a r ly

Summarise yo u r points and end yo u r le tte r politely. . d o n o t b e a g g re s s iv e o r u s e o ffe n s iv e la n g u a g e

SIGNING OFF • u se lin k in g w o r d s a n d p h ra s e s

Use an appro p ria te signature ending. Sign underneath

and p rin t your fu ll name below yo u r signature.
For the layout of formal letters see Appendix I.
»
l/o & a t^ a r if & (jr a tftm r
A. Choose the word or phrase that most appropriately B. Choose the word or phrase that produces a
completes the sentence. grammatically correct sentence.

1. He m ade a (n )________ p ro fit from selling his house. 1. Over one thousand tre e s ________ on the m ountain
a. vintage slope next m onth.
b. handsom e a. w ill be planted
c. entire b. w ill be planting
d. financial c. w ill plant
d. are being planted
2. D a n gerous________ have been found in the lake.
a. toxins 2. The fu rn itu re c o m p a n y ________ the bed late on
b. damage Saturday night.
c. po llu tio n a. was delivered
d. effects b. delivered
c. was delivering
3. W ho’s ________ charge of the com pany you w o rk for?
d. w ill be delivered
a. on
b. as 3. H e le n ________ a really good jo b as a m arketing
c. w ith manager.
d. in a. was o ffe rin g
b. is offered
4. Sarah gave an a c c u ra te ________ o f the b u rg la r to the
c. offered
police and as a result o f this, he was caught the next
d. was offered
day.
a. solution 4. The anim als’ habitat m u s t________ .
b. description a. p ro te ct
c. pre dictio n b. be pro te ctin g
d. creation c. being protected
d. be protected
5. The developm ent of new roads is a serious threat
the environm ent. 5. Because of the strike, we were m a d e ________ at the
a. fo r a irp o rt fo r five hours!
b. on a. w ait
c. in b. to w ait
d. to c. w aiting
d. waited
6. The roads were closed in the c ity centre because of
t h e ________ march. 6. J a c k ________ responsible fo r setting fire to the
a. su pport buiding.
b. defend a. thinks th a t
c. protest b. is th o u g h t
d. nature c. is th o u g h t to be
d. thinks to be
7. I ________ some old photographs w hile cleaning the
basement. 7. ________ it was a sunny day, it was very cold outside.
a. turne d into a. Despite
b. broke down b. In spite of
c. ended up c. Although
d. came across d. Even

8. The eagle was kept i n ________ fo r three years before 8 ________ o f being very tire d a fte r work, Maria still
it was set free. volunteers every evening at a iocal homeless shelter.
a. c a p tivity a. A lthough
b. e nvironm e n t b. In spite
c. habitat c. Despite
d. safety d. Even though
C. Read the text below and complete the gaps. Use only D. Read the text and complete the blanks with the correct
one word in each gap. form of the words in capital.

A N A M A ZIN G . -4
eco--fashion
Eco-fashion is becom ing increasingly popular
PA R K >
T
Pumalin Park in Chile is one of the >•5
X
w ith in the fashion industry. The idea is to reduce largest nature reserves in the w orld.

harm (1)________ the e n viro n m e n t by using m ore
e n viro nm en ta lly frie n d ly m aterials and processes
to make clothes. Removing and adding d iffe re n t
colours to m aterials produces huge quantities of
toxic waste ( 2 ) ________ pollutes soil and water. In
addition, the tra d itio n a l way (3 )________ grow ing
cotton using chem ical fe rtilise rs causes w ater
pollution, and serious harm to farm ers and soil.
(4 )________ the process of m aking clothes can be
dam aging to nature, there are some less harm ful
alternatives, fo r example, organic cotton. Organic
farm ing does not use harm ful chem ical fertilisers,
w hich means there is (5 )________ p o llu tio n to
the environm ent. There is also great interest
( 6 ) ________ fin d in g new ways to add or change
the co lo u r of materials, w hich (7 )________ based
on using natural resources such as plants, berries
and insects. In the past few years, m ore fashion
designers have tu rned to eco-fashion to design
th e ir clothes. In the long-term , it (8 )________ hoped
that the eco-fashion m ovem ent w ill lead to greater
pro tection of the environm ent.
Pumalin means place o f the pumas, and
the park covers an area o f 6 5 0 ,0 0 0
S'
acres, 70% of w hich are rainforests. It’s
the (1)_______________ place fo r nature IDEA
lovers w ith tra ils and bridges w hich
were b u ilt by the local inhabitants.
Time seems to stand still in this
( 2 ) _______________ park. Am ong the USUAL
m any (3 )_______________ are w aterfalls, ATTRACT
streams and volcanoes as well as the
(4 ) ______________ amazing rainforests TRUE
where you can see the m agnificent
alerce trees w hich are p rotected by
law; th e y g ro w up to 4 0 m etres ta ll and
live fo r up to 3 0 0 0 years! The
(5 ) ______________ in the park consists ACCOMMODATE
o f small cabins, all o f w hich have
(6 ) ______________ views. The nature IMPRESS
reserve was developed by the
m u ltim illio n a ire Doug Tom pkins, w ho
turned to (7 )_______________ w o rk to ENVIRONMENT
help preserve ( 8 ) _______________ THREATEN
w ild life and ecosystems.

E. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first, using the word given. Do not change the word
given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given.

1. They should o ffe r the new position to Diana. be

D ia n a __________________________________________ . the new position.

2. Brad gave Kelly a diam ond necklace fo r her birthday. g iv e n

A diam ond n e ckla ce _________________________________ . by Brad fo r her birthday.

3. The local residents w ere cleaning the beach w hen the Mayor arrived. c le a n e d

The b e a c h _______________________________________________by the local residents when the Mayor arrived.

4. Scientists believe th a t eating p lenty o f fish can prevent health problem s. b e lie v e d

I t _______________________________________________plenty o f fish can prevent health problem s.

5. Kate was exhausted last night, but she w ent o u t w ith her friends. b e in g

In s p ite _______________________________________________, Kate w ent o u t w ith her friends.

6. Despite the heavy rain, no flig h ts w ere cancelled yesterday. r a in in g

Even th o u g h _______________________________________________, no flig h ts w ere cancelled yesterday.

 ro m d - a p

You’ll hear a talk by a TV personality, who is also a Read the following and tick the appropriate boxes. For
member of an environmental group. For questions 1-7 the points you are unsure of, refer back to the relevant
complete the sentences. sections in the module.

1. The carbon fo o tp rin t calculates how m any units of

carbon dioxide are released into O form derivatives by using prefixes and
______________________________________ th rough human suffixes
activity. O distinguish the difference in meaning

2. An ecological checklist includes products th a t are of w ords easily confused

O use prepositional phrases
O use nouns + prepositions
3. Instead of im p o rte d goods, the speaker prefers to buy
O use com pound nouns
goods w hich a re ______________________________________ .

4. The speaker suggests th a t we should O use the Passive Voice app ro p ria te ly
______________________________________ more often as it's
O use clauses of concession
good fo r the environm ent and fo r our health.

5. The speaker makes an e ffo rt not to use O understand gist and details in a te x t □
to clean her flat.
O scan a te x t to locate specific in fo rm a tio n
6. The speaker regularly takes her old batteries to a

O understand specific in fo rm a tio n in a talk

7. It is estim ated th a t about 40% of a household’s energy and com plete gapped sentences or answer

needs re q u ire ______________________________________ . m u ltip le choice questions

O talk about e n vironm ental issues,

animals and natural disasters QJ

O com pare pictures and express feelings

O w rite a balanced essay

O w rite a le tte r (to the editor) expressing an
opinion
 Is being fit important to
you? What do you do to
keep fit?
What does the saying
‘healthy body, healthy
mind’ mean to you?

Flick through the

module and find..
a report on a fitness
centre
a magazine article about
a visit to a spa
informal e-mails asking
for advice
a magazine article about a
man with an adventurous
spirit
a short text about an
extraordinary footballer

In this module you

will...
...H P ) I m ttm m m
talk about issues related
to health and fitness
learn how to report
statements, questions,
commands and requests
expand your vocabulary
by practising collocations,
expressions and words
easily confused
learn how to write an
informal letter/e-mail
giving advice
discuss healthy eating
habits and vegetarianism
discuss the advantages
and disadvantages of
various ways of keeping
fit
learn how to express
result
learn how to write a
report
acquire skills and
strategies that will help
you in exams

rc a m ÿ
1. PRE-READING
Discuss.
• What kind o f things do you th in k one can do at a spa?
• Why do you th in k people enjoy going to spas?
2. READING FOR GIST
Read the text and answer the question.
W hat is the w rite r’s main purpose?
a. to explain the medical benefits of massage
b. to describe a personal experience
c. to discuss the positive and negative features of a spa
3. READING FOR DETAILS
Read the text again and answer the questions 1-6.
1. What is meant by p u t the 'miracle’ massage to the test in line 7?
a. find out how effective massage is
b. ask questions about how a massage is done
c. take a medical test
d. investigate a miracle
2. Why did the author have second thoughts about getting the
hot stone massage?
a. She would have preferred the hydrotherapy massage.
b. She saw the steaming stones and was afraid.
c. She was tired and wanted to take a nap.
d. She felt uncomfortable because of the heat.
3. How did the author feel about going to the Jacuzzi?
a. She instantly agreed and got up.
b. She liked the idea at first but then changed her mind.
c. She preferred taking a nap in her room.
d. She didn’t feel like going at first but she did.
4. The author thought the breakfast was
a. satisfying.
b. not tasty enough.
c. not enough.
d. served too early.
5. How did the author describe her horseback riding experience?
a. refreshing and relaxing
b. a bit scary
c. an unbelievable experience
d. comparable to being in a film
6. The author left the Miraval feeling
a. relieved to be going back home.
b. happy but with no plans of returning.
c. at peace and hoping to come back soon.
d. healthy but very tired.
©
*'*«sK№''%SS£ *
M t h e
irava
m ii r a c l e
}
A unique resort and spa
by Eileen M archand
The benefits of massage have been well pointed out by
doctors around the world. A massage helps relieve pain
and stiffness in the muscles and joints, lowers blood
pressure and increases blood circulation as well. Some
people also believe that massages promote a healthy mind
in a healthy body by helping you to relax and reduce your
anxiety. I decided to put the ‘miracle’ massage to the test (line'
w hen the Miraval Spa and Resort in Tucson, Arizona
invited the editors of several magazines to spend a
co m p lim e n ta ry weekend there.
$10$ nVV 4 ,
»7 ’i thi Mr-
Us. *s i
te. • xusmutr-
When I got to Tucson, the Miraval Spa and Resort
stood o u t like an oasis in the scorching Arizona desert.
Its b rig h tly coloured b u ild in g s w ere surrounded by
m any palm trees and tro p ica l flow ers, a sight w ith
w hich the bare m ountains in the distance made a
s trikin g contrast.
The m om ent I stepped into the spa, I was surrounded
by a w elcom ing sta ff w ho were w illin g to cater fo r my
every need. Before I even g o t a chance to introduce
myself, 1was led to my lu xu ry suite. When I opened
the d o o r o f m y suite, I saw the m arvellous view o f the
three-level sw im m ing pool w ith its huge w aterfall. It
was hard not to rest on the king-size bed and sleep
rig h t away, but I decided to go s tra ig h t to the massage
area.
 The Miraval offers a v a rie ty of massages, including hot
stone massage and hydrotherapy. I decided on th e hot
stone treatm ent. W hen I was on the massage table, I
w atched the hot steam com ing o ff the stones th a t were
about to be put o n to my body and had second th o u g h ts
However, the m o m e n t the masseuse placed the firs t hot
ead
stone on m y skin, I fe lt a calm, w arm energy spread
th ro u g h o u t my entire body. The masseuse told
me to relax as she placed m ore stones on my
back and I found m yself d riftin g o ff to sleep.

When I woke up, I was com pletely relaxed. I

realised there was an o th e r w om an in the room ,
and she was massaging my face. She put a w arm mask
on m y face, and to ld me it w ould help clean m y skin.
When she washed o ff the mask, she to ld me it was tim e
to sit in the Jacuzzi fo r a w hile. At first, I found it hard to
get o ff the massage table because I w anted to stay there
and sleep; however, sw itching to the Jacuzzi tu rn e d o u t
le
lind to be a w o n d e rfu l idea. I relaxed in the w arm w ater for

'our about an hour.

test (line 7.
a

Then, 1decided to go fo r a dip in the pool. 1fe lt refreshed

and relaxed and w anted to try some horse-back riding,
w hich is som ething th a t I had never done before.

My in s tru c to r and I rode into the desert. As we galloped

M eanwhile, d in n er had been prepared fo r me in my
room . I found a ta b le lit w ith candles and an im pressive
meal of fresh fish, steamed vegetables and a selection of
exotic fru it fo r dessert. I ate m y dinner and lay dow n on
m y bed. I was so relaxed th a t I fell asleep rig h t away.
The next day, I woke up earlier than usual and fu ll of
energy. I had a lig h t b u t delicious breakfast o f freshly-
squeezed orange ju ice and y o g h u rt w ith fresh fru it.
around the resort, I fe lt like a cow boy in the W ild West.
My in s tru c to r said th a t I was doing great, even tho u g h I
was afraid o f fa llin g o ff the horse. We rode back to the
re so rt and I had a lig h t lunch consisting o f o nly iced tea,
salad and fru it. I spent the a fte rn o o n in the gardens of
the resort, feeling p e rfe c tly content.
I w oke up the next m orning w ith the sun shining on me,
and I realised m y weekend there was at an end. I le ft the
re so rt feeling healthy and at peace, know ing th a t I w ould
d e fin ite ly return some day.

4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF UNKNOWN WORDS 5. POST-READING

Match the highlighted words in the text with their meanings. Discuss.

1. prom ote • W ould you fin d a weekend like the one

a. w hole
2. scorching described enjoyable? W hy/W hy not?
b. change
3. cater for • What o th e r kinds of activities c o n trib u te to a
c. boost
person’s physical and m ental well-being?
4. entire d. provide
e. ve ry hot
5. switch
 /

U 'O c a è a iïa r'ÿ & ÿ r a /K M a r

r ^
l/o c a ^ a r ^ C ra m m a r
/
WORDS EASILY CONFUSED
1. REPORTED iSPEECH (STATEMENTS)
A. Complete the sentences with the words in the boxes.
FOCUS ON USE
image view scene sight Read the following extracts from the text on pages
114-115. What were the speakers’ exact words? What’s
1. I c a u g h t_______________ o f Michael in the crowd. the difference between said and told?
2. There is a b e a u tifu l___________ of the sea from ... and to ld me it w o u ld help clean m y skin.
our hotel w indow. ... and said to me '_______________________________ ___

3. The com pany is try in g to im prove it s . ..., she to ld me it was tim e to s it in the Jacuzzi fo r a while.
by using advertising w hich prom otes saving the ..., she said to me [_________________________________________ .’
environm ent.
M y in s tru c to r said th a t I was d o in g g re a t,...
4. The am bulance arrived at t h e _______________ M y in s tru c to r said '_______________________________________ .’
o f the accident ve ry quickly.
We use Reported Speech:
lain lie lied lay laid when we re p o rt w hat som eone said w ith o u t using
th e ir exact words.
5. The d o cto r told me t o ___________ .fla t on m y back
to help ease the pain.
w A part from say and tell, other verbs used to
6. The carpet fitte rs are com ing next week to O introduce reported statem ents are add, explain,
the new carpet down. in fo rm , etc.

7. The shipw reck had . at the b o tto m of

the ocean fo r several centuries. FOCUS ON FORM

8. Julie was pleased w hen she came hom e to find that Match the verb tenses, modals and time expressions
her husband had a lre a d y _______________ the table. below to indicate how they change in Reported Speech.

9. Ben was upset because John h a d _______________ to Direct Speech Reported Speech
him about taking m oney fro m his wallet. Present Simple Past Perfect Progressive
Present Progressive
Past Perfect Simple
B. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the Past Simple
verbs in the boxes. Present Perfect Simple Past Simple
develop grow im prove increase Present Perfect
Progressive Past Progressive
1. The price o f oil h a s _______________ in the last few
years. can had to
will could
2. Lucy’s son is so tall! He h a s . . a lo t since
must w ould
I last saw him.

3. The w eather h a s ___________ . quite a lot recently. today the next day
4. The a irc ra ft___________ . a technical problem and yesterday th a t night
the passengers had to w ait fo r five hours. last week then
to m o rro w the previous day
now that day
drop fall lower reduce
to n ig h t the previous week
5. Gwen a c c id e n ta lly _________ . the eggs and made
a mess in the kitchen. u
H The Past P erfect and the modal verbs should,
o co u ld and m ig h t do not change.
6. Drivers s h o u ld _____________ . th e ir speed in rainy Z
weather.
Go to Grammar Reference
7. Please,___________ . your voice; the baby is asleep.

8. Can you pick up the pencils th a t h a v e .

on the floor?
2. SPECIAL IN TR O D U C TO R Y VERBS

Read the sentence below. What did the masseuse We use the special in tro d u cto ry verbs below to report the
probably say? message of the speaker rather than his/her exact words:
The masseuse a p ologised fo r w aking me up.
■adm it, suggest, deny • agree, prom ise, refuse
a. ‘I’m so rry I woke you up.’ apologise fo r • advise, rem ind
b. 'Apologise fo r w aking you up.’ insist on

Go to G ram m ar Reference

3. PRACTICE
Rewrite the following sentences starting with the words given.

1. ‘ I d o n ’t w ant to go to the theatre to n ig h t,' said Thomas.

Thomas s a id _________________________________________________________________

2. ‘Anna has been taking g u ita r lessons fo r three years,’ M arion told me.
M arion t o ld ___________________________________________________________________

3. ‘I w ill never speak to him again,’ said Caroline.

Caroline s a id _________________________________________________________________

4. 'L e t’s go cam ping this weekend,’ Ben told us.

Ben su g g e s te d _______________________________________________________________

5. ‘ I w o n ’t do the washing-up,’ said Linda.

Linda re fu s e d ________________________________________________________________

6. ‘Janet can’t answer the phone because she is taking a show er now,’ said Ellen.
Ellen s a id _____________________________________________________________________

Entf'fo/l' in OL&Z
Read the text below and complete the blanks. Use only one word in each blank.

/ not your average

footballer
Simon C hatwick is a sixteen-year-old sports phenom enon! He’s
his school’s m ost valuable fo o tb a ll player and he has scored
m ore goals (1)___________ any o th e r strike r in the en tire city!
However, this is not w hy Sim on’s sto ry is so unique. As a result
of an accident w hen he was ten, Simon lost his le ft arm. I had
( 2 )___________ o p p o rtu n ity to in te rvie w Simon at the local
shopping centre, w here the te a m ’s next big match (3 )___________
being prom oted.

Simon said th a t when he started playing fo o tb a ll a (4 )___________ years ago, m any

o f his friends and teachers to ld him th a t he w o u ld n ’t be able to do it in his co n d ition . At th a t tim e,
he co u ld n ’t help th in kin g th a t maybe th e y ( 5 ) ___________ right. Then one day, his dad said th a t if he
w anted som ething badly enough, he should ju s t go fo r it. T h a t’s been his m o tto ever since. Simon to ld me
( 6 ) ___________ he hated it w hen people treated him d iffe re n tly because o f his disability. ‘Now I th in k people
realise th a t it ’s football. I d o n ’t need tw o arm s ( 7 ) ___________ play, I o nly use my fe e t!’ said Simon. He thinks that
despite all the difficu ltie s, he has proved him self, and people tre a t him like ( 8 ) ___________ average teen. I c ertainly
th in k he’s above average w hen it comes to his sports abilities, and I’ll make sure to cheer him on in the m atches to
come!

©
Discuss.
• What is the strangest dream you have ever
had?
• in yo u r opinion, how im p o rta n t are dreams?
Do you th in k they mean and/or can reveal
som ething ab o u t a person’s past, present or
future?

2. MULTIPLE MATCHING
You will hear five different people giving their views on dreams. Choose from the list A-H the statement that each speaker
would most agree with. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use.

A. Dreams can reveal hidden parts of people’s personalities.

B. Dreams are m ainly the result o f o rd in a ry experiences.
Speaker 1
C. Scientists should study dreams to find out m ore about
how people’s minds work. Speaker 2
D. Sometimes it’s better to ignore your dreams. Speaker 3
E. Dreams are a valuable guide to how we live our lives. Speaker 4
F. Sometimes dreams can lead to a discovery.
Speaker5
G. Nobody knows w hat dreams really mean.
H. Dreams can have a bad influence on people.

1. HELP SOLVE A PROBLEM

Work in pairs. Student A, go to
page 149. Student B, go to page 150.
2. FURTHER DISCUSSION
• W hat can people do to p ro te ct th e ir eyesight?
• Of the five senses w hich do you th in k is the
m ost im portant?
li/rit/n fl an infjom atfi& tfcfy b -in aii/ /
1. DISCUSS
• Are you or any m em bers o f yo u r fa m ily allergic to
anything? If yes, w hat sym ptom s do yo u /th e y have?
• What w ould you do if you w ere allergic to yo u r pet?
2. FOCUS ON RESPONDING TO INPUT
A. Read the rubric, input and e-mail. Then underline the
parts of the e-mail that correspond to the input.
You have received an e-m ail fro m y o u r B ritish friend,
Amelia. Read this p a rt o f the e-mail.
Things are mostly great, except I seem to have recently
developed an allergy to my cat, Rosie. I've been sneezing
a lot, and I've been getting watery eyes and rashes on
my arm. As you know, I've had Rosie since she was a
kitten, and I really adore her. So, I don't want to leave
her at the local shelter. What do you think I should do?
Best wishes,
Amelia
Write your e-mail.
Dear Amelia,
I was sad to hear that you are having problems with your
cat. I know how hard it is to have to decide between your
beloved pet and your health. I've had similar problems in
the past with my pet hamsters, so I know how you feel.
There are, however, lots of things that you can do.
You say that you don't want to leave Rosie at the local
shelter. Well, do you have any friends or neighbours who
would like a pet? I f you do, you could ask them to take
Rosie. That way, you could still see her from tim e to time.
I f I were you, I'd also think about getting another pet,
an animal that you aren't allergic to, like a fish or a turtle
maybe. That way you might not feel so sad and lonely
when Rosie is gone.
Finally, I'd also advise you to take up a new hobby. It will
keep you occupied, and th a t way, you w on't think about
Rosie all the time.
Anyway, I hope this has been helpful. Write soon to tell
me how things are going.
Best wishes,
Olivia
3. FOCUS ON PURPOSE AND STYLE
A. Read the e-mail again and answer the following
questions.
1. What aspects of this e-mail make it inform al?
2. What is the purpose of this e-mail?
3. What expressions does the w rite r use to
achieve this purpose? U nderline them .
See the tip on p.11 and refer to the points that have been given.
4. W hat other expressions fo r achieving For a list of linking words/phrases which are com m only used
the same purpose can you th in k of? when writing a letter/em ail see Appendix I.
60h
B. Now read the situations 1-4and use the
phrases/expressions provided to express your opinion,
give advice and provide an explanation.
1. I don’t know why, but I’ve recently lost my appetite and I’m
losing w eight fast. At first, I didn’t mind, but now I’m getting
worried. What do you th in k I should do?
A b o u t.../ / th in k /d o n ’t think.../1 s tro n g ly advise you to.../
That way you will...
2. Ever since I moved house I’ve been feeling depressed! I
don’t know w hat to do to get m yself out of this state! Any
suggestions?
Have you trie d .../A n o th e r th in g you could do is.../D o in g
this w ill help you...
3. I’m presently preparing fo r my end of year exams. Besides
feeling very stressed, I’ve noticed that I’m putting on
weight. Any ideas as to how I can lessen the stress I’m
experiencing and lose some pounds at the same time?
If I were you, I ’d .../It is also a g o o d idea to.../Also try.../ This
w ill help by...
4. Schools are out for the summer, but instead of being happy,
I’m bored. You see, my friends are all on holiday and I’m
stuck here on my own. What should I do to pass m y time?
Why d o n ’t you... / This is a go o d way to...because.../ You can
also try...
4. WRITING TASK
A. Read the rubric and input. Underline the parts of the
e-mail that you have to respond to.
You have received an e-m ail fro m y o u r Irish friend, Jack.
Read this p a rt o f the e-mail.
Э From: Jack Subject: Help me!
I'd like to ask your opinion about something. As you
know, I have a very busy schedule. School and softball
practice take up a lot of my time, but things have got
even worse since I started working part-time. I'm always
exhausted and I don't think I'm getting enough sleep. I
need to figure out how to reorganise my life. Do you have
any suggestions? Write soon!
Yours,
Jack
B. Copy and complete the outline below for your e-mail.
OPENING PARAGRAPH:
Paragraph 1:
MAIN PART Paragraph 2:
Paragraph 3:
CLOSING PARAGRAPH:
C. Write your e-mail to Jack based on the outline you have
made (140-190 words.)
»
 r & a a in

1. PRE-READING
Discuss the questions below using words from the boxes.
• What physical and m ental skills does one need in
order to travel around the w o rld using only ‘man-
po w ered’ means o f transport? How long do you th in k
such a jo u rn e y w ould take?

physical fitness endurance de te rm in atio n

m o tivation courage patience

• Which of the things below w ould you do to pass the

tim e if you had to cross an ocean on a small boat?

fish read w rite down yo u r experiences

check w eather re p o rts make a d o cu m e n ta ry

• What equipm e n t w ould you take w ith you?

GPS satellite phone radio cam corder

2. READING TO CHECK PREDICTIONS

Read the article about a man who travelled around the
world using only ‘man-powered’ means of transport and
compare the information in the article with your answers
in the previous activity. Do not pay any attention to the
missing sentences.
3. RECONSTRUCTING A GAPPED TEXT
Read the article again. Complete the gaps 1-6 in the article
with the sentences A-G below. There is one extra sentence
which you do not need to use.
A. O ther tasks included navigation using the Magellan
GPS to find lines of lo n g itud e and latitude so th a t he
knew where he was.
B. It has been a privilege to have done and seen so many
things.
C. Fortunately, by m orning, the creature had
disappeared.
D. He rollerbladed across N orth America, where
u n fo rtu n a te ly he was knocked down by an e ig h ty-tw o
year old reckless driver.
E. At the same tim e, they also w anted to enhance
international peace and understanding across
cultures and p rom ote e nvironm ental awareness.
F. For the firs t eleven years, he w orked his way around
the globe and used the boat to raise m oney and find
sponsorship.
G. However, Steve Smith decided to leave the expedition
after five years w hen th e y reached Hawaii.
Throughout history, there have always been people who
have attempted what others consider to be impossible.
Whether they are explorers travelling to unknown parts
o f the w orld o r universe, athletes breaking records
05 o r individuals seeking adventure, these people have
put th e ir physical and m ental strength to the test and
managed to do amazing things.
Jason Lewis, an Englishman, is one such adventurer
and sportsm an. He em barked on a ‘m an-pow ered’
10 jo u rn e y around the w orld th a t lasted 13 years. Jason
and his team m ate, Steve Smith, wanted to test both
th e ir physical and m ental a bilities to the lim its, as
well as encourage team cooperation. D
The tw o men set o ff fro m the Greenwich M eridian on
15 12th July 1994, in th e ir a tte m p t to travel around the
w orld. B So, Jason continued and com pleted
the firs t solo ‘m an-pow ered’ jo u rn e y around the
w orld, a total of 46,505 miles in O ctober 2007.
During the trip, Jason relied on m any d iffe re n t form s
20 of tra n sp o rt. He w alked and swam. He also cycled
fro m Singapore to Mum bai, India and later th ro ugh
Ethiopia and Sudan, as well as th ro u g h Turkey and
m ainland Europe. H He broke both his legs,
one of w hich became so infected due to blood
25 poisoning th a t it was under th re a t o f being cut o ff
below the knee.
 \

Fearless Explorer and

Extraordinary Sportsman
Fortunately, doctors managed to save both legs and
he to o k a nine-m onth rest period to heal and recover.
He row ed fro m Mum bai across the Indian Ocean to
30 Sudan and also across the Pacific Ocean, using a
unique ‘m an-pow ered’ w ooden pedal boat, called
Moksha, w hich means ‘fre e d o m ’ in Sanskrit.

A typical day on board Moksha involved many

d iffe re n t but repetitive activities, such as sleeping
35 and w aking in th re e -h o u r shifts, fishing, cooking,
washing up and also taking care of personal
hygiene. □ He also checked w eather reports
to predict storm y weather, kept a detailed record
o f his daily experiences and made drin kin g w ater
4 0 fro m sea w ater using a hom e-m ade device on the
boat. When I asked him w hy it had been im p o rta n t
to keep a record, he replied: ‘I had agreed w ith my
sponsors to record the voyage using a cam corder
and send re p o rts via satellite to my website. On a 4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF UNKNOWN WORDS
45 daily basis, tim e fo r recreation was lim ited and the A. Match the highlighted phrasal verbs in the article
with their meanings.
o n iy form of relaxation was to read and take down
m y experiences in a diary.’ When I asked w hy he set o ff
a. w rite
had undertaken such a long, dangerous journey, he take down b .try to get
replied: ‘Well, at first, w hat I had in m ind was to follow c. s ta rt a jo u rn e y
tu rn out
50 the footsteps of the early navigators, like Magellan.’ d. prove to be
go after
During his journey, he faced physical and m ental
exhaustion as well as life-threatening situations. Look at the following words from the article and
Jason rem arked, ‘i had used up eig h t o f m y nine lives. choose the correct meaning a, b or c.
The m ost im p o rta n t th in g to do was to be a le rt all the seeking (line 5) 4. recreation (line 45)
55 tim e !’ This tu rned o u t to be tru e especially when he a. avoiding a. w ork
was approaching the final part of his extra o rd ina ry b. creating b. sleep
jo u rn e y and was crossing a channel in a canoe. c. searching for c. enjoym ent
He suddenly realised th a t a three-m etre crocodile
em barked on (line 9) 5. alert (line 54)
was going a fte r him. He managed to escape ju st
a. started a. nervous
6 0 in tim e by ju m p in g o u t o f the canoe and w hen he
reached the shore, he hit the crocodile w ith a paddle. b. considered b. scared

However, it snapped its jaws shut on the paddle and c. created c. paying attention
w o u ld n ’t let go. H A nother d iffic u lty w hich relied (line 19) 6. trem endous (line 71)
he faced was in the m iddle of the Pacific Ocean, a. depended a. terrible
65 som ew here near Hawaii. Jason said, ‘For three weeks b. huge
b. changed
1w ould sleep and wake up to fin d m yself at the same
c. exercised c. not necessary
po in t as before! However, i kept te llin g m yself to
th in k p ositively and not to get discouraged.’
5. POST-READING
When I asked him if he w ould go on such a d iffic u lt
Discuss.
70 e xpedition again, Jason replied: ‘I th in k I
• W hat do you th in k was the m ost dangerous p a rt of
w ould. 0 I have gained trem endous physical
Jason’s e x tra o rd in a ry journey?
and inner strength. It’s those m om ents w hen you
• In your opinion, was Jason’s adventure w o rth it?
face losing e v e ryth in g th a t you learn the m ost about
• W ould you be interested in doing som ething similar?
yourself.’
Why / Why not?
 7p jMeaéaéhm
iJfllTii / -----------------------_______

ro u K tK a t0
■ L / Æ

m ir l/o & a lx ifa rc f

cure heal recover
1. EXPRESSIONS WITH THE WORD ‘TIME’
A. Look at the following extract from the article on pages 7. Michael was to ld his w ound w ould take six weeks
120-121. What does the expression in bold mean? t o __________________ .
He m anaged to escape ju s t in tim e by ju m p in g o u t o f the 8. Jane believes she c a n __________________ her
canoe... headaches by d rinking herbal tea.

9. It to o k my m o th e r several m onths to
B. Read the sentences 1-7and match the expressions in fro m her hip operation.
bold with their meanings a-g.

a. occasionally e. in advance gain earn raise

b. at the correct tim e f. ju s t fo r now
10. David needs to _ . some extra m oney
c. old-fashioned g. repeatedly
so he has tw o jobs.
d. very quickly
11. The c h a rity managed t o . £10,000
fo r children in need.
1. For the tim e being, Polly is w orking at a bookshop.
12. I h a v e _____________ . a lo t o f w e ig h t recently, so I
2. Henry finished the w ork in no time.
decided to see a dietician.
3. It's better to make the b irth d a y cake 12 hours
ahead of tim e and keep it in the fridge.
3. NOUNS ENDING IN -NESS, -URE, -DOM AND -HOOD
4. I’ve told you tim e after time; don’t in te rru p t me
when I’m talking!
NOTE
5. Flight 637 from Los Angeles w ill arrive on time. Many nouns are formed by adding a suffix
such as -ness, -ure, -dom and -hood to a verb,
6. His taste in music is really behind the times.
adjective or another noun (e.g. fit - fitness, create
7. We go on weekend trips from tim e to time; just - creature, free - freedom and child - childhood).
to get away from the city.
Complete the sentences using the correct form of the
words in capitals.
2. WORDS EASILY CONFUSED 1. Luke th o u g h t th a t by travelling
Complete the sentences using the correct form of the
around the w o rld he could escape
words in the boxes.
t h e _______________________ of his BORE
em otional physical mental everyday life.

1. Sarah pays a lo t of a tte n tio n to h e r ________________ 2. Elliot often suffered from childhood

appearance. ILL

2. The Maths problem was quite d iffic u lt, and I had to 3. Their a tte m p t to cross the A tlantic
make a b ig __________________ e ffo rt to solve it. in a hot air balloon was a

3. Mary has given a lo t of love a n d __________________ FAIL

su p p o rt to her ill grandm other. 4. Rose has a . WEAK

fo r chocolate.
pollute poison infect 5. A suspicious-looking man was seen

4. Sally d id n ’t w ant t o ____ her colleagues in t h e _______________________ on NEIGHBOUR

w ith the flu so she stayed at home. the n ig h t o f the burglary.

5. The residents are concerned th a t the to xic waste from 6. There are num erous
the new fa c to ry h a s ______________ the river. _______________________ w hich can PLEASE
be gained fro m visitin g a new place.
6. According to legend, the king w a s .
by his enemies.

1.REPORTED QUESTIONS
Read the extracts from the article on
pages 120-121 and answer the questions
that follow.
.../ asked him w hy it had been im p o rta n t
to keep a record...
... When I asked him i f he w o u ld go on
such a d iffic u lt e x p e d itio n again...
• What questions did the re porter
actually ask Jason?
• Which w ords do the reported
questions begin with?
• Are the verbs in the reported questions in
the affirm a tive or in the question form?
Ui We com m o n ly introduce
O reported questions w ith ask,
z w o n d er and w ant to know.
2. REPORTED COMMANDS AND
REQUESTS
I A. Read the dialogues below and answer
the questions that follow.
T rainer: S tretch y o u r arms, please.
Sue: What d id he say?
Jim : He asked us to stretch o u r arms.
T rainer: D o n ’t be lazy, Harriet.
Sue: What d id he say to H arriet?
Jim : He to ld h e r n o t to be lazy.
• Which verb is used to re p o rt a
command?
• Which verb is used to re p o rt a request?
• What does the im perative (e.g. S tretch)
change to in Reported Speech?
• What abo ut the negative im perative
(e.g. D o n ’t be)?
Go to G ram m ar R e fe re n c e
B. Look at the following extract from the
article on pages 120-121 and complete
the thought bubble.
I ke p t te llin g m yse lf to th in k p o s itiv e ly
and n o t to g e t discouraged.
3. PRACTICE
Read the te xt below and circle the co rre ct words.
Last week, Christine realised she was bored o f w atching television every
evening and feeling tired all the tim e so she asked her friend Emma w hat
(1) could she do / she could do to keep fit. Emma is a fitness in s tru cto r and
a dietician. Emma advised Christine (2) do / to do som ething m ore active
in her spare tim e such as going to a gym. Christine said that she d id n ’t like
going to the gym and she w ondered (3) if there was / if there is som ething
m ore interesting that she could do. Emma suggested a dance class or
an aerobics class. Christine agreed th a t (4) this is / that was a great idea
and decided to jo in a salsa class. Emma told her (5) not to overdo /
not overdoing it in the beginning as this could lead to injuries. Emma also
said th a t Christine (6) should try / should have tried doing som ething like
yoga, w hich is good fo r relaxation. C hristine also w anted to know how
(7) could she/ she could im prove her diet. Emma to ld her that she
(8) had / has had to eat m ore fresh fru it and vegetables. However, Christine
com plained th a t she (9) disliked / had disliked eating vegetables and
asked (10) if Emma knew / Emma to know any interesting ways o f cooking
vegetables to make them tastier. Emma suggested a recipe book th a t she
ofte n used. C hristine thanked her frie n d fo r all her good advice and asked
her w hether (11) would she like / she would like to com e round to her
house fo r a nice healthy meal. Emma agreed and said she (12) would bring /
had brought the recipe book w ith her.
I ft
Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first
sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use
between two and five words, including the word given.
1. ‘ I d id n ’t go to the gym yesterday,’ said Ellen. gone
Ellen said t h a t ____________________________________________to the gym the
previous day.
2. ‘Do you prefer basketball to tennis?’ said Alice. me
Alice a s k e d ____________________________________________basketball to
tennis.
3. ‘You sh ouldn’t eat ju n k food and you should try to get m ore exercise,’ the
d o cto r told me. not
The d o cto r advised m e ____________________________________________and to
try to get m ore exercise.
4. ‘W ill this diet really help me to lose w eight?’ Helen asked herself, whether
Helen w o n d e re d _______________________________________________ help her to
lose w eight.
5. ‘Have you trie d sushi before?’ Jason asked me. I
Jason w a n te d _____________________________________________ tried sushi
before.
6. ‘My sister can’t ski ve ry well but she loves to ice-skate,’ Eric told me. his
Eric told me t h a t ____________________________________________ve ry well but
th a t she loved to ice-skate.
$
7D j iig k t lit t p & S P & C t£in f

S p z a fc in fl'
1. PRE-LISTENING Talk in pairs. You and your friend want to sign up for at
Discuss. least two activities over the summer to keep in shape.
• What are some of your fa vo u rite kinds of Look at the activities below and discuss the advantages
food? How healthy are they? and disadvantages of each one. After you and your partner
have discussed the different activities, choose two options
• What is your o p inion on vegetarianism ?
that seem most suitable for you.

2. LISTENING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION

You are going to hear a woman speaking at a vegetarian
festival. After you have heard the talk, you will hear
some questions. For each question choose the correct
answer.

1. What is the speaker doing at the Vegetarian

Festival?

a. She is a vegetarian chef.

b. She wants to learn m ore about eating right.
c. She offers n u tritio n a l advice.
d. She is an advertiser.

2. According to the speaker, w hat do cabbages,

spinach and eggplants have in comm on?

a. They are one of the best sources o f protein.

b. No proteins are found in them .
c. They are n o t good choices o f vegetables.
d. They are all a source o f protein.

3. What does the speaker suggest vegetarians

do to supplem ent th e ir diet?

a. eat m ore vegetables

b. take a m u ltivita m in
c. eat one egg a day
d. eat some meat

4. What does the speaker say about

vegetarianism ?

a. it is healthier than o ther

diets.
b. Boring food is one of its
disadvantages.
c. It m ig h t not be rig h t fo r
everyone.
d. Everyone can become a
vegetarian.

5. What does the speaker use

to make her burgers and
steak taste like meat?

a .to fu
b. spices
c. soy
d. lentils

Which tw o activities seem m ost suitable fo r you?

 a & g ra m m a r
(/o c a la fa rÿ
WORDS RELATED TO FOOD
Look at the groups of words below. How many other words L fr m m vr _________
can you add to each group?
CLAUSES OF RESULT

vegetables A. Read the sentence below and answer the

questions that follow.
Over the years, Veggie House was so successful
th a t I opened up tw o m ore restaurants...

• Who or what was successful?

• What was the result of this?

'3 = = % B. Now, read the sentence below and answer the

questions that follow.
a s p a ra g u s cabbage c a u liflo w e r b ro c c o li
Over the years, Veggie House was such a
successful re sta u ra n t th a t I opened up tw o m ore
restaurants...
• Does the sentence above mean the same as the
sentence in A?
• What is the difference between so and such?

C. Read the rules below and rewrite the sentences

1-6 using so or such.

To express result we use:

p lu m s a p ric o ts ra s p b e rrie s • so + adjective or adverb + (that)
V
• such+ (a/an) + (adjective) + noun + (that)
seafood LU
I— so + m uch/m any
® such + a lot of

1. The soup was ve ry tasty, and i decided to

have some more.

m u s s e ls lo b s te r c ra b s h rim p 2. Robert drives v e ry carelessly and he may

V__________ J have an accident.

rich in protein
3. This exercise is to o d iffic u lt fo r me to do.

4. Sam has lots of m oney and he can lend you

some.

beans le n tils c h ic k p e a s n u ts
V___________________________ ______ J 5. Evelyn’s pa rty was a success and everyone

rich in carbohydrates rem em bered it fo r years.

6. I can’t help you ca rry the box because I feel

very weak.

Go to G ram m ar R eference
p a sta c h ip s ric e ce re a l
 li/riû ittÿ a rep o rt
1. DISCUSS.
• Have you ever been to a fitness centre? If yes, w hat did you like/dislike
about it? If not, w ould you like to be a m em ber o f one? W hy/W hy not?
• What features should a good fitness centre have?

2. FOCUS ON STYLE, CONTENT AND ORGANISATION

A. Read the rubric and answer the questions below.

The m anager o f the ho te l you w ork fo r has asked you to w rite a re p o rt on

the h o te l’s fitness centre and suggest in what ways it can be improved.

1. Why are you w ritin g the report?

2. Who are you w ritin g it for?

3. What style should it be w ritte n in?

4. Which of the follow ing should you include in your report?

a) inform ation about the location of the hotel
b) inform ation about the fitness centre staff
c) inform ation about the premises of the fitness centre
d) suggestions made by mem bers of the fitness centre
e) inform ation about o ther facilities the hotel offers

B. Now read the report below. What information from question 4 above has been included in the report?

To: Jeff Branson, M anager of the Palace Hotel

From: Claire Thomas
Subject: The h o te l’s fitness centre

0
Since the h o te l’s fitness centre opened, it has been very
popular w ith hotel guests as well as residents o f the city
w ho are m em bers. This re p o rt focuses on some features
o f the fitness centre th a t need to be im proved in o rder to
make it even m ore attractive.

B
To begin w ith, even th o u g h the gym has a w hole floor,
the space available is too small to accom m odate the va rie ty o f a ctivitie s people ask for. The area w ith the strength
train in g e qu ipm e n t and the area fo r dance classes are v e ry cram ped. It seems th a t it is necessary fo r the fitness
centre to expand.

El
The in stru ctors and personal trainers are well qualified and always w illin g to o ffe r th e ir services. However, there
should be m ore personnel available to give advice and supervise activities. As a m a tte r of fact, several aerobic
classes have been cancelled because o f the lack of an instructor.

A num ber of m em bers have com m ented th a t th e y w ould like a ju ice bar in the fitness centre. This w ould d e fin ite ly
be an extra a ttra ctio n , so the p o ssib ility o f pro vid in g one should be looked into.

a
To sum up, I believe that, if the above recom m endations are carried out, the fitness centre w ill be even m ore
successful than it already is.

C. Read the report again and choose the appropriate heading for each paragraph.

Other servie«

©
D. The information in a report is usually presented in an impersonal, formal way. One way of doing this is by using the
Passive Voice. Rewrite the report below in the Passive Voice to make it more formal and suggest an appropriate heading
for each paragraph.

To: The Town Council

From: John Budd
Subject: Suggestions about how to make Prospect Park safer
and more attractive

D
This is a report on w hat we m ust do to make Prospect Park safer
and more attractive.

First of all, we cannot allow cars in the park. People should park
their cars in the parking areas.

In addition, we have to collect all the rubbish. The town council

should also place more rubbish bins in the busy areas of the park.

□
Finally, som ebody should clean the lake. Somebody needs to paint the park benches around the lake as well.

m
To sum up, if the town council carries out the above recommendations, more people will be able to enjoy Prospect Park.

3. OUTLINE
B. Write your report (140-190 words).
When w ritin g a report, fo llo w the o u tlin e below.

INTRODUCTION
»>*
TIP t 1
• State w hat the re p o rt is about. When writing a report:

MAIN PART (2-3 paragraphs) • keep in mind who you are writing the
report for and why so that you write in an
• Give info rm a tio n and expand on the points you
appropriate style, formal if you are writing
w ant to make.
it for a superior or semi-formal if you are
• Make recom m endations/suggestions.
writing for a peer group.
CONCLUSION • give your report a title or use the following
• State your overall im pression/opinion. layout:
To:
' ' . ' IfyPfyy'.Kjr ..‘. „ I
From:
4. WRITING TASK
A. Read the rubric and answer the questions below. Subject:
Your PE in s tru c to r has asked you to w rite a re p o rt about . Select three or four of your ideas and
the sports facilities in your school/college and suggest organise them into separate paragraphs for
ways in w hich they could be improved. every major point.
• Use headings to indicate what topic each
1. Think about the sports facilities in your school. What
paragraph focuses on.
tw o or three features do you w ant to focus on?
2. What heading w ould you use fo r each o f the features
you have chosen?
3. What specific suggestions do you have to make about For a list of set phrases commonly used
each of these features? in a report, see Appendix I. »
%
A . C h o o s e th e w o r d o r p h ra s e t h a t m o s t a p p r o p r ia te ly B. Choose the word or phrase that produces a
c o m p le te s th e s e n te n c e . grammatically correct sentence.

1. The em ployees at this hotel w ill ______ y our every 1. Our te a c h e r______ th a t we w o u ld n ’t have class
need and desire. to m o rro w .
a. prom ote a. told us
b. cater for b. asked us
c. o ffe r c. said us
d. provide d. told

2. T h e ______ fro m m y w in d o w is absolutely 2. The teacher told the s tu d e n ts ______ late fo r class.
breathtaking! a. to not be
a. sight b. not to be
b. view c. to be not
c. image d. be not
d. scene 3 I ______ to be home early to n ig h t.

3. I ______ in bed fo r over three hours, try in g to get to a. told

sleep. b. advised
a. lay c. suggested
b. lain d. prom ised
c. laid 4 The d o c to r s a id ______ get b e tte r soon.
d. lied a. th a t I will
4. It was already dark by the tim e w e ______ fo r my b. to me th a t I will
b ro th e r’s house. c. th a t I w ould
a. set o ff d. me th a t I w ould
b. to o k down 5
When Je ff asked m e ______ I had any money, I told
c. turned out him th a t I d id n ’t.
d. w ent after a. w hether
5. U nfortunately, m oney is m any p o liticia n s’ only b. why
c. had
a. recreation d. w ould
b. m otivation There w a s ______ food in her m outh th a t she co u ld n ’t
c. determ in atio n speak.
d. courage a. so much
6. It to o k m onths fo r the soldiers’ w ounds t o ______ . b. such
a. cure c. so a lot
b. increase d. such a lot
c. heal It w a s ______ bad w eather th a t we decided to stay in.
d. recover a. such a
7. Gas prices h a v e ______ , and m any people are b. so
unhappy abo u t it. c. so a
a. gained d. such
b. decreased My em ployer a s k e d ______ o ve rtim e on Friday.
c. grow n a. me to w ork
d. risen b. to me to w ork
8. I have asked y o u ______ to tu rn the lights o ff and lock c. to w o rk me
the d oor w hen you leave the house but you never do. d. me w orking
a. occasionally
b. very quickly
c. ju s t fo r now
d. repeatedly
C. Read the text and complete the gaps with the correct D. Read the text below and decide which answer a, b,c or d
form of the words in capital. best fits each gap.

I LOVE Y 4 GA! the Personal Trainer

I had stopped going to the gym out of
(1) ________________ . i co u ld n ’t stand
having to sweat so much. Besides, the
gym was now here near my
(2 ) _______ and having to
take a crow ded bus to get there really
put me o ff going. Then, one day, my
friend Kelly asked me to com e along
to her yoga class. I was w o rrie d th a t it
m ight involve standing on my head or
doing some other ( 3 )_______________
task so I made up an excuse to get
o u t of It. Fortunately, Kelly d id n ’t take
‘no’ fo r an answer and after a lo t of
nagging I fin a lly gave in and w ent
along. I was (4 )____________
surprised - it was fun! The
(5 )________________ started o ff by
telling us a little about yoga. It’s great
fo r keeping fit, and im p ro vin g overall
m ental health. It’s no w onder it ’s the
1/ /Kl C AI i f Pi Il Îr
Kathryn Southhall is a rpersonal
trtKr Ann I f !n t-ll/UA
tra in e r w ho helps
busy people organise th e ir (1)____________ schedules.
BORE
K athryn (2 )______ me ab o u t one o f her clients,
Elisabeth. ‘Elisabeth has a dem anding jo b and three
children to look after. When she came to me, she
NEIGHBOUR
was pra ctica lly w orked o ff her feet and had hardly
any tim e to (3 ) ______, let alone to exercise.’ Kathryn
told Elisabeth to sta rt w ith a (4 )_________session once
a week as this w ould help relax her muscles and
( 5 ) ______ her stress levels. ‘We also looked at easy
ways to add m ore ( 6 ) ______ into her day, like w alking
POSSIBLE
an extra bus stop on her way to and fro m w ork,’ said
Kathryn. Elisabeth started doing ten m inutes of toning
exercises in the m ornings in an ( 7 )_______ to be m ore
energetic. K athryn also recom m ended some changes
to Elisabeth’s die t like having vegetables w ith her main
PLEASANT
meal in the evenings. Three m onths later, Elisabeth
has lost the extra w e ig h t she had ( 8 )______and even
INSTRUCT
her skin looks healthier!
1. a. health b. circulation c. resort d. fitness

latest ( 6 ) ________________ craze. We FIT 2. a .to ld b. said c. asked d. advised

did hatha yoga w hich is the most 3. a. refresh b. lie c. relax d. recover

w id e ly practised fo rm and focuses on 4. a. massage b. luxury c. physical d. pool

5. a. increase b. cure c. open d. reduce
breathing and ( 7 ) ________________ . RELAX
6. a. w ork b. exercise c. sleep d. riding
A lthough some of the exercises were
7. a. a tte m p t b. a c tiv ity c. anxiety d. afternoon
challenging, afterw ards I felt
8. a. raised b. gained c. earned d. placed
(8 )_______________ calm. PERFECT

E. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first, using the word given. Do not change the word
given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given.

1. ‘I’ve been to Paris before,’ said Jenny. she

J e n n y ________________________________ . to Paris before.

2. ‘Don’t fo rg e t to buy some m ilk on yo u r way home,’ asked Philip. r e m in d e d

P h ilip _________________________________________________________ some m ilk on my way home.

3. ‘I do n ’t w ant to do this exercise,’ said Steven. r e fu s e d

S teven______________________________________ . exercise.

4. ‘Will I ever pass my driving test?’ Sophie asked herself. w o n d e re d

S o p h ie ________________________________________________ . pass her driving test.

5. ‘Please rem ove your shoes before entering the sw im m ing pool area,’ the lifeguard told us. asked

The life g u a rd . . shoes before entering the sw im m ing pool area.

6. It was such a busy day at w ork th a t Louise fo rg o t to eat lunch. so

Louise w a s _________________________________________________________ she fo rg o t to eat lunch.

©
You will hear five people talking about fitness programmes Read the following and tick the appropriate boxes.
they are on. Choose from the list A-H what aspect of fitness For the points you are unsure of, refer back to the relevant
each speaker wanted to focus on. Use the letters only once. sections in the module.
There are three letters you do not need to use.

Speaker 1 Speaker 3 O use co llo ca tio n s w ith increase, grow , rise,

Speaker 5 decrease, lo w e r and reduce
O distinguish the d iffe re n ce in m eaning
endurance j strength *
o f w ords easily confused
o use expressions w ith the w ord ‘tim e ’
O fo rm d erivatives by using suffixes
relaxation weight loss
f le x i b i l i t y i

O re p o rt statem ents, questions, com m ands

h e a lt h * and requests
coordination
O use clauses of result

O understand gist and details in a te x t

O understand te x t o rganisation and
re co n stru ct a gapped te x t

O listen to s h o rt m onologues and understand

the main idea expressed by each speaker (~ ]

n
O understand specific in fo rm a tio n
m entioned by a speaker in a ta lk

O ta lk a b o u t issues related to health

and fitness
O help solve a p roblem by m aking
suggestions

O discuss healthy eating habits and

vegetarianism

O w rite an inform al le tte r/e -m a il g iving

advice
O w rite a re p o rt
 Discuss
• Which aspects of modern life
do you find most attractive?
Think about transport,
technology, entertainment,
etc.
• In your opinion, what are
the most serious problems
modern societies face?

Flick through the

module and find...
• a magazine article about a
girl who moved from
the city centre to a small
suburb
• a short article about modern
eating habits
• a letter about a building
• advertisements for shopping
malls in New Jersey
• a short newspaper article
♦ a ? CC8.C10 about TV
t SS,°C11-C28
♦ SgC51-C58 * j| ;
♦ S UB
In this module you
will...
• talk about shopping,
advertising and life in the
city/country
• learn how to refer to
imaginary situations, make
wishes and express regret
• expand your vocabulary
■ tw i by practising words easily
oar I
confused, adjectives +
prepositions, expressions,
collocations and idioms
• learn how to write a semi-
formal letter
• speculate about the role of
the media and express your
opinion
• learn how to write an essay
discussing a problem and
suggesting solutions
• acquire skills and strategies
that will help you in exams

1. PRE-READING
Discuss.
• Are there any shopping malls near w here you live?
What can you find there?
• Why do you th in k malls a ttra c t lots of people?
2. READING FOR GIST
Read the advertisements A-E for five different shopping
malls. What do you find most impressive about them?
3. SCANNING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION
Read the advertisements again and answer the questions
1-10. Write A-E in the boxes. Each advertisement may be
used more than once.
Which mall...
is near fu rn itu re stores?
allows shoppers to benefit th e ir health
and relax?
is best fo r couples w ho w ant to go
shopping but cannot keep track o f their
kids at the same time?
is open on Sundays after 6 pm?
is easily accessible by public transportation?
offers live entertainm ent?
has a private area only fo r special
customers?
is not suited fo r people who have
free tim e only on Sundays?
is decorated w ith w orks of art?
regularly sends inform ation to its members?
m
n I N S T A T E PLAZA
-
--
New Jersey, it
- M_...
Located in Paramus, it ic
is th
thep la ra e s t s h o p p in g
largest shopping
mall in th e New York City m e tro p o lita n area, and one of
the largest m alls in the w hole US. It has m any stores w hich
cater fo r both the big and sm all spender in clu d in g M a cy’s,
L o rd and Taylor’s, and N o rd s tro m ’s. It is co nve nie ntly
located ju s t across the highw ay fro m large o u tle ts fo r
the hom e like IKEA, Bed, Bath a n d B eyond and S ports
A u th o rity . This doubles its appeal to weekend shoppers,
w ho w a n t to have access to a range o f p ro ducts from
high-end clo th in g and cosm etics, to fu rn itu re and sp o rtin g
e quipm ent. Transportation to the mall is never a problem ,
as there are bus lines th a t go d ire c tly to and fro m the mall
to d o w ntow n New York.
Hours: Monday - Saturday 10am - 9:30pm
S SHORT HILLS
D MALL
The M a ll a t S h o rt Hills, m ore co m m o n ly know n as The
S h o rt H ills Mall, is a high-end shopping mall and is one
o f the largest in the state. It is located in M ilburn, New
Jersey, w hich is less than 3 0 miles away fro m M anhattan.
Shoppers feel as th o u g h th e y entered a w o rld o f luxury
w hen th e y com e to S h o rt Hills, because the mall is
decorated w ith fountains, sculptures, m arble flo ors and
has m any lounges fo r relaxing w ith leather fu rn itu re
El and plasma TVs. Several tim es a year, the mall hosts
lu xu ry car shows, w hich display extravagant autom obiles
like Bentleys, Porsches and Land Rovers. D uring the
B Christmas season, th e mall has created a private lounge
area fo r Am erican Express c re d it card holders w hich
e ntitles th e m to co m p lim e n ta ry drinks, snacks, Internet
use, and holiday g ift w rapping. The atm osphere in the
Q
lounge is so luxurious th a t shoppers w ish th e y could stay
Q there all year round.
EH
B
H ;
El
El
EJ
 3 ТнЕ
Q uarter
The Q ua rter at Tropicana is located in the Tropicana
Resort and Casino, in b o om ing A tlantic City, New Jersey.
You don’t have to be staying at the resort in order to
enjoy it! This q uaint in d o o r shopping mall includes 50
stores, a spa and a sw im m ing pool. For shopping parents
w ho w ould rather shop alone w h ile th e ir kids play w ith
oth e r childre n under supervised conditions, there is a
convenient baby-sitting corner. The v a rie ty o f th in g s to
eat w ill ensure th a t everyone can fin d som ething they
like. There are tro p ic a l restaurants, Irish
pubs and a popular P.F.
C hang’s China
B istro chain.
H ours: M onday - Saturday 9:30am - 10pm
Sunday 9:30am - 5:30pm
WIUOWBROOK
Only tw enty minutes from Manhattan, the W illowbrook Mall
in Wayne, New Jersey, is very popular w ith the New York
City crowd. With over 2 0 0 stores and boutiques, this huge
mall is a great choice fo r the power shopper who never
wants to quit. There is an extensive food court with ethnic
cuisines from all over the world, including Chinese, Greek,
Italian and Japanese. Shoppers are invited to become mall
members, which will give them such perks as m onthly e-
mails with coupons, sales, and special mall events. Plus, for
every m onth that you are a member, you will be entered for
a $100 mall shopping spree. Think about it, maybe it’s tim e
you became a member!
Hours: M onday - Saturday 10am - 9:30pm
Sunday 11am -7pm
Pier Village is located rig h t on th e A tla n tic Ocean, in
Long Branch, New Jersey. The firs t storey o f th e mall
is fu ll of stores and restaurants. Many o f the stores are
locally-run businesses, b u t there are m any national
chains, such as S te w a rt’s R oot Beer and The Rocky
M o u n ta in Chocolate Factory. The upper flo o rs are
w here the lu xu ry ocean-view apartm ents are located.
During the summer, there is live m usic at the o u td o o r
gazebo, and during the winter, there is an ice-skating
rink, as well as a ‘polar p lu n ge ’ w here people ju m p into
the ocean. There is also a fre q u e n t shoppers’ club w hich
e ntitles m em bers to special benefits and privileges.
Hours: Monday - Saturday 10am - 9pm
Sunday 11am - 6pm
4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF UNKNOWN WORDS
Match the highlighted words in the text with their
meanings a- h below.
1. m e tro p o litan
2. high-end
3. co m p lim e n ta ry
4 .boom ing
5 .quaint
6. perks
7. spree
8. gazebo
a. expensive and o f high q u a lity
b. special benefits
c. belonging to a large city
d. a ttra ctive in an unusual o r old-fashioned way
e. a small b u ilding w ith open sides, usually in a garden
f. a sh o rt period in w hich you do a lo t o f som ething
g. free of charge
h. developing quickly
5. POST-READING
Discuss.
• W hich o f these shopping malls w ould you p refer to
go to? Why?
• W hat do you like/dislike about shopping at malls?
 M o a J ta o a m & g ra m m a r
2. ADJECTIVES +PREPOSITIONS
(/o o a lu fa r^ A. Complete the sentences below with the missing
prepositions. If you are not sure, look back at the
1. WORDS EASILY CONFUSED advertisements on pages 132-133.
Complete the sentences with the words in the boxes.
... the W illo w b ro o k M all in Wayne, New Jersey is very
cooker cuisine kitchen p o p u la r_____the N ew York C ity crowd.

1. The restaurant near my house specialises in Indian The firs t sto re y o f the m a ll is fu ll _ _stores and
restaurants.

2. I’m having my . . painted yellow. B. Complete the sentences with the adjectives in the box.

3. My m oth er has ju s t bo u g h t a new nervous fa m ilia r afraid busy

d ifferent proud fam ous jealous

1. David is . w ith his w ork at the m om ent.

old-fashioned ancient traditional 2. The food in Italy is very fro m the food

4. Irish stew is a (n )___________________ typ e o f food in England.

from Ireland. 3. This restaurant i s ______ . fo r its A rgentinian

beef.
5. Harry has very _taste in
4. M ary is ________________ o f spiders; if she sees one,
clothes.
she starts scream ing.
6. Can you name the seven w onders of the
5. Joseph is ____________ . of his n e ig hb o u r because
world?
he bo u g h t a new sports car.
6. Alex is ________________ about his in te rvie w next week.
com fortable cosy convenient 7. M argaret is v e ry ________________ o f her d a u ghte r
Jane because she saved som eone’s life d u rin g the
7. The tim e of my flig h t is not very
earthquake.
; it ’s at 4am.
8. I’m n o t_________________ w ith this n e ighbourhood, so
8. I like these shoes; they fe e l______________ I’ll have to ask fo r directions.
9. The restaurant has a v e r y _______________
atm osphere.
G ra m m a r
t
com m on ordin a ry popular 1. UNREAL PA!5TI
A. Read the example in advertisement 2 on page 132 and
10. Tracy is a (n ). . name in the
answer the questions that follow.
north o f England.
...shoppers wish they co u ld stay there a ll year round.
11. Reality TV has become v e r y ______
1. Can shoppers stay there all year round?
in the last decade. 2. W ould they like to stay?
12. Our p ro d u ct has 20% less fa t than 3. Does the sentence refer to the past o r the present?

yo g h u rt.
B. Now read the examples below and answer the
questions that follow.
cater fo r offer supply Shoppers feel as th o u g h th e y ente re d a w o rld o f lu xu ry
when they come to S h o rt Hills.
13. The m anager decided t o . . the
...maybe i t ’s tim e you becam e a m em ber!
prom otio n to Jack.
Some parents w o u ld ra th e r th e ir kids played w ith o th e r
14. This island is a holiday destination th a t can
c h ild re n while they are shopping.
all kinds o f holiday-m akers.
1. W hat verb tense are the phrases wish, as though, i t ’s
15. The local fis h e rm e n ________________________ tim e and w o u ld ra th e r fo llo w e d by?
restaurants w ith fresh fish daily.
2. Do these sentences refer to the past or the present?
Go to G ra m m a r R eference
 "«I" :
\

2. PRACTICE
Read the following situations and decide what you would say in each of them. Start with the words given.
1. You w ant to go on holiday but you can’t afford it.
I w is h _____________________________________________________________________________________________

2. You w ant your flatm ate to do some housework.

I’d ra th e r_________________________________________________________________________________________________

3. You have been w aiting fo r the bus fo r 20 m inutes and it hasn’t come yet.
I w is h _____________________________________________________________________________________________

4. You’ve been studying hard fo r exams and you w ant to have a break.
It’s tim e ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

5. While you are on holiday abroad you lose your passport. The police arrest you and tre a t you like a criminal.
They treated me as i f _____________________________________________________________________________________

6. You’ve seen a really nice pair of shoes in a shop but they are not available in your size.
I wish _______________________________________________________________________________ _ _ _ _ _ _

dnjf'fok in US’e
Read the text below and decide which answer a, b .c o r d best fits each gap.

A re you a fast food a d d itt ?

Be honest. W ould you and y o u r friends (1)_______ order a nice pepperoni
pizza or eat the spaghetti yo u r m o th e r has lo vin g ly prepared fo r
you? W hat sounds m ore appealing, a big ju ic y b u rg e r at a fast food
restaurant or a hom em ade potato salad? (2 ) _______ burgers at a fast
food place may be unhealthy, but m ost teenagers eat them alm ost
every o th e r day. We are gradually becom ing a society th a t prefers
ready-m ade products and a (3 )________ life. Fast food restaurants
(4 )_______ fo r those o f us w ho come hom e exhausted a fte r a
long day and w ant food really fast. They are also ( 5 )_______ w ith
teenagers because apart from o ffe rin g food, th e y also fu n ctio n
as places w here th e y can socialise w ith o th e r young people.
Usually, fast food restaurants ( 6 )__________in central points o f the
city, so the y are d iffic u lt to avoid.

However, if you are a ju n k food fan, tr y to keep in m ind th a t

eating fast food on a daily basis may mean spending a lo t of
money and eating food w hich is bad fo r you. If this sounds all
to o (7 )_______ , then yo u r eating habits are not so good. Maybe
(8 )_______ you trie d som ething healthy fo r a change!

1. a. like b. want c. wish d. rather

2 . a. Favourite b. Popular c. Luxury d. O rdinary
3. a. private b. com plim e n ta ry c. convenient d. quaint
4. a. o ffe r b. supply c. cater d. host
5. a. popular b. fam ous c. busy d. great
6 . a. locate b. are located c. locating d. located
7. a. fam iliar b. d iffe re n t c. tra d itio n al d. extravagant
8 . a. w ould rather b. it's tim e c. you wish d. you feel

%
8 CL iigfetrfna/ (Sc
You will hear people talking in seven different situations.
For questions 1-7, choose the best answer a, b or c.
1. You w ill hear part of a TV in te rvie w w ith the Chief
Executive Officer o f a com puter company. What has he
announced?
a. His com pany wants to give com puters to African
students.
b. His com pany w ants to spend more m oney on
research.
c. His com pany w ill help every teenager in Africa
attend secondary school.
2. You hear a wom an talking about life in the city and life
in the countryside. How does the w om an feel?
a. She regrets leaving Peckham.
b. She really misses life in the city.
c. She prefers life in the countryside.
3. You hear a man called Glen talking on the phone to his
friend, Roger. What does Glen want?
a. advice on a b irthday present fo r Camilla
b. advice on how to get to the West End
c. advice on w hat to wear to a party
1. WARM-UP
• Where do you like to go shopping?
2. FOCUS ON PICTURES
Look at the two photographs. Compare the photographs and say what the advantages of shopping in places like these are.
You can use some of the words and expressions in the boxes.
designer labels air co n d ition in g bargain
sales a ffordable b e tte r q u a lity
street m arket c re d it card d e p a rtm e n t store
B. Look at the photographs again. Which place would you prefer to shop at?
3. FURTHER DISCUSSION
• What influences you when you are shopping?
• Do you th in k people buy m ore than they need?
• Do you th in k street m arkets w ill one day be replaced by large superm arkets and shopping centres?
4. An advertising executive is addressing a secondary
school audience. What p o in t does he w ant to make?
a. C om puter skills are all im portant.
b. The in te rn e t has changed the business w orld.
c. Confidence and enthusiasm are im p o rta n t qualities.
5. Listen to a yo u n g wom an ta lk in g a b o u t h o w she m e t
her partner, James. When did th e y firs t meet?
a. w hile boarding the superjum bo A380
b. when James fell over
c. at a dinner in Hong Kong
6. You w ill hear part of a radio interview w ith Gareth Faye,
a leading London fashion designer. What does Gareth
agree w ith DJ Tony about?
a. Skirts and dresses should be shorter.
b. Mini skirts are best.
c. The econom y affects fashion styles.
7. You overhear a woman talking to a friend w ho w orks
in a coffee bar in London. What is the w om an’s main
concern?
a. how d ifferent London is from South Wales
b. how expensive lem onade is in London
c. how d iffic u lt it is to get by in London
In.... people can buy... whereas in...
One can find m any th in g s at... such as.... whereas...
Prices at... are usually.... than in...
lA /rftinfl' a em f-^om ai
1. DISCUSS
• What features make a to w n /c ity attractive?
• What changes w ould you make to yo u r to w n/city?
• Do you th in k th a t old buildings should be dem olished, or repaired? Why?
2. FOCUS ON INPUT AND RUBRIC
Read the article and rubric, underline the key words in the rubric and answer the question that follows.
THE CITY PRESS
The mayor has asked members of the town
council to determine whether the old 18th-century
building on the corner of 5th Avenue and Bree
Street should be repaired or demolished and
replaced by a modern office building. Members
have been requested to carry out a survey to
determine what local residents think. They are
required to reach a decision by the end of May.
3. FOCUS ON PURPOSE AND STYLE
Read the letter and answer the questions that follow.
Dear Mr Addison,
I am w riting to you on behalf of the members of the town
council regarding the 18th century building on the corner
of 5th Avenue and Bree Street. As you requested, we have
looked into w hat should be done w ith this building and
after a lot of tho u g h t and consideration we have reached
a decision.
Let me begin by saying that we carried out the survey
you requested b u t the results were n o t clear. Local
residents seem to have mixed feelings about the
future of this building. Some are of the opinion that
it is a landmark w orth saving, while others think that
old buildings, such as this one, should be replaced by
modern ones because their appearance is very different
to the buildings surrounding them.
Although we had d iffic u lty deciding, we have finally
reached the conclusion that the building should not
be demolished. Besides being a beautiful building,
it represents a part of our to w n ’s history and adds
character to its appearance. We th in k that if it is repaired,
it can become a beautiful museum or art gallery. This will
also attract tourists, which can add to the town council’s
income. This money can then be used to fu rth e r improve
the area.
We are very interested in hearing w hat you have to say
about the decision we have reached. Please let us know.
Looking forw ard to your reply.
Best wishes,
Jane O’ Neil.
1. What aspects of the le tte r indicate th a t it is semi-
form al? Think ab o u t the follow ing:
g re e tin g language clo sin g
2. How w ould these aspects have been d iffe re n t if this
were an inform al le tte r to a frie n d or relative?
w r itin g
You are a m e m b e r o f the tow n council. Write a le tte r to the m ayor
to te ll h im the results o f the survey and w hat you and the o th e r
m em bers o f the tow n c o u n cil th in k sh o u ld be done w ith the 18th
c e n tu ry bu ild in g . Choose betw een the o p tio n s given and p ro vid e
reasons to s u p p o rt yo u r opinion. B egin y o u r letter, 'Dear M r A ddison.’
W hat are you asked to do in yo u r letter?
a. recom m end a d iffe re n t course of action and give reasons to ju s tify
yo u r view
b. say w hich o p tio n has been selected and provide a detailed
explanation to ju s tify the choice th a t has been made
c. discuss the advantages and disadvantages o f the o ptions th a t have
been provided so th a t the m ayor can reach a decision
4. WRITING TASK
A. Read the article and input. Underline the key words in the
rubric.
The Sunday Express
Mark Campbell, owner of Campbell Constructions, has
donated some land to the town council. He has requested
that this land be used to build something that will benefit
both local residents and the area by adding value to it.
Many residents have expressed an interest in the building
of a mall, while others are in favour of the creation of a
large park. The mayor has set up a committee to carry out
a survey among the local residents and decide how the area
should be developed.
You are a m e m b e r o f the com m ittee. Write a le tte r to the
head o f the co m m itte e to te ll him the results o f the survey
and ho w you and o th e r m em bers o f the co m m ittee th in k
the la n d sh o u ld be developed. Choose betw een the options
given and p ro v id e reasons to s u p p o rt y o u r opinion. Begin
y o u r letter, ‘Dear M r C layw orth.’
B. Write your letter to Mr Clayworth.
TIP I
When writing a semi-formal letter/e-mail:
. keep in mind that it is written to a person you know but
isn’t a friend or relative of yours.
• begin with Dear Mr/Miss/Mrs/Ms +last name or with Dear
+first name, depending on the age of the recipient.
. end with Yours sincerely, Yours truly, All the best, Best
wishes or Yours.
. use a neutral style (not too formal and not too informal).
• organise the information in paragraphs.
• use appropriate phrases to apologise, explain, justify,
express opinion, etc.
• use standard grammar and spelling conventions
For greetings, phrases/expressions and signature
endings that you can use when writing a semi-formal
letter, see Appendix I
 r& a
/Ik
R e s a d fn ÿ
1. PRE-READING
Discuss.
• Do you live in the city centre,
a suburb, a tow n or a village?
• What do you like m ost about
the area where you live?
• What m ig h t make you move to
a d iffe re n t place?
2. READING FOR GIST
Read the text quickly without paying
attention to the missing sentences. Which
of the following sentences best summarises
Liz’s attitude?
a. She has been m issing life in the city
since the firs t day she moved to the
suburbs.
b. She finds some positive aspects to
living in a suburb but she is bored.
c. She is happy w ith her new way of life.
d. She co u ld n ’t get used to living outside
the city at firs t but now she’s fine.
3. RECONSTRUCTING A GAPPED TEXT
Read the text again. Complete the gaps 1-6
in the text with the sentences A-G below.
There is one extra sentence which you do not
need to use.
A. If they agreed, I w ould be the happiest
person alive!
B. They understand th a t the c ity is an
exciting place fo r young people.
C. In the city, m ost people walk everywhere
because the distances are so short, and
you can get anywhere you w ant on foot.
D. In my old room, half of the posters on the
wall were my brother's.
E. It seems that people here are a lot
frie n d lie r than they are in the city.
F. There are some shops here but not as
m any as there are in the city.
G. To be honest, I was tired of living in a
small fla t and sharing a room w ith my
little brother.
MOVING IN TO...
A NEW
LIFE
As a part of our special on Teen P roblem s in this m onth’s
issue, we asked our readers to write to us about changes
in their daily lives and how they feel about them. Our first
contribution comes from Liz Morrison, a girl who has just
05 made a drastic change in her life and is reporting on how she
has been adjusting to it.
My parents had grow n tired of c ity life and decided to buy a
house in a qu ie t neighbourhood, next to a large forest. I m ust
adm it, I saw red when my parents firs t told me. I was furious
10 abo u t my w hole life being turned upside-down. Then, my
parents pointed o u t some of the benefits o f m oving to the
suburbs, like living in a bigger house and having my own room.
0 There was barely enough room to move in there. So, I
slow ly w arm ed to the idea.
15 The firs t week was great. I decorated my room ju st the way I’d
always wanted. B What’s more, he didn’t let me paint the
walls in the colours I wanted. So in my new room, I went wild. I
painted the whole room purple and put up posters of my favourite
rock stars. Plus, since the room was all mine, I could crank up the
20 volume on my stereo and play my music as loud as I wanted!
1 made friends easily at m y new school. B Many people
even smile and wave hello to me w hen I am w alking down
the street, w hich alm ost never happens in the city. I was also |
excited when I found o u t that my new school had a girls' R
25 fo o tb a ll team, and they needed a new striker. I tried o u t fo r the
team rig h t away and they picked me! »
•N»V‘
I got used to our new hom e and neighbourhood quite quickly. y
I was playing football alm ost every day and I never knew how
much fun you can have exploring a forest. My parents were
; 30 calm er and seemed happier too. My m other even planted a little
flo w e r garden, w hich she tends to every day.
A fte r some tim e, however, I started to miss some things from
the city. There’s less to do here a fte r school. Sometimes, in the
city, m y friends and I w ould go to a café o r do some shopping. It
35 was great because it was all so close by. Where I live now, there
is o n ly one cinema, and it usually plays old film s. Plus, I miss
seeing people ju s t w alking around. Q Here, e veryth ing is
so far apart th a t you usually have to drive.
And of course, I miss m y friends fro m the city. If only I could
4 0 v is it the c ity fo r a w eekend! I w ould do e ve ryth in g th a t I can’t
M l
om.
i, I

d
a

rite
le

le 4. GUESSING THE MEANING OF UNKNOWN WORDS

Find the following words/phrases in the text and choose
D the correct meaning a, b or c.
do here. I w ould hang o u t w ith my friends, go to the
1. drastic (line 5) 4. lack (line 43)
cinema, and eat at all m y fa vo u rite restaurants. I wish I
the a. active a. are full of
had realised how m any th in g s the suburbs lack. At least,
b. extrem e b. do not have enough of
if I had known I co u ld n ’t do those th in g s here, I w ould
c. slow c. are fam ous fo r
45 have taken advantage o f m y last days in the c ity and
y- 2. barely (line 13)
done m ore before I left. 5. bide my tim e (line 56)
n
a. ce rta in ly a. w ait fo r the tim e being
I’ve been try in g to get m y parents to let me v is it my b. fo rtu n a te ly b. have a great tim e
ittle
frien ds but th e y d o n ’t w ant me to travel to the c ity on c. hardly c. have a te rrib le tim e
my own. We argue about it till w e’re blue in the face 3. tends to (line 31) 6. hustle and bustle (line 57)
n 50 but I th in k th e y ’re com ing round. El I am already a. takes care of a. quietness
he m aking plans fo r e v e ryth in g I w ant to do. The firs t thing b. points to b. dangerous situation
lg. It I w ill do is call m y best frie n d , Amy, and get to g e th e r and c. w orries about c. busy and noisy a ctiv ity

lere do all the s tu ff we used to do.

5. POST-READING
In the future, I w ant to apply to a u n ive rsity in the city.
g is Discuss.
55 My parents are fin e w ith m y decision. m So, I guess
If you were in Liz’s situation, how w ould you feel about
I’m ju s t going to bide my tim e in the suburbs until I can
m oving to a suburb?
return to the hustle and bustle o f c ity life.
Have you ever moved house or experienced a ‘big ’
change in yo u r lifestyle? How did you feel abo ut it?
 (/o c a é d ^ a rc f
1. EXPRESSIONS WITH ‘TAKE’
A. Look at the extract from the text on pages 138-139.
What’s the meaning of the expression in bold?
...if I had know n I co u ld n ’t do those things here, I w ould
have taken advantage o f m y last days in the c ity and done
m ore before I left.
5. David w o u ld n 't believe you unless you gave him
some p ro o f in b la c k a n d w h it e .
6. The deer appeared o u t o f th e b lu e in the m iddle
of the road and Billy had to swerve to avoid it.
7. The th ie f was c a u g h t r e d h a n d e d by the police as
he was try in g to escape w ith the stolen jewels.

B. Match the expressions in bold with the meanings given.

a. endlessly w ith o u t achieving the desired result
1. The view of the sea from my hotel room t o o k m y b. pleased, delighted
b re a th a w ay. c. caught in the act of doing som ething
d. in w ritte n form
2. Sally t o o k t h e b la m e fo r the m istake even th o u g h
e. suddenly, w ith o u t w arning
it w asn’t her fault. f. give perm ission
g. jealous
3. My mum has t a k e n a n in t e r e s t in learning Italian;
she’s attending an evening class at the local college.

4. Stephen always t a k e s it f o r g r a n t e d th a t I'll cook

and clean; he never offers to do anything.

5. The com pany is t a k in g my a p p lication in t o

c o n s id e r a t io n .
1. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES TYPE 3 -
UNREAL PAST II
6. His m arriage proposal t o o k her b y s u r p r is e .
FOCUS ON USE
7. Tom m et Anna at a sta ff m eeting but he d id n ’t
Look at the examples below taken from the text on
really t a k e n o t ic e o f her u ntil he saw her again at
pages 138-139 and answer the questions that follow.
a party.
A t least, i f I had know n I c o u ld n ’t do those things
8. Theresa ta k e s p r id e in her w o rk and she gets a great here, I w o u ld have taken advantage o f m y last days
sense of achievem ent w hen she com pletes a project. in the c ity a n d done m ore b e fo re / left.
1. Does the sentence refer to the present or the
a. to happen unexpectedly past?
b. to th in k about som ething before m aking a decision 2. Did Liz know w hat th in g s she co u ld n ’t do?
c. to feel pleased or satisfied from doing som ething well
3. Did she take advantage o f her last days in the
d. to take responsibility fo r som ething
city?
e. to surprise in a nice way
f. to find som ebody or som ething interesting
/ wish I had realised h o w m any th in g s the suburbs
g. to be so used to som ebody or som ething th a t you
don’t recognise th e ir value lack.
h. to pay attention to som ebody or som ething
I Did Liz realise how m any things the suburbs lack?
2. How does she feel abo u t it now?
2. IDIOMS WITH COLOURS
A. Look at the phrase in bold below included in the text FOCUSON FORM
on page 138. What do you think it means?
Look at the examples above and complete the rules
I m ust adm it, I saw re d when m y parents firs t to ld me. below.

B. Match the idioms in bold with the meanings given. Conditional Sentences Type 3 = an imaginary or
unreal situation in the past
1. Jenny was g r e e n w it h e n v y when she saw her
sister’s w edding dress. if + Past Perfect —* would, could, m ig h t + have +

2. The m anager g a v e Stephanie t h e g r e e n lig h t to

go ahead and hire an assistant to help w ith her
w orkload. wish / if only +
3. James and Poppy argue t i l l t h e y a re b lu e in
is used to express regret about som ething that
t h e fa c e .
happened or d idn’t happen in the past.
4. Anne was t ic k le d p in k w hen she opened her
birthday present. Go to G ram m ar R eference
2. PRACTICE
^.saSiWifeic&awsKg,%^$xxaKto»s-sx\<Wv ia sVaft&m&NtfSb.XXsa' n.<Kds%\ne.w ,

1. I lied to my parents this m orning and now I feel bad abo u t it.
If o n ly ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2. Jessie w ent o u t in the rain last nig h t and caught a cold.

Jessie w is h e s ______________________________________________________________________________________________________ _

3. My friends d id n ’t know it was m y b irth d a y so th e y d id n ’t buy me a g ift.

If m y frie n d s __________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4. The house we saw last year was beautiful, but u n fo rtu n a te ly we d id n ’t have the money to buy it.
If o n ly ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________

5. John d id n 't attend his d a u g h te r’s w edding and now he regrets it.
John w is h e s ______________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________

6. We d id n ’t arrive at school on tim e so we missed the class.

If w e _______________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________

7. My b rother d id n ’t w ater my flow ers w hile I was on holiday and now they are dead.
If o n ly _________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________

8. He fo rg o t to lock the d oor and th e y broke into his house.

I f ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________

in Age,
Choose the answer w h ic h best fits each blank.

1. If his fa the r had known th a t Jamie was not at s c h o o l,_____________________________ v e ry angry.

a. he w ould be b. he was c. he should be d. he w ould have been

2. I w is h ______________________________sooner th a t Anna was not a reliable friend.

a. I realised b. I had realised c. I have realised d. I should realise

3. ______________________________had eaten som ething lighter! I have a te rrib le stom ach ache.
a. If only I b. If I c. I wish d. I w ould

4. Suzy w o u ld n ’t have given you the keys to her a p a rtm e n t i f ______________________________you wanted to have a party
there.
a. on ly she knew b. she had known c. knew d. she knows

5. Som etim es Connie wishes s h e ______________________________th a t jo b o ffe r in the suburbs.

a. hasn’t refused b. d id n ’t refuse c. w ill not refuse d.had not refused

6. The w o rst th in g you can do to your friends is ta k e ______________________________.

a. them into consideration b. them fo r granted c. the biame d. them by surprise

7. ‘How did yo u r n e ig hb o u r react w hen you crashed in to his car?’

‘H e ______________________________.’
a. was black and w hite b. saw red c. was tickled pink d. was o u t of the blue

8. ‘Is th a t your sister?’

‘No, my sister’s the o n e ______________________________at us.’
a. taking advantage b. appreciating c. w aving d. persuading

9. His parents own a cosy little house in th e ______________________________.

a. rink b. suburbs c. co n trib u tio n s d. distance

10. 'Are you going to buy a new house?’

'No, I suppose I w ill______________________________my tim e until prices go dow n.’
a. tend to b. lack c. bide d. w ait
8 D iis fo n in ÿ & s p e a & in ÿ
3. LISTENING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION
Ù s tie /K /K ÿ
Listen to the talk again and complete the sentences below.
1. WARM-UP
Discuss. 1. B rightly packaged items are very appealing to children
• What kind of in fo rm a tio n do advertisem ents b e tw e e n _______________________________years old.
usually give about products? Is this info rm a tio n
2. Parents can be an a p p ro p ria te _______________________________
always true?
by not overloading th e ir trolleys w ith unhealthy food.
• To w hat e xte n t are you influenced by advertising?
3. The speaker says th a t young adolescents find it necessary to

2. LISTENING FOR GIST b e lo n g _______________________________•

You will hear a talk by an industrial psychologist
4. The ‘Facebook’ site encourages thousands of teenagers to
on shopping trends and the role of parents, the
media and advertising. Which of the following increase th e ir social _______________________________ •
topics are discussed?
5. Advertisers th a t sponsor services like ‘Facebook’ use the
• advertising aim ing at young children
info rm a tio n on the Internet t o _______________________________
• the role o f parents
products to teenagers.
• the influence of the media on teenage
6. Teenagers buy items w hich are status symbols because they
shoppers
w a n t_______________________________•
• how m uch teenagers spend on clothes

• the role o f tech n o lo g y 7. According to the speaker, the main advantage o f ads

• the differences betw een TV com m ercials prom oting technological products is th a t they can be

and Internet advertisem ents

1. WARM-UP
Look at the pictures. Which of the pastimes do
you enjoy? Is one of them your favourite?

2. SPECULATING AND MAKING A DECISION

Talk in pairs. Imagine that you and your partner are
members of a discussion group and every week you
meet and talk about an issue. This week the topic
is free time. First, talk to each other about whether Are these good ways for young
each of these pastimes is a good way for young people to spend their free time?
people to spend their free time. Then, decide which
one is the most beneficial for young people. You can
use some of the words and expressions in the boxes.

dow nload (pictures, music, etc.)

get info rm atio n
be creative
keep active

... plays a great role in young p eople’s lives...

I d on’t th in k that... is a good way fo r young
people to spend th e ir tim e, since...
I th in k that... is a great way to spend some tim e
relaxing, but...
I believe... can be v e ry beneficial fo r young
people...
I know w hat you mean.
I agree, but...
Which one is the m ost beneficial fo r young people?
 M o a U c a ru &
[/o c a U tfa rc f
COLLOCATIONS WITH ‘PUT’ AND ‘SET’
A. Look at the following extract from the talk that
you heard in the listening section. Can you think
of any other words that collocate with the verb
set?
/4s parents, we can encourage children to dem and
few er crisps and chocolates by s e ttin g s tric t rules.
B. Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
fo o t eyes table date pressure
example fire standards stop
alarm free blame
1. John, please set t h e ________ fo r
dinner.
2. The children accidentally s e t.
to th e ir te n t w hen they w e n t cam ping last
weekend.
3. Alex fo rg o t to set th e ____________________ when
he w ent on holiday and his house was burgled.
4. M artha set the p a rro ts .
because she d id n ’t believe they should be kept
in cages.
5. The m om ent Jack s e t.
Katie, he fell in love w ith her.
6. Ted and Diane haven’t set a(n)
____________________ fo r th e ir w edding yet.
7. The teacher p u t a (n ).
g irls’ ta lkin g by separating them .
8. Paul said he w ould never se t.
in th a t shop again a fte r the way they treated
him.
9. The d o cto r advised Mike not to put
on his foot.
10. Nancy broke the vase and then trie d to p u t the
on her brother.
11. The M inistry o f Education has set high
____________________ th a t all schools have to
meet.
12. The footb a ll captain trie s to set a(n)
fo r his team mates.
ÿ r m tK a r
A. Look at the extracts from the talk that you heard in the
listening section and answer the questions that follow.
Teenagers have their hair styled in the latest fashions,
they update their laptops w ith the la te st 3-D cards fo r
on-line g a m in g and so on.
1. Does the speaker mean th a t teenagers style th e ir hair
them selves o r th a t som eone else does it fo r them?
2. Does the speaker mean th a t teenagers update th e ir
laptops them selves or th a t som eone else does it fo r
them?
3. What stru ctu re is used when som eone else does
som ething fo r you?
Very yo u n g shoppers w ill o fte n pe s te r th e ir parents
in superm arkets and get them to buy things at
check-out tills.
4. W hat does get them to buy mean?
a. stop them fro m buying
b. persuade them to buy
Parents sh o u ld have their children do o th e r constru ctive
activities.
5. W hat does have their children do mean?
a. make th e ir children do
b. do it instead o f th e ir children
B. Study the rules below. Then, read the situations 1-6
and complete the sentences using the structures have
something done, have someone do something or get
on someone to do something.
Causative
We use the Causative Form (subject + have/get + object +
past participle) w hen we do not do som ething ourselves,
but we arrange fo r someone else to do it fo r us.
to the The stru ctu re have som eone do so m e th ing
means make som eone do som ething.
The stru ctu re g e t som eone to do som ething
means persuade som eone to do som ething.
1. There is a problem w ith my new television. It needs to
be repaired.
I need t o ____________________________________________
2. Jane asked her b ro th e r to assemble her bookcase.
Jane had her b ro th e r_________________________________
3. A d o c to r has already exam ined m y leg.
Our keys were stolen, so we need someone to replace
the lock on the fro n t door.
We are going t o _______________________________________
Sally’s nails were m anicured yesterday.
S a lly __________________________________________________
6. Mavis asked Michael to wash her car.
Mavis g o t M ic h a e l___________________
Go to G ram m ar Reference
 3. FOCUS ON CONTENT AND ORGANISATION

k/ritin^ aproéiw/zoiu.tfo« ff
Read the essay and answer the questions that follow.

1. DISCUSS
• Do you enjoy w atching TV? W hy/W hy not?
• How m uch tim e do you usually spend w ith the
oth e r m em bers of your fam ily? What kind of
things do you do together?

2. FOCUS ON INPUT AND RUBRIC

Read the article and the rubric, underline the key words in
the rubric and answer the question that follows.

TUUSFAMILY
C hild p sych o lo g ists and fa m ily c o u n s e lo rs
have been expressing their concern about he
increasing addiction of our societies to the
TV They claim that fam ily relationships suffer
because fam ily m em bers rarely spend tim e
together, and w hen they do, it may be ju st to In recent years the TV has becom e so com m on, th a t it is
watch a TV program m e all together. A ccor ing d iffic u lt to im agine a household w ith o u t one: w hat was
to Doreen Cam pbell, counsellor at Brentw ood once a lu xu ry is now a necessity. However, m any people
Health Centre, fam ily m em bers becom e even express a concern about the im pact it has on fa m ily ties.
more isolated from each other when there is
It is true that the TV may lead to a lack o f com m unication
m ore than one television set in the house.
among fam ily members. For instance, many people spend
most of their free tim e watching TV. This is tim e which
otherwise could be spent w ith their families. Especially
when there are m ore than one TV sets in the house, fam ily
members may have even less contact w ith each other.

However, there are ways to avoid the negative

Today alm ost every household has a t lea st one
television set, and m ost people spend a large
p a rt o f th e ir free tim e w atching TV. M any people
believe th a t th is has had a negative e ffe c t on
fa m ily relationships. Discuss the p ro ble m and o ffe r
solutions. S upport y o u r views w ith examples.
consequences o f TV. First o f all, it w ould be a good idea
if fa m ily m em bers w atched TV to g e th e r and discussed
the program m es afterw ards. Furtherm ore, parents
should set lim its to the hours th e ir children watch TV
and insist th a t th e y all spend q u a lity tim e to g e th e r every
day. For example, a part fro m eating d in n er together,
maybe th e y could prepare it together, too.
The TV plays an im p o rta n t role in o u r lives, but it does
not necessarily lead to the w eakening of fa m ily ties. It all
depends on how w isely fam ilies use th e ir free tim e.

What are you asked to do in yo u r essay?
a. express your o pinion on TV in general and give
examples to su p p o rt it
b. discuss the advantages and disadvantages of TV
1. What does the w rite r focus on in the second
paragraph? What exam ples does he/she give? What
phrase does he/she use to intro d u ce them?
2. What does the w rite r focus on in the th ird paragraph?

c. discuss the problem of fa m ily relationships and W hat solutions to the problem does the w rite r
suggest?
TV and suggest solutions to the problem
4. BRAINSTORMING
Look at the problems below. Think of what causes these problems, how they can be solved and give any specific examples
you can think of.

P r o b le m P r o b le m

People today have unhealthy eating habits There are m any homeless people in big cities

5. OUTLINE
B. Identify the problem you are asked to write
about and complete the boxes.
When you are w ritin g an essay discussing a problem and
suggesting solutions, fo llo w the o u tlin e below.
P r o b le m
IN T R O D U C T IO N

• Introduce the to p ic o f the essay.

M A IN PA R T

• Describe the problem or explain w h a t causes the

problem .
• Suggest solutions to the problem and give examples.

C O N C L U S IO N
C ause
• Close w ith a general co m m e n t on yo u r suggestions.

, T IP
When you are writing an essay discussing a problem
and suggesting solutions:
• describe the problem and give examples.
• suggest one or two solutions and explain how they
S o lu t io n
would help.
• use a variety of expressions to make suggestions.

6. PLANNING
A. Read the article and the rubric below and underline the key
words in the rubric.

Teens victims of stress E x a m p le s

On Friday, 22 March, Caren Willoughby, clinical psychologist,

will be speaking at the Clarem ont Com m unity Centre on the
topic of Teens and Stress. Increasing numbers of teenagers
are reported to be suffering from stress, a fact which is
worrying parents and teachers alike. Ways of coping with
stress will be discussed and parents and children are invited to
take part in the discussion that will follow.

7. WRITING TASK
Teenagers today o fte n com plain th a t the dem ands o f Write the essay using your ideas above.
sch o o lw o rk and exam inations are a source o f g re a t stress and
a n xie ty fo r them. Discuss the p ro b le m and o ffe r so lu tio ns th a t For a lis t o f lin k in g w o rd s /p h ra s e s w h ic h
w ould help young p eople cope w ith stress. S u p p o rt y o u r views y o u can use, see A p p e n d ix I.
w ith examples.
A. Choose the word or phrase that most appropriately B. Choose the word or phrase that produces a
completes the sentence. grammatically correct sentence.

1. The com pany is ta k in g ______measures to cut down 1. I wish I ______ harder w hen I was at school.
on its costs. a. study
a. drastic b. w ould have studied
b. o rdin ary c. studied
c. com p lim e n ta ry d. had studied
d. tra d itio n a l
2. Look at th a t gorgeous dress! If o nly I ______enough
2. This restaurant specialises in F re n ch______. m oney to buy it.
a. cuisine a. had
b. kitchen b. have
c. cooker c. could have
d. chefs d. had had

3. I d on ’t th in k M ary likes me. She m ust be jealous 3. I’d ______we to o k the train. I hate buses.
my success. a. wish
a. about b. w ant
b. fo r c. rather
c. of d. like
d. w ith
4. I'd rather y o u ______D avid’s MP3 player w ith o u t asking
4. There was s o m e th in g ______about the man. him first. He’ll be fu rio u s if you do.
a. com m on a. d o n 't borrow
b. fam iliar b. d id n ’t borrow
c. cosy c. haven’t borrow ed
d. popular d. borrow ed

5. We were all having dinner when Greg turned up out 5. I wish w e ______have to leave so early.
of th e ______. a. d id n ’t
a. red b. hadn’t
b. green c. d o n ’t
c. w hite d. not
d. blue
6. I need to have my fro n t d o o r______ .
6. The m om ent I ______eyes on the car, I knew I had to a. repair
buy it. b. repaired
a. set c. repairing
b. put d. to repair
c. too k
7. We w ant to get s o m e o n e ______a se cu rity system in
d. got
our house.
7. Luke's painting to o k m y ______ away; it was beautiful. a. install
a. surprise b. installed
b. breath c. to install
c. interest d. w ould install
d. notice
8. If Jenny had been m ore careful, s h e ______an
8. I was re a lly ______of m yself w hen I won the dance accident.
com petition. a. d id n ’t have
a. proud b. w o u ld n ’t have
b. excited c. w o u ld n ’t have had
c. nervous d. hadn’t had
d. fam ous
C. Read the text below and decide which answ er a, b , c o i d best fits each gap.

Turning your life around

Sheila Weston used to w ork as a lawyer but the long hours and stressful w o rk le ft her feeling w orn out. M ost days
she ju s t (1)______ enthusiasm fo r her jo b and w ished she ( 2 ) _______ at home. Then tra g e d y struck, her father died
unexpectedly and this le ft her feeling com pletely lost. It looked as (3 )______ there was no end to her unhappiness. It was
th roug h dealing w ith her g rie f th a t Sheila realised she had to make some (4 )______ changes in her life. So, she started by
q u ittin g her jo b and taking a(n) (5 ) ______ year to travel around
South Am erica. W hile visitin g little villages in A rgentina,
Sheila started w ritin g . She soon realised th a t she was
w ritin a a novel. She was taken (6) surprise, as 1. a. suffered b. catered c. missed d. lacked

she had never w ritte n a n ything before. She sent the 2. a. stays b. has stayed c. could stay d. stay

com pleted m anuscript to some publishers and then 3. a. although b. so c. soon d. if

returned to London. Sheila was tickled (7) when. 4. a. drastic b. extensive c. fa m ilia r d. com m on
a few m onths later, she received a le tte r from a 5. a. blank b. break c. gap d. isolated
Dublisher w ho had (8) an interest in her novel. 6. a. w ith b. by c. of d. under
They not only liked her book b u t th e y w anted her to 7. a. pink b. red c. green d. blue
w rite another one! b. taken c. put d. placed
8. a. set

D. Read the text below and complete the gaps. Use only one word in each gap.

A change for the better...

Sally and Peter Fielding both used to w o rk as teachers in a
school in Birm ingham . A fte r th irty years, the couple retired
from teaching and m oved to France. They were both
tire d o f the stresses (1)_____________ m odern-day life and
w anted to experience ( 2 ) _____________ d iffe re n t, so they
bo u g h t a farm house in Provence. It is surrounded
(3 )_____________ several acres o f land w ith olive groves,
and w ith the help of th e ir frie n d ly neighbours, Sally and
Peter have started producing th e ir own olive oil. Their
lifestyle is different (4 )____________ what it used to be, but
they don’t regret their decision. They are very busy
(5 ) ....... .... ..... everyday chores and th e ir days are now
spent w orking m ostly on the olive farm. Sally also tends
(6 ) ___________ her vegetable garden where she grows
organic produce. They sometim es go into the village to
(7 ) ___________ some shopping or sell their olive oil. They
now find they have tim e to really enjoy their life. If they had
known how much th e y’d like th e ir new lifestyle, they
(8 ) ___________ have moved earlier.

E. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change
the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given.

1. I spent all m y m oney in the sales and now I d o n ’t have enough m oney to pay the bills. w is h

I _________________________________________________________________________ all m y money in the sales.

2. I fo rg o t to buy m y w ife a b irth d a y present and now she’s an g ry w ith me. re m e m b e re d

If o n ly _________________________________________________________________________ my w ife a b irth d a y present.

3. Fiona d id n 't fo llo w the diet, th a t’s w hy she d id n ’t lose w eight. f o llo w e d

I f _________________________________________________________________________ the diet, she w ould have lost w eight.

4. I do n ’t w ant you to go o u t alone at night. d id

i’d ra th e r_____________________________________________________________________________ alone at night.

5. Rosemary called a technician to repair her w ashing m achine. r e p a ir e d

R o sem ary___________________________________________________________________________by a technician.

6. You should arrange fo r som eone to deliver the fu rn itu re on Saturday. have

Y o u _________________________________________________________________________ the fu rn itu re on Saturday.

 /- . *. - -

8 r o w a - u p

$e,H{j-a$ge,$stKe,Kt
You will hear people talking in seven different situations. Read the following and tick the appropriate boxes. For
For questions 1-7, choose the best answer a, b or c. the points you are unsure of, refer back to the relevant
sections in the module.
1. You hear a man talking on the radio. What does he
NOW 1CAN...
feel is the best way to reduce stress?
O distin g uish the d ifference in m eaning
a. taking pills
>- of w ords easily confused □
□
b. find ing tim e to relax CL
<
_l O use adjectives + p repositions

□
c. going to the d o cto r Z>
CO
< O use expressions w ith take

□
u
2. You hear a man and a w om an talking. W hat is the O
> O use idiom s w ith colours
m an’s o pinion o f the place he visited?
a. It’s unusual but interesting.
O use c o llo ca tio n s w ith p u t and set □
b. It’s ugly.
c. It’s w o rth visitin g again.
cc
< 0 use C onditional Sentences Type 3
O use the Unreal Past to refer to the
□
3. You hear a w om an talking. W hat does she th in k about
city life?
<
cc
present and the past □
a. She enjoys it now.
ID O skim a te x t to id e n tify its main idea □
□
z
b. She still finds it very scary. Q O scan a te x t to locate specific in fo rm a tio n

□
<
c. She prefers a small tow n. UJ
CL O understand details in a te x t
4. You hear a man talking. W hat is he?
a. a footb a ll coach O understand the necessary in fo rm a tio n
b. a PE teacher at a school
c. a physical tra in e r at a gym
o
z
z
LU
H O
in a s h o rt spoken te x t
understand sp ecific in fo rm a tio n in a
□
5. You hear a man and a w om an talking. Why did the
man decide to start riding his bike to work?
cn
□ ta lk and com plete gapped sentences □
O ta lk a b o u t shopping, a d ve rtisin g and

□
a. He w anted to help p ro te c t the environm ent. u
z life in the c ity /c o u n try
b. He w anted to exercise. *
<
UJ O speculate abo u t the role o f the media

□
c. He w anted to avoid tra ffic . Q_
I/)
and express m y opinion
6. You hear a man talking. W hat does he say people
should do in places w here recycling is not possible?
a. reuse plastic bags
e?
z
O w rite a sem i-form al le tte r
O w rite an essay discussing a problem
□
b. reconsider th e ir options
c. get a u th o ritie s to provide recycling bins
cc
£ and suggesting solutions □
7. You hear a man and a w om an talking. What did the
wom an th in k of the museum?
a. She really liked it.
b. She d id n 't like it at all.
c. She found some things interesting.
 3. — '

% c u r

Student A Student A
2. HELP SOLVE A PROBLEM 1. HELP SOLVE A PROBLEM
Look at the pictures below and ask. Look at the pictures below and ask.

• Who is the person? • Who is the person?

• What is the problem ? • W hat is the problem?
• What are the advantages/disadvantages o f the • What are the advantages/disadvantages o f the possible
possible solutions? solutions?

Then: Then:

When you have all the in fo rm a tio n you need, you
should o ffe r some advice to help solve the problem .
You can choose one of the possible solutions,
or create your own solution to the problem .
Remember to use in fo rm a tio n you learnt from
asking questions to explain your solution.
When you have all the in fo rm a tio n you need, you should
o ffe r some advice to help solve the problem . You can
choose one of the possible solutions, o r create your own
solution to the problem . Remember to use inform ation
you learnt fro m asking questions to explain yo u r solution.

SUGGESTED EXPRESSIONS

If he likes... he could...
In my opinion, he should...
...would be better fo r him, because...
If I were him, I’d...

VOCABULARY

relaxing
bustling/peaceful
package trip
exotic/adventure/picturesque/secluded
m odern/quaint
explore
endurance

SUGGESTED EXPRESSIONS

In my opinion, she should ...

.... are a good idea because ...
If I were in her position, I’d ...
If she finds... d ifficu lt, she could ...
If she’s afraid of..., she could ...

vision painful / painless cure

experienced surgeon accurate results
reasonable price high risk eye infection
coloured lenses disposable handle w ith care
replace contact lens solution
 Student B
1. HELP SOLVE A PROBLEM
Situation:
2. HELP SOLVE A PROBLEM I am your friend, and I have a problem . Try to find out
Situation: w hat my problem is, and o ffe r me some good advice.
I am yo u r friend, and I have a problem . Try to find
First:
out w hat my problem is, and o ffe r me some good
Look at the pictures below and ask me questions:
advice.

Who the person is:

First:
a friend, daughter, sister, niece, colleague w ho wears
Look at the pictures beiow and ask me questions:
glasses
Who the person is:
What the problem is:
my brother, nephew, cousin, colleague
She has bad eyesight and doesn’t w ant to have to wear
What the problem is: glasses.
He can’t decide where to go on vacation.

What the options are:

(beach resort)
He can go to an exotic resort on an island where
he can relax, or do activities around the island. It’s
a ve ry popular to u ris t spot, especially during the
tim e o f year in w hich he w ants to go.

(exploring the wilderness)

He can take an extrem e sp o rt vacation. He can
test his strength, survival skills, and endurance
every day in the m ountains. In places like these,
you usually travel alone, and rarely see other
people.

What the options are:

(laser eye surgery)
She can have laser eye surgery to get her vision
corrected. It’s a fast (about 10 mins), painless procedure
w ith a quick recovery. However, n o t all eyesight problem s
can be cured w ith laser eye su rg e ry and results may vary
fro m p atient to patient. It is also quite expensive.

(get con ta ct lenses)

She can sta rt w earing c o n ta ct lenses. C ontact lenses
move w ith yo u r eye and have no fram es to o b stru ct
vision. You can also change your eye co lo u r w ith
coloured co n ta ct lenses. However, it isn’t easy for
all people to put on co n ta ct lenses and some people
may not find them co m fo rta b le . There is high risk of
eye in fe ctio n if con ta ct lenses are not cleaned w ith
a ppropriate solution and stored properly.
 Certain s ta tive verbs can be used in progressive
! I w ork He sleeps tenses w hen th e y express actions ra th e r than
Do you work? Does she sleep? states b u t w ith a d iffe re n ce in m eaning:
They don't w ork It doesn’t sleep • th in k (= consider)
I ’m th in k in g o f b u y in g a car.
The Present Simple is used: • see (= m eet, visit)
• to describe perm anent situations. She’s seeing h e r siste r to n ig h t.
Tina lives in London. • have (= d rin k, eat, taste)
• to describe repeated/habitual actions. Glenn is having lunch at the cafeteria at the moment.
He wakes up at 7:30 every m orning. • taste (= tr y fo o d )
I ’m ju s t ta stin g the fo o d to see i f i t ’s ready.
• to talk about general truths.
• feel (= to u ch )
Wafer boils at 100°C.
Jo h n is fe e lin g the p a cke t in o rd e r to fin d o u t
• to talk about fu tu re actions related to tim etables and w h a t’s inside.
programmes.
O ur plane leaves at I0 :0 0 tom orrow .
w Adverbs of frequency
TIME EXPRESSIONS
The most common adverbs of frequency are:
always, often, usually, never, etc.
always / usually / often / som etim es / occasionally /
every day / week, etc.
rarely / seldom / hardly ever / never / constantly
in the morning / spring, etc.
at the weekend T h e y a re u s u a lly p o s itio n e d :
once / tw ice / three times, etc. a week / day, etc.
• before the main verb.
on Mondays / Monday morning etc.
Richard never comes to w ork late.
3 Present Progressive • after the verb be.
You could always take the bus to work.
I’m working He’s sleeping I d o n ’t usually eat a b ig dinner.
Are you working? Is she sleeping? He is often away at the weekends.
They aren’t working it isn’t sleeping
3 Com parisons
The Present Progressive is used:
• to describe actions happening now. The comparative form
R obert is talking to his boss rig h t now. • of one-syllable adjectives and adverbs and of
• to describe tem p o ra ry situations. tw o-syllable adjectives ending in -y is form ed by adding
I’m staying w ith m y aunt at the mom ent. -er. (Adjectives ending in -y change to -/', w hile those
ending in -e take only -r.)
• to talk about annoying actions w hich happen repeatedly
tall-taller, near-nearer happy-happier, late-later
(w ith the adverbs of frequency always, constantly,
co n tin u a lly). • of m ost adjectives and adverbs w ith tw o or m ore syllables
You’re always in te rru p tin g me! is form ed w ith more.
b e a u tifu l - m ore b e a u tifu l slo w ly - m ore slow ly
• to describe situations w hich are changing or developing
around the present time. • of adjectives or adverbs is follow ed by than when we
A ir p o llu tio n is increasing in o u r city. com pare tw o people, animals, things, ideas or situations.
Peter is taller than James.
• to talk about fu tu re arrangem ents.
Living w ith yo u r fam ily can be easier than liv in g on your
I'm visiting some friends at the weekend.
own.
TIME EXPRESSIONS
now, at present, at the moment, today, these days T h e s u p e r la t iv e f o r m
this week / year, etc. • of one-syllable adjectives and adverbs and o f tw o-
next week / year, etc. syllable adjectives ending in -y is form ed by adding -est.
tonight, tom orrow, etc. (Adjectives ending in -y change to -/', while those ending in
-e take only -st.)
3 Stative verbs tall-tallest near-nearest
The follo w ing verbs are not norm ally used in progressive happy-happiest late-latest
tenses: • of m ost adjectives and adverbs w ith tw o or m ore syllables
• Verbs of the senses: feel, hear, smell, taste, notice, seem, is form ed w ith most.
look (= seem), etc. b e a u tifu l - m ost b e a u tifu l
• Verbs of emotions: love, hate, dislike, want, need, prefer, slow ly - m ost slow ly
mind, etc.
• of adjectives or adverbs is used w ith the...{of/in) when we
• Verbs of perception and opinion: know, agree, th in k com pare one person, animal, thing, idea or situation w ith
(= believe), believe, understand, remember, forget, hope, several of the same kind.
mean, imagine, etc. That’s the m ost ridiculous idea I’ve ever heard.
• Other verbs: be, have (= possess), own, belong, cost, etc. Peter is the tallest boy in his class.
©
 Ir r e g u la r fo r m s • Uncountable nouns:
Positive Comparative Superlative food meat, sugar, cheese, butter, chicken,
chocolate, etc.
good/w ell better best
liquids milk, water, coffee, etc.
bad/badly worse w orst
m uch/m any more most materials wool, gold, paper, glass, iron, leather,
little less least etc.
far fa rth e r/fu rth e r fa rth e s t/fu rth e s t abstract nouns love, help, freedom, time, information,
news, advice, health, communication,
work, experience, traffic, business, etc.
UJ • Some tw o -sylla b le a djectives fo rm co m parative
q and supe rla tive fo rm s in b oth ways. natural phenomena weather, light, rain, snow, etc.
2 clever - cle ve re r / m ore clever - some concrete baggage, furniture, money, luggage,
cleverest / m o st clever nouns etc.
com m on - co m m o n e r / m ore co m m o n
c o m m o n e st / m o st com m on • W ith uncountable nouns w hich state food or liquid, we
n a rro w - n a rro w e r / m ore n a rro w - can use the follow ing expressions to show quantity:
n a rro w e s t / m o st n a rro w bottle, cup, glass, can, slice, piece, loaf, carton, box,
sim ple - s im p le r / m ore sim ple - packet, kilo, litre, bar, bowl, etc. + of
sim p le st / m o s t sim ple a lo a f o f bread fo u r cartons o f m ilk
• C om paratives can be graded by using the w ords • Certain words like hair, light, glass, wood, experience,
far, m uch, rather, a lot, a little , a b it, slig h tly. time, chicken, iron can also be used as countable nouns
This car is m u ch m ore expensive than the one I w ith a difference in meaning.
bou ght.
The house we live in n o w is s lig h tly b ig g e r than Steve's hair is dark. There are dog hairs on the sofa.
the one we liv e d in before.
My room doesn’t get The lights are on, but there’s
much light. nobody home.
O Other forms of com parison This isn’t a diamond, Have you seen my glasses
• as +adjective/adverb +as (to show sim ilarity) it’s ju s t glass. anywhere?
She’s as tall as her sister. This table is made of Would you like to go fo r
• not so/as +adjective/adverb +as (to show difference) wood. a walk in the woods?
It isn’t so/as far as we thought.
Have you got We had some fascinating
• less/least (to show in fe rio rity)
any previous job experiences when we visited
The film I saw yesterday was less in te re stin g than the one
experience? China.
I saw last week.
• the +comparative, the +comparative (to describe tw o H urry! We haven’t got Lucy has been to the cinema
actions or situations, one o f w hich comes as a result of much time. three times this week.
the other) There’s some chicken My mum bought a chicken from
The m ore you study, the b e tte r yo u ’ll do in the test. on your plate. Are you the superm arket. It was 30% off.
• comparative +and +comparative (to indicate continual going to eat it?
increase or decrease)
The car was g o in g faster and faster. The gate is made We need a new iron.
of iron. This one doesn’t work.

3 Nouns 3 som e/any/no

Countable nouns
Countable nouns can be counted and have singular and
plural forms. We can use a/an, one in the singular and
some, any, (a) few, etc. in the plural.
The follow ing nouns are always in the plural.
• people, clothes, goods, police
His clothes are always clean.
• Nouns that consist of tw o parts: glasses, trousers, jeans,
sunglasses, scissors, etc. We use the expression a pair of
to express qua n tity w ith these words.
A ngie wears glasses.
George has b o u g h t tw o new pairs o f jeans.
• Words such as family, team, group, audience, class,
government, crew are collective nouns and may take
either a singular or a plural verb.
Tina’s fa m ily is rich. Tina's fa m ily are on holiday.
Uncountable nouns
U ncountable nouns are only used w ith a singular form verb
and we can't use a/an or numbers w ith them . To express
q u a n tity we use some, any, much, little, a lot of, etc.
«some +uncountable / plural countable nouns
is used in affirm ative sentences and in questions when we
offer something or ask for something politely.
There is some orange juice in the fridge.
Would you like some chips?
Could / have some coffee?
• any +uncountable / plural countable nouns
is used in questions and negative sentences.
Is there any orange juice in the fridge?
There aren’t any chips on the table.
• no (= not any) +uncountable / plural countable nouns
is used in affirm ative sentences to give a negative meaning,
There is no cheese in the fridge. = There isn’t any cheese in
the fridge.
O m any/m uch/a lot (of)/lots (of)/plenty (of)
• many +plural countable nouns
is used mainly in questions and in negative sentences.
How many people were at the m eeting yesterday?
I did n ’t see m any people from w ork there.
• much +uncountable nouns
is used mainly in questions and in negative sentences.
How much sugar do you need?
I d idn't manage to learn m uch inform ation from him.
- a lo t / lo ts / p le n ty are always used w ith o f when they are
followed by a noun.
They are used with:
- plural nouns and a plural verb.
There were a lo t o f people at the party.
- uncountable nouns and a singular verb.
Have some m ore food. There’s lots le ft
Have you g o t enough money? Yes, plenty.
• M a n y and m u c h are used in affirm ative
sentences w ith to o , so, h o w , as.
O
z There’s too m uch sugar In m y coffee.
■ M u c h is used w ith v e r y as an adverb (or on its
own in negative sentences).
/ miss m y fam ily very much.
She d id n ’t like the fo o d (very) much.
• A lo t ( o f ) / L o t s ( o f ) / P le n t y ( o f) are quite inform al,
so in form al w ritin g it is better to use m any or a
num b e r o f w ith countable nouns and m uch or a
great deal o f w ith uncountable nouns.
Many/A n u m b e r o f people believe that recent
technological developm ents have im proved our
lives.
Much/A g reat deal o f stress is often experienced
by people who w ork in offices.
• A lo t ( o f ) / L o t s ( o f ) / P le n t y ( o f ) are not used w ith
m easurem ents of tim e o r distance.
/ was ill fo r m any weeks.
3 a few/a little/few/little
• a f e w (=a sm all num ber, som e) is used w ith plural nouns
and a plural verb.
I need a few m ore things from the superm arket.
There are a few coins on the table.
• a l i t t l e (=a sm all amount, som e) is used w ith uncountable
nouns and a singular verb.
There’s s till a little cake le ft in the fridge.
• f e w i= n o t m any) is used w ith plural nouns and a plural
verb.
Very few people disagreed w ith him.
• l i t t le (=not m uch) is used w ith uncountable nouns and a
singular verb.
There was little evidence to s u p p o rt his claim.
• For emphasis we can use:
- v e r y , so, t o o + little / few
There’s very little m ilk in m y coffee.
- o n ly + a little / a few
He’s g o t o n ly a few friends.
• S o m e , a n y , m u c h , m a n y , a lit t le , a fe w , a lo t,
lo ts , p le n t y can also be used w ith o u t nouns, as
pronouns.
Have you g o t any money? No, I haven’t g o t any.
We d id n ’t b u y any bread. We’ve g o t plenty.
to describe past habits or repeated actions in the past
(often used w ith adverbs of frequency).
When I was younger, I often w ent Jogging in the park.
TIME EXPRESSIONS
ago, yesterday, in 1998, last w eek/m onth/night, etc.
NOTE
See the list of Irregular Verbs.
O Past Progressive
I was w orking He was sleeping
Were you working? Was she sleeping?
They w eren’t w orking It wasn’t sleeping
The P a s t P r o g re s s iv e is used:
• to describe an action in progress at a certain tim e in
the past.
'What were you doing at 10 o’clock last n ig h t? ’
7 was having a shower.’
• to describe actions th a t were happening at the same
tim e in the past (usually w ith w hile or as).
While John was cooking, Lynn was sleeping.
• to describe background scenes to a story.
There were a lo t o f people at the station. Some were
talking on th e ir mobiles, others were sleeping and a
few were w alking up and down.
• to describe te m p o ra ry past states or actions.
M y gra n d fa th e r was w ritin g a p lay in those days.
• to describe repetitive o r annoying actions (w ith the
adverbs of frequency always, continually, etc.)
M y b ro th e r was always taking m y toys when we were
young.
3 Past Sim ple -Past Progressive
Time Clauses (when, while, as, as soon as)
• We use the P a s t P r o g re s s iv e and the P a s t S im p le in the
same sentence when one action in terrupted another
in the past. We use the P a s t P r o g re s s iv e fo r the longer
action and the P a s t S im p le fo r the shorter action.
In this case we usually use w h ile , w h e n or as.
A s/W hile/W hen they were w alking in the forest, they
saw a bear.
I was having a bath when the lig h ts w ent out.
Lbl We c o m m o n ly use as s o o n as w ith th e P a s t
|_
o S im p le .
,4s soon as we a rriv e d on the island, we ran to the
beach.

O Past Perfect Simple

ftfo d a ie , 2
1 had worked He had slept
O Past Simple Had you worked? Had she slept?
They hadn’t worked It hadn’t slept
1w orked He slept
Did you work? Did she sleep? The P a s t P e r fe c t S im p le is used:
They d id n ’t w ork It d idn’t sleep • to describe an action w hich was com pleted before a
specific po in t of tim e in the past.
The P a s t S im p le is used: M y m um had done the washing-up by m idnight.
• to describe a completed action in the past (the tim e is • to describe an action th a t was com pleted before
usually m entioned or implied). another action in the past. The second action is in the
I bo u g h t a CD player yesterday. Past Simple.
• to describe com pleted actions that happened one after The film had already sta rte d when we g o t to the
the other in the past. cinema.
I walked up to the till, paid and then le ft the shop.

©
 to ta lk about an action w hich happened in the past, but
3 Past Perfect Progressive
the exact tim e is not m entioned.
I had been w orking I ’ve already done that.
He had been sleeping
Had you been working? Had she been sleeping? to talk about a state w hich started in the past and
They hadn’t been w orking It hadn’t been sleeping continues up to the present.
M ary has had h e r dog since September.
The Past Perfect Progressive is used:
to ta lk about an action th a t happened in the past and
• to emphasise the duration of an action th a t to o k place
finished, but the results are obvious in the present.
before another action in the past.
I’ve ju s t finished m y project.
He had been liv in g in London fo r 15 years when he
Tim has washed his car. ( it’s clean)
m oved to Glasgow.
• to refer to an action whose duration caused visible TIME EXPRESSIONS
results at a later po in t of tim e in the past. just, yet, already, ever, never, before, always, how long,
They were tire d because they had been cleaning the for, since, recently, lately, once, twice, so far, etc.
house all day.

TIME EXPRESSIONS NOTE

already, by the tim e, for, since, after, before, when, how See the list o f Irregular Verbs.
iong, etc.
■We use the Past Simple fo r actions th a t were
used to +base form com pleted in the past and the exact tim e is
m entioned.
I used to w ork He used to sleep Present Perfect Simple: I have tasted Mexican food.
Did you use to work? Did she use to sleep? Past Simple: I tasted Mexican fo o d last night.
They did n ’t use to w ork It d id n ’t use to sleep • We use for and since fo r actions th a t started in the
past and continue up to the present.
used to +base form is used: for + a period o f tim e
• to describe perm anent past states. I’ve had this car fo r 5 years.
I used to be o verw eight when I was younger. since + a po in t in tim e
I ’ve had this car since 2 0 0 4 .
• to describe past habits. Present Perfect Simple +since +Past Simple
M y fa th e r used to d rive to work, b u t no w he walks. Julia has changed jo b s three tim es since she came
• to describe repeated actions in the past. to Luton.
We used to go o u t every day, b u t we d o n ’t any more. • have been to = have visited and come back
have gone to = have not returned yet
3 w o uld +base form
I’ve been to the cinema tw ice this week.
John isn’t here; he’s gone to the cinema.
1w ould w ork He w ould sleep
Would you work? Would she sleep? 3 Present Perfect Progressive
They w o u ldn’t w o rk It w o u ld n ’t sleep
I have been w orking He has been sleeping
would +base form is used: Have you been working? Has she been sleeping?
• to describe past habits. They haven’t been w orking It hasn’t been sleeping
M y gra ndm oth e r w ould always wake up at 6 o'clock in
the m orning. The Present Perfect Progressive is used:
• to describe typical behaviour in the past. • to emphasise the duration o f a state o r action w hich
Every night, Linda w ould tu rn on the radio, s it dow n on started in the past and continues up to the present.
the sofa and d rin k a h o t cup o f tea a fte r dinner. I ’ve been learning English fo r 6 years.
• to talk about an action w hich happened over a period
3 Past intentions of tim e in the past and may have finished, but the
3 Relative Clauses to criticise something somebody has done.
Danny shouldn’t have told you that. It was supposed to
Relative clauses are introduced by relative pronouns (who,
be a secret.
which, that, whose) and relative adverbs (where, when).
The ve rb o u g h t to can be used instead o f sh o u ld
Pronouns UJ
H in all the above cases.
Adverbs
PEOPLE w ho/that O e.g. You o u g h t to have le t me kn o w you w e re n ’t
PLACE where com ing.
T H IN G S /A N IM A LS / w hich/
IDEAS that TIME when 3 h a d better
POSSESSION whose
We use had better +base form to give strong advice. It
Defining relative clauses give inform ation w hich is often expresses threat or warning and it’s stronger than
needed to understand the meaning of the sentence. They s h o u ld/o u g h t to. It refers to the present or future, not
are not separated from the main clause by commas. the past. Its negative form is had better not. In spoken
She’s the g irl w h o /th a t lives ne xt door. English the sh o rt form is com m only used (I’d better, yo u ’d
The book (w hich /th a t) you b o u g h t is on the desk. better, etc.).
You’d b e tte r ask a d o c to r abo u t it.
UJ Who, which and that can be o m itte d if they refer
É- to the object of the sentence. Whose and where
o
z cannot be om itted.
In formal language prepositions appear at the 3 Future w ill
beginning of the relative clause.
In informal language they appear at the end of I’ll w ork He’ll sleep
the relative clause. Will you work? Will she sleep?
The chair on which I ’m s ittin g isn’t very They w on’t w ork It w on’t sleep
com fortable, (form al)
The chair (w h ich /th a t) I am s ittin g on isn’t very
The Future w ill is used-.
com fortable, (inform al)
■ to make predictions about the future, usually w ith
Non-defining relative clauses give extra inform ation perhaps or after the verbs believe, think, hope, expect,
about the person, thing or idea they refer to. They are be sure, etc.
always separated from the main clause by commas. She’ll p ro b a b ly be here tom orrow.
M r Brown, who is o u r Geography teacher, is quite old. • to talk about spontaneous decisions.
Our car, which cost us a lot, keeps breaking down. We've run o u t o f m ilk; i ’ll go and bu y some.

U R elative p ro n o u n s/a d ve rb s cannot be om itted • fo r promises.

H in non-defining relative clauses; nor can we use I ’ll be on time, d o n ’t w o rry!
o
z th a t instead of them. • fo r offers and requests.
Prepositions usually appear at the beginning of I ’ll do the washing-up a fte r dinner.
non-defining relative clauses. Will you help me clean m y room ?
This cupboard, in w hich I keep m y old toys,
• fo r threats and warnings.
hasn’t been cleaned fo r ages.
I w on’t speak to you again!
W hich may also refer to a w hole sentence.
He offered to give me a lift, w hich was very kind 3 Future be g o in g to
o f him.
I’m going to stay He’s going to leave
3 sh ould/sh ould n’t Are you going to stay? Is she going to leave?
They aren’t going to stay It isn’t going to leave
We use should/shouldn’t + base form:
• to ask for and give advice. The Future be g o in g to is used:
Should I ask Linda to help me with this? • to ta lk about fu tu re plans.
• to express an opinion. M y b ro th e r is go in g to stu d y Biology.
She should be m ore careful when she drives. • to make predictions based on evidence.
• to make a suggestion. Look o u t! You’re go in g to trip over that chair.
You should really go to that new restaurant. It’s fantastic!
TIME EXPRESSIONS
• to express mild obligation.
Students should hand in their hom ew ork on time. tom orrow , to n ig h t, next month/year/week/Tuesday, etc.
this month/year/week/Tuesday, etc.
We use should +have +past participle:
in an hour/year, etc.
• to express regret about something that didn’t happen in soon
the past.
We should have come home earlier.
UJ We use the Present S im ple fo r fu tu re actions
• to criticise somebody's behaviour. H related to official tim etables and programmes.
You should have called me and le t me know you weren’t O
The plane arrives at seven.
coming. We use the Present P rogressive fo r planned
We use shouldn’t +have +past participle: future actions related to personal arrangem ents.
I ’m travelling to London tom orrow.
• to express regret about something that happened in the
past.
I shouldn’t have shouted at Larry today.
3 Future Progressive u • In C onditional Sentences Type 2 w e r e is often
h*
o used instead of w a s in the if-clause.
I’ll be w orking He’ll be sleeping
Will you be working? Will she be sleeping?
z If 1 were rich, 1 w ould live in a luxurious house.
• We use I f 1 w e r e y o u to express an opinion or to
They w on’t be w orking It w o n ’t be sleeping give advice.
I f / were you, / w o u ld n ’t buy it.
The F u tu r e P r o g re s s iv e is used: • U n le s s can be used instead o f if... n o t... in all
• to talk about actions th a t w ill be in progress at a conditional sentences.
specific tim e in the future. / w on’t b u y this car unless you agree (= i f you
A t 9 o’clock tom orrow , she’ll be flyin g to Egypt. d o n 't agree).
3 Future Perfect
3 m ust -have to -need -m u stn ’t -
I’ll have worked He’ll have slept d o n ’t have to -d o n ’t need to / ne e d n’t
Will you have worked? Will she have slept?
They w on’t have worked It w on’t have slept EXPRESSING OBLIGATION AND PROHIBITION
• m u s t + b a s e f o r m expresses personal o bligation in the
The F u tu r e P e r fe c t is used: present or future.
• to talk about actions th a t w ill be com pleted before a I m ust finish this by tonight. (= / say so)
specific tim e or another action in the fu tu re . The action • h a v e t o + b a s e f o r m expresses external o bligation in
w hich follow s the firs t one is in the P r e s e n t S im p le . the present or future.
She’ll have re turn e d by the tim e you leave. You have to drive on the le ft when yo u ’re in England.
(= I t ’s the law)
TIME EXPRESSIONS
• m u s t n ’t + b a s e f o r m expresses p ro h ib itio n in the
by + a poin t in time, by the tim e, by then, before, etc. present or future.
You m u stn ’t p a rk here. (= You aren’t allow ed to)
3 Time Clauses • h a d t o + b a s e f o r m expresses obligation in the past.
When I was a t school, I had to wake up at 7 o’clock
T im e c la u s e s are introduced with as s o o n as, w h e n , a fte r,
every m orning.
b e fo re , u n til, as and w h ile . We never use future forms in
tim e clauses.
When I see George, I’l l tell him that you’ve been looking for him. EXPRESSING NECESSITY AND ABSENCE OF NECESSITY
• n e e d t o + b a s e f o r m expresses necessity in the present
3 Zero C onditional or future.
I need to know how m any people w ill be at the party.
if- c la u s e M a in c la u s e
• d o n ’t h a v e t o / d o n ’t n e e d t o / n e e d n ’t + b a s e f o r m
If/When + Present Simple Present Simple express absence o f necessity in the present or future.
You d o n ’t have to call us again. (= It isn’t necessary)
The Z e ro C o n d it io n a l is used to talk about general truths. She doesn’t need to send h e r CV again.
If/W hen you press the button, the m achine starts. You needn't worry. E verything is u n der control.
• n e e d e d t o + b a s e f o r m expresses necessity in the past.
3 C onditional Sentences Type 1
We needed to b u y some m ore so ft drinks, so we went
We use C o n d it io n a l S e n te n c e s T y p e 1 fo r som ething to the superm arket.
w hich is possible to happen in the present or future. • d id n ’t h a v e t o / d id n ’t n e e d t o + b a s e f o r m express
absence of necessity in the past (som ething wasn’t
if- c la u s e M a in c la u s e
necessary and may or may not have been done).
Future w ill I d id n ’t have to / d id n ’t need to p ic k up the kids from
school.
Modal Verbs (can, may, m ight,
If + Present Simple • n e e d n ’t h a v e + p a s t p a r t ic ip le expresses absence of
must, should) + base form
necessity in the past (som ething wasn’t necessary, but
Im perative it was done).
You needn’t have b ro u g h t anything. (= It wasn’t
If I see James, I ’ll give him his bo o k back. necessary, b u t you did.)
If you w ant a dog, you m ust prom ise to take care o f it.
If you go to the superm arket, b u y some milk.
u N e e d can be a main o r a modal verb. When it
H
3 Conditional Sentences Type 2 o is a main verb, it is follow ed by to + base form .
z As a modal verb, it is com m only used in the
We use C o n d it io n a l S e n te n c e s T y p e 2 fo r unreal or in terrogative and negative form .
im aginary situations w hich are unlikely to happen in the 1 n e e d t o g o o u t.
present or the future. Do you need to go out? Need you go out?
She doesn’t need to go out. She needn’t go out.
if- c la u s e M a in c la u s e 1 n e e d e d t o g o o u t.
Did you need to go out? Need you have gone
If + Past Simple w ould/could + base form
out?
If I won the lottery, I w ould b u y a farm in the country. You d idn’t need to go out. You needn’t have gone
You could lose some w eight i f you w ent on a diet. out.
 W e 5
3 In f in itiv e s
The fu ll in fin itiv e is used:
• to express purpose.
/ w ent to the po st office to p o st some letters.
■ after it + be + adjective (i t ’s nice, it was stupid, etc.)
It was great to see you a fte r such a lo n g time.
• after the first/second/last/best, etc.
Neil A rm stron g was the firs t man to walk on the moon.
• after certain adjectives: afraid, surprised, free, happy,
ready, sorry.
A t last he was free to do w hat he wanted.
• after too and enough.
Laura is too tire d to go jo g g in g today.
It isn’t warm enough to go to the sea yet.
• after certain verbs (a ffo rd , agree, appear, decide, forget,
hope, learn, manage, need, offer, plan, prom ise, refuse,
seem, tend, want, w ould like, etc.).
I hope to see you again soon.
• after the objects of certain verbs (advise, allow,
encourage, invite, order, persuade, teach, tell, etc.)
It was Glen who persuaded me to apply fo r this job.
• after question w ords (how, what, when, where, etc.)
I do n ’t know w hat to do.
The bare in fin itiv e is used:
• after modal verbs (can, may, must, should, etc.).
You should sta rt th in kin g a b o u t your future.
• after the verbs le t and make in the Active Voice.
M y parents le t me stay up later at weekends.
Our teacher made us retake the test.
• after w ould ra th e r and had better.
I ’d ra ther go to the cinema tonight.
You’d b e tte r tell me everything you know abo u t this.
3 in g fo rm s
The -ing fo rm is used:
• as a noun (subject or object of a verb).
Exercising is a g o o d way o f keeping fit.
• after the verb go, indicating physical activities.
We often go fishing in the summer.
• after certain verbs (avoid, enjoy, finish, like, love, hate,
imagine, keep, risk, spend (time), suggest, consider, etc.).
M artin suggested go in g to the theatre on Friday.
• after certain expressions (be interested in, can’t stand,
don 't mind, how about, it's no use, i t ’s no good, i t ’s
worth, there’s no p o in t (in), be used to, etc.).
I t ’s no use tryin g to do everything yourself. Ask Ethan
fo r help.
• after prepositions (for, about, w ithout, etc.).
I’m so excited ab o u t g o ing to u n ive rsity ne xt year.
3 V e rb s fo llo w e d b y f u l l i n f in it iv e a n d -in g fo r m
• Some verbs such as start, begin, continue, intend, etc. can
be followed by either the full infinitive or the -ing form with
no difference in meaning.
It started to ra in /ra in in g a minute ago.
• Some verbs can be followed by either the full infinitive or
the -ing form, but with a difference in meaning
try + -ing form = do something to see what effect it will
have
If you have a sore throat, try drinking some hot tea.
try + full infinitive = make an effort
I’ll try to come tonight, b u t I can’t promise anything.
remember + -ing form = remember something that has
already happened
Do you remember meeting Brenda at the Bookers’ last
week?
remember + full infinitive = remember something before
doing it
Did you remember to lock the door before you left?
forget + -ing form = forget something that has already
happened
I'll never forget visiting the White House.
forget + full infinitive = forget something you are supposed
to do
Chris forgot to tell you that he was going away fo r the
weekend.
regret + -ing form = regret something that has already
happened
Chelsea regretted talking to her sister like that.
regret + full infinitive = be sorry to do something
We regret to inform you that there are no more tickets for
tonight's show.
stop + -ing form = terminate an action and no longer do it
after that time
Stop making up excuses all the time.
stop + full infinitive = pause tem porarily in order to do
something else
I was w riting a letter b u t I stopped to answer the phone.
3 Expressing possibility
• can / could / may / might +base form express
p ossibility in the present or future.
He co u ld / m ay / m ig h t be at hom e now.
She can be very rude sometimes.
• may not / might not +base form express the possibility
that som ething w ill not happen in the present or future.
We may n o t / m ig h t n o t go to the p a rty tonight.
• may / might +have +past participle express possibility
in the past.
I may / m ig h t have seen the film, b u t I’m n o t sure.
• could +have +past participle expresses possibility in
the past w hich was not fulfilled.
You were lucky. You co u ld have been hurt.
3 M aking D eductions
• must +base form expresses certainty th a t som ething
is true.
M y parents m ust be at w ork now.
• can’t +base form expresses belief th a t som ething is
impossible.
You can’t be serious.
• must + have + past participle expresses ce rtainty that
som ething happened in the past.
I m ust have le ft m y w allet at home.
• can’t/couldn’t + have + past participle express
ce rta in ty th a t som ething d idn’t happen.
You can’t/c o u ld n ’t have m et th e ir parents. They live in
the US.
©
3 Question Tags
Question tags are short questions placed at the end of
a statem ent. They are form ed w ith an auxiliary verb and
a personal pronoun. We use them when we are not sure
about som ething or when we are asking fo r confirm ation.
• If the statem ent is positive, then the question tag is
negative.
You spoke to Tom yesterday, d id n ’t you?
• If the statem ent is negative, then the question tag is
positive.
You aren’t com ing to school tom orrow , are you?
Note the follow ing question tags:
• / am your best friend, aren ’t I?
• L et’s do som ething to g e th e r tonight, shall we?
• Open the window, w ill/c an /co u ld you?
• D o n ’t fo rg et to call me, w ill you?
• Som ebody is at the door, are n ’t they?
• N obody is home, are they?
/t/lo d d h 6 in the Active Voice, there are tw o ways of form ing the
3 Passive Voice I
Use
We use the Passive Voice to emphasise an action rather
than w ho or w hat is responsible for it.
Formation
The Passive Voice is form ed w ith the verb be + the past
participle of the main verb.
u The person w ho causes or carries o u t the action is
N A lthough/E ven though he was starving, he d id n ’t take
called an age n t and is preceded by the preposition
o any o f the fo o d they offe re d him.
z by.
We usually o m it the agent:
• when the action interests us m ore than the agent.
• when we don’t know the agent.
• when it is easy to fig u re out w ho the agent is.
The bank was ro b b e d ! (by someone w ho we do
not know)
English is spoken in Australia, (by people)
Present Progressive Past Progressive
1am being called 1was being called
Are you being called? Were you being called?
They aren’t being called They w eren’t being called
• The verbs make, see, hear, etc. are follow ed by a bare
infinitive in the Active Voice but in the Passive Voice
they are follow ed by a full infinitive.
M y m um made me eat the w hole soup.
I was made to eat the w hole soup.
• Verbs such as know, believe, say, think, etc. are often
follow ed by a that-clause in the Active Voice and can be
used to make general statements.
People believe that he is very rich.
The Passive Voice can be form ed in tw o ways:
• It +passive form of verb +that-clause
It is believed that he is very rich.
• subject +passive form of verb +full infinitive
He is believed to be very rich.
• When a verb (give, offer, send, etc.) takes tw o objects
Passive Voice.
Active Voice: They gave W illiam a present.
Passive Voice: William was given a present.
A present was given to William.
3 Clauses of Concession
• We use Clauses of Concession to express contrast or
opposition to the main clause.
• although / even though +subject +verb
• in spite of / despite +noun / -ing form / what...
Despite the heavy rain, it was very hot.
In spite o f feeling afraid, Jim w ent on the ro lle r coaster.
Despite w hat you may think, th a t’s n o t the case.
• in spite of / despite +the fact +that-clause
He w ent dancing in spite of/despite the fa c t th a t he had
a terrible headache.

Present Simple Past Simple fttodatfe, 7

I am called
Are you called?
They aren’t called
Present Perfect Simple
1was called
Were you called?
They weren’t called
Past Perfëct Simple
3 Reported Speech (Statements)
In Direct Speech, we repeat the exact words that
someone said. We usually use the verb say and the words
of the speaker are put in quota tio n marks.
Irina said, 'Tina is on the phone.’

I’ve been called
Have you been called?
You haven’t been called
Future Will
I’d been called
Had you been called?
They hadn’t been called
Modal Verbs
In Reported Speech, we report the meaning o f w hat
someone said, w ith o u t using their exact words. We use a
reporting verb, usually say or tell, follow ed by that
(which can be om itted) and the reported statem ent.
Irina said that Tina was on the phone.

I’ll be called 1can be called

Will you be called? Should you be called? u • We use say when there is no in d ire ct object.
They w on’t be called They m ustn’t be called o '/ can’t fix the car,’ he said.
7 He said that he co u ld n ’t fix the car.
• We use te ll when there is an in d ire ct object.
NOTE__________________ ‘I ’ll be late, Tom,’ she said.
See the list of Irregular Verbs. She to ld Tom she w ould be late.

• When we change a sentence from Direct to Reported

3 Passive Voice II Speech, pronouns and possessive adjectives change
We form the Progressive tenses in the Passive Voice w ith according to the meaning of the sentence.
the appropriate form of the verb be + being + th e past '/ like yo u r new bike, ’ said Ian.
p a rtic ip le o f th e m ain verb. Ian said that he liked m y new bike.
• When a sentence changes from Direct to Reported la s t w e e k /m o n th , e tc . th e p re v io u s w e e k /m o n th , e tc .
Speech, tenses, modais and tim e expressions change as th e w e e k /m o n th , e tc . b e fo re
follows: Dave said, 7 called M andy last week.’
Dave said that he had called M andy the previous week.
P re s e n t S im p le -> P a st S im p le
Karen said, 7 want to bu y a new car.’ n e x t w e e k / m o n th , e tc . th e fo llo w in g w e e k / m o n th ,
Karen said (that) she wanted to buy a new car. e tc .
Gary said, 'I’ll return the bo o k ne xt week.’
P re s e n t P r o g re s s iv e -> P a st P r o g re s s iv e
Gary said he w ould return the b o o k the fo llo w in g week.
Alan said, ‘I ’m having a shower.’
Alan said he was having a shower. UJ • These changes cannot be made when the
P a s t S im p le -» P a s t P e r fe c t S im p le q sentence expresses a general tru th or the
Lars said, 7 saw a bear b e h ind the tree.’ reporting verb is in the Present, Future or
Lars said he had seen a bear behind the tree. Present Perfect Simple.
7 enjoy cooking,’ Simon said.
P re s e n t P e r fe c t S im p le P a s t P e r fe c t S im p le Simon said (that) he enjoys cooking.
Tim said, 'I’ve seen the Loch Ness m onster.’ 7 w ill m ove to D ublin ne xt year,’ Eric says.
Tim said he had seen the Loch Ness monster. Eric says he w ill m ove to D ublin ne xt year.
• The Past Perfect and the verbs could, m ight,
P re s e n t P e r fe c t P r o g re s s iv e -» P a st P e r fe c t
should, w ould and used to do not change in
P r o g re s s iv e
Reported Speech.
A ndy said, 'I’ve been w aiting fo r an hour.’
• The Past Progressive usually doesn’t change
A ndy said he had been w aiting fo r an hour.
but when it does, it changes to Past Perfect
w ill -» w o u ld Progressive.
Dan said, ‘I ’ll call you later.’ • Conditional Sentences Types 2 and 3 do not
Dan said he w ould call me later. change in Reported Speech.

c a n -» c o u ld
Special Introductory Verbs
Mina said, 7 can show you the way.’
Mina said she could show me the way. There are a num ber of special in tro d u c to ry verbs used in
Reported Speech.
C o n d itio n a l S e n te n c e s T y p e 1 C o n d itio n a l S e n te n c e s
• v e r b + f u ll in f in it iv e (agree, claim, demand, offer,
Type 2
promise, refuse, threaten, etc.)
Diane said, 'If we take a taxi, we’ll get there quicker.’
'I’ll babysit fo r you,’ said Patty.
Diane said if they to o k a taxi, they w ould get there
P atty offered to babysit fo r me.
quicker.
• v e r b + o b je c t + f u ll in f in it iv e (advise, allow, ask, beg,
m ay m ig h t encourage, forbid, invite, order, perm it, rem ind, warn,
Paula said, 7 may go to Brazil.’ etc.)
Paula said she m ig h t go to Brazil. ‘You should take b e tte r care o f yourself, Ivana,’ said
Gregg.
m u s t -» h a d to Gregg advised Ivana to take b e tte r care o f herself.
Jim said, 'You m ust w ork hard.’ • v e r b + - in g f o r m (accuse sb of, apologise for, a dm it (to),
Jim said I had to w ork hard. com plain to sb about, deny, insist on, suggest, etc.)
now -> th e n ‘George lie d to me,’ said Cynthia.
M andy said, 'I’ll talk to him n o w !’ Cynthia accused George o f ly in g to her.
M andy said she w ould talk to him then.
• v e r b + t h a t c la u s e (admit, agree, claim, complain,
exclaim, explain, in fo rm sb, prom ise, suggest, etc.)
to d a y , t o n ig h t - » t h a t d a y , t h a t n ig h t 'You never listen to m e,’ he said.
Tom said, ‘We’re m eeting Tim today.’ He com plained that I never listened to him.
Tom said they were m eeting Tim that day.
w Reported Speech (Questions)
y e s te r d a y - » th e p r e v io u s d a y / th e d a y b e fo r e
Danny said, 7 visited m y law yer yesterday.’ • We usually introduce reported questions w ith the
Danny said he had visited his lawyer the previous day. reporting verbs ask, w onder and the expression want to
know.
th is m o r n in g /y e a r , e tc . t h a t m o r n in g /y e a r , e tc .
• The verbs in reported questions are in the affirmative form.
Mark said, 7 haven’t eaten anything since this m o rning.’
Why did you go to the doctor?’ he asked.
Mark said he hadn't eaten anything since that m orning.
He asked me why I had gone to the doctor.
h e re th e r e • If the direct question begins with a question word, the
Eric said, ‘I saw it here.’ reported question also begins with the same question word.
Eric said he had seen it there. Where are you going?’ she asked.
She asked me where I was going.
to m o rro w th e n e x t d a y / th e f o llo w in g d a y • If the direct question does not begin w ith a question
Sally said, 'I'm flying to Paris tom orrow .’ word, the reported question begins w ith i f or whether.
Sally said she was flyin g to Paris the fo llo w in g day. ‘D id you enjoy the concert?’ he asked.
a g o -» b e fo r e He asked me if/w h e th e r I had enjoyed the concert.
Ben said, 7 bo u g h t this car tw o days ago.’ • When we change questions from Direct to Reported
Speech, pronouns, tenses, adverbs, etc. change in the
Ben said he had b o u g h t that car tw o days before.
same way as in reported statements.
3Reported Speech (Com m ands a n d Requests) 3 Unreal Past II

We com m only use tell, beg, comm and, advise, warn
or o rd e r when we report comm ands and ask when we
report requests.
The Im perative changes to full in fin itive or n o t + full
infinitive.
'Sit down, Rex,’ said Dan. -» Dan to ld Rex to s it down.
‘D on’t tell anyone, please,’ Laura said. Laura asked me
n o t to tell anyone.
• We use wish / if only +Past Perfect Simple to express
regret about som ething th a t happened or d id n ’t
happen in the past.
I wish I had taken a to rch w ith me. I can’t see a thing.
• We use would rather / as if / as though+Past Perfect
Simple to refer to the past.
I’d rather you had in fo rm e d me earlier.
He talked to us as i f he had know n us fo r years.

US When the request is in question form , in

l_ O C onditional Sentences Type 3
Reported Speech it changes to full infinitive.
O
‘Will you open the door, please?’ Vicky said.
if-clause Main clause
Vicky asked me to open the door.
J w o u ld /co u ld /m ig h t + have +
If + Past Perfect
past participle
5 ) Clauses of Result Î

• We use Clauses of Result to express the result of an
action or a conclusion.
■so +adjective/adverb +(that)
He was so bo red (that) he le ft before the end o f the
film.
• such +(a/an) +(adjective) +noun +(that)
It was such a h o t day that we all w ent swim m ing.
Id We say so + m uch/m any, but such a lo t of.
o That can be om itted, especially in spoken
z English.
Conditional Sentences Type 3 are used:
• to talk about unreal or im aginary situations in the past.
If I had won the lottery, I w ould have le ft m y job.
• to express regret.
If I h adn’t gone to bed so late last night, I w ould have
woken up on tim e this m orning.
• to criticise som ebody/som ething.
I f you had com pleted your degree, you m ig h t have
fo u n d a b e tte r job.
Causative Form

lodde- 8 The causative form is used when we do not do

som ething ourselves, but we arrange fo r som ebody else
to do it fo r us.
3 Unreal Past I
We p a in te d the house last m onth. (We did it ourselves.)
Sometimes we use the Past Simple when referring to the We had/got the house p a in te d last m onth. (A painter did
present or future. This is called the Unreal Past. it.)
• We use wish / if only +Past Simple to make a wish The causative form is form ed as follows:
about a present or future situation w hich we w ould like
to be different.
subject +have/get +object +past participle
I wish you d id n ’t have to go tom orrow. (= But you have
to). Present Simple 1 have m y car fixed.
I wish I had a b ig g e r house. (= But I d o n ’t). Present Progressive I ’m having m y car fixed.
• We use wish / if only +could + bare infinitive to
express regret about som ething we cannot do at Past Simple 1 had m y car fixed.
present. Past Progressive 1 was having m y car fixed.
/ wish / co uld speak Italian.
Future w ill I ’ll have m y car fixed.
I wish I could come w ith you on Friday.
• We use would rather + Past Simple to say that we Present Perfect Simple I’ve had m y car fixed.
would prefer som ebody to do or not do som ething Past Perfect Simple 1had had m y car fixed.
(the subject of w ould ra th e r m ust be d iffe re n t from the
Modal Verbs 1 m ust have m y car fixed.
subject o f the main verb).
I ’d rather you d id n ’t use m y phone.
• We use it’s time + Past Simple to com plain, criticise or Ld • The in terrogative and negative form s of the
express w hat we th in k should be done. H Present Simple and the Past Simple are form ed
It’s tim e you w ent to bed. O
w ith the auxiliaries do/does and did.
• We use as if / as though + Past Simple fo r untrue How often do you have yo u r hair cut?
situations. Sue d id n ’t have her h a ir cu t yesterday.
He speaks as i f he were an expert. (He is not.) • In inform al language we can use g e t instead of
have.
NOTE / m ust g e t the TV set repaired.
• If we w ant to m ention who perform s the action,
» in the Unreal Past we usually use were instead of was.
we can add by + age n t at the end of the sentence.
She always has h e r ha ir dyed by a hairdresser.
• have som eone do so m e th in g = make someone
do som ething
g e t som eone to do so m e th in g = persuade
someone to do som ething
A. Circle the correct answers.

1. In this story, a boy finds / is finding a tim e m achine and travels / is travelling thro u g h time.

2. Don’t bother me now. I write / am writing an im p o rta n t letter.

3. I am thinking / think about grandm a. We hardly ever visit / are visiting her. Let’s visit her tom orrow .

4. The minivan, w hich is taking / takes people to the other side of the island, leaves / is leaving at 11:00 am
and is returning / returns at 6 :00 pm.

5. I sleep / am sleeping at my m o th e r’s house this week because I am having / have my house painted.

6. Why are you leaving / do you leave so early to m o rro w morning?

7. I think / am thinking you should buy him a tie. He is liking / likes to dress form ally.

8. Flowers bloom / are blooming in spring.

9. You are turning / turn left at the tra ffic lights and go / are going down Oxford Street.

10. Here comes / is coming Tom. Let’s tell him the news.

B. Using the words given and other words, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence. Do not change the word given. (Use 2-5 words in total.)

1. We can’t afford such an expensive holiday.

We can't a ffo rd _______________________________________ that. as

2. As we clim bed higher, we had m ore d iffic u lty breathing.

T h e _______________________________________ it was to breathe. harder

3. The w eather was getting worse by the minute, so we decided not to go out.
The w eather was g e ttin g ________________________________________so we decided not to go out. and

4. Carl skates better than his b rother Alex.

Alex is n o t_______________________________________ his b rother Carl. such

5. The jo u rn e y was less tirin g than l th o u g h t it w ould be.

The jo u rn e y _______________________________________ I th o u g h t it w ould be. as

6. Danny’s briefcase is sim ilar to yours.

Danny’s briefcase is a lm o s t_______________________________________ yours. same

C. Circle the correct answers.

1. Many / Much people showed up at the fundraising event.

2. Few / Little people go m ountaineering during the winter.

3. There’s very little / a little tim e left to get ready fo r the w edding ceremony.

4. You needn’t apply any more sunscreen,- you have plenty of / plenty on.

5. There is a lot of / a lot tra ffic on the m otorway.

6. You did n ’t make much / many serious mistakes on the test, but you should be more careful w ith your spelling.

7. We only have a little / a few petrol left. We’d b etter stop at the next petrol station.

8. We need to get a few / few stam ps from the post office. I w ant to mail some letters.

9. I couldn’t find many / much inform ation on ancient Greek a rt in m y encyclopaedia. I’ll go to the library.

10. How much / many bread do you w ant me to buy?

©
A. Rephrase the following sentences using the words in brackets.

1. I put on ten pounds and then I decided to go on a diet, (by the time)

2. First they washed the car and then they waxed it. (after)

3. Lisa made a sandwich and then sat on the sofa to relax, (before)

4. We packed our suitcases and then left fo r the airport, (as soon as)

5. Judy was walking down the street when she saw an accident, (as)

B. Using the words given and other words, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence. Do not change the word given. (Use 2-5 words in total.)

1. When he was younger, he w ent to the gym four tim es a week.

When he was younger, h e ____________________________________ . the gym fo u r tim es a week. used

2 . 1hadn’t tasted Chinese food before.

It was th e __________________________ . Chinese food.

3. While we were in London, it never stopped raining.

I t _____________________________________________________ w hile we were in London. continuously

4. After walking a mile, they realised th a t someone was missing.

T h e y ___________________________________________a mile when they realised th a t someone was missing.

5. That was the only science-fiction book he had read.

H e ________________________________________________ a science-fiction book before. never

6. When Mark was a student, he was in the habit of fo rg e ttin g his books.
M a rk ________________________________________________ his books when he was a student. always
 M m m a t6

A. Using the words given and other words, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given. (Use 2-5 words in total.)

1. He has never driven another car since he started driving.

This is t h e ________________________________________ since he started driving. o n ly

2. The last tim e I watched TV was a week ago.

I ________________________________________ a week. fo r

3. When did he start w orking fo r this company?

How lo n g ________________________________________ fo r this company? been

4. This is her second visit to the dentist this m onth.

This is t h e ________________________________________ the dentist

this m onth. tim e

5. Let’s not go to a cafe as I had some coffee earlier.

Let’s not go to a cafe as I ________________________

some coffee. already

6. We bought this house tw o years ago.

W e__________________________________ . tw o years. had

B. Join the sentences using relative pronouns or adverbs. Omit them where possible.

1. The jo u rn a list w ill interview the old man. His house was broken into last night.

2 .1rem embered the man. I had seen him at the superm arket.

3. We visited the town. We were born there.

4. Bill and Jim haven’t been talking to each other fo r days. There m ust be a reason.

5. People believe th a t the old building should be pulled down. The old building is on Park Street.

6. She g o t up late and missed the boat. That was quite foolish o f her.

7 .1invited Mrs Kansas to my house. She lives next door.

8. We m ust arrange a time. Then we can discuss the problem.

 \ \ ____

h r— À
Mmmt0 Practice,
A. Put the verbs in brackets into the Future “Will”, the Future Progressive, the Future Perfect Simple
or the Future Perfect Progressive.

1. _____________________(have) a French class.

Kathy can’t come shopping w ith us to m o rro w m orning. S h e____________________

2. At lunchtim e to m o rro w you . (entertain) your friends from Mexico, so I ____________________ (call)
you later on in the evening.

3. .you. ___ (go) to the city centre by car? I’d really appreciate a ride.

4. ! . (paint) the living room by the tim e dad comes home. He’ll be so surprised!

5. I hope I ___________ (interview ) all the applicants by the tim e the m anager arrives.

6. ______________________ (com plete) the co nstruction of the tunnel by the end of this year?
Do you th in k th a t th e y ____________________

7. Call Dan. H e ________________________ (arrive) home by now.

8. By the tim e we reach Gstaad, w e ___________________________(drive) fo r tw elve hours.

9 . 1___________________________ (study) fo r three hours by 8 :00 p.m.

B. Using the words given and other words, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence.
Do not change the word given. (Use 2-5 words in total.)

1. Her baby w ill be born in October.

S he _____________________________ . a baby in October. is

2. He is to take his driving test to m o rro w m orning.

H e _________________________________________ his d riving test to m o rro w m orning. be

3. I’ll come w ith you w herever you go on holiday.

I’ll come w ith y o u _____________________________ . on holiday. matter

4. The Tigers are likely to w in the Cup Final.

The T ig e rs _______________________________ the Cup Final. probably

5 . 1w ill have dinner ready by the tim e your parents arrive.

I _________________________________________ by the tim e your parents arrive. prepared

6. She started w orking here at the end of June, nearly tw o m onths ago.
By the end of August, s h e _________________________________________ here fo r tw o months. been
 r a m m o r

A. Using the words given and other words, complete the second sentence so that it has
a similar meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given. (Use 2-5 words in total.)

1. It seems th a t Mike isn’t enjoying him self tonight.

M ik e ________________________________________ him self to n ig h t. appears

2. At the wedding, she was constantly gossiping about the o ther guests.

At the wedding, s h e ________________________________________ about the o ther guests. n o th in g

3. Learning that no one was h u rt during the fire was a great relief.

W e__________________________ th a t no one was h u rt during the fire. relieved

4. When they arrived at the airport, they discovered that they had left th e ir tickets athome.

They arrived at the a irp o rt_________________________________________ th a t they had left th e ir tickets at home. o n ly

5. Dr. Thom pson studied the sym ptom s of the disease before anyone else did.

Dr. T h o m p so n ________________________________________ the sym ptom s of the disease. firs t

6. Neither of them was old enough to have a d riv e r’s licence.

Both o f th e m ________________________________________ a d riv e r’s licence. to o

B. Choose the correct answers.

1. S a m antha_______ asleep because there’s no lig h t on in her room.

a. m ust be b. can be c. can’t be

2. I m ig h t_______ the test but i’m not sure. I haven’t received the results yet.

a. pass b. have been passed c. have passed

3. Don’t make any plans fo r Tuesday because w e _______ leave in the m orning. I’ll let you know to n ig h t.

a. can b. may c. w ould

4. M a rth a _______have left. The lights in her house are on.

a. can’t b. shouldn’t c. needn’t

5. Mike leaves w ork at 3:00 pm, so h e _______ be home by now.

a. can b. should c. w ould

©
A. Rewrite the following sentences using the Passive Voice. More than one answer is possible in some cases.

1. Everyone knows th a t fru it and vegetables are high in w ater content.

2. Mr and Mrs Philips d idn’t buy anything from the superm arket.

3. They firs t published this book in 1867.

4. What did they say about the accident?

5. They saw the President leave by the back door.

6. The nurse gave the patient a gown to put on.

7. The governm ent provided the refugees w ith food.

8. Who designed this building?

9. The painter is spraying paint on the d oor w ith a spray gun.

10. The hurricane has to ta lly destroyed the town.

11. We could have taken the car to the mechanic today.

12. The children are going to organise a fundraising event.

B. Using the words given and other words, complete the second sentence so that it has
a similar meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given. (Use 2-5 words in total.)

1. You know, I fe lt disappointed but I d idn’t give up trying.

You kn o w ,_________________________________________________________ , I d idn’t give up tryin g . spite

2. Paul w ent out even though he wasn’t feeling well.

Paul w ent o u t _________________________________________________________wasn’t feeling well. fact

Mr Kent: My gums are very sore. Yesterday, as I was
brushing my teeth, I noticed th a t my gums were
bleeding! Is there anything w rong w ith them?

How can I stop the bleeding? W hat should I do?

Dentist: Firstly, do n 't panic. If you take my advice, you

w on't have any problems. Buy a soft toothbrush

and brush your teeth tw ice a day to keep your

gums healthy. I'll make an a p pointm ent fo r you

next week, so that I can remove the plaque that

has b u ilt up and is causing you problems.

B. Read Martha’s opinions. Continue the sentences using so or such.

1. The book ‘Walk in the Sky’ was boring. I stopped reading it halfway through.

The book w a s _____________________________________________________________

It w a s _____________________________________________________________________
May 2012
2. ‘Adventures in the Pacific', a novel, has many funny characters.

Both young and old will love it.

The novel h a s_____________________________________________________________ Martha’s book
There a re __________________________________________________________________

3. The book ‘Tough’ has a lot of violence. Many people will refuse to read it.
reviews__
The book h a s ______________________________________________________________ Read them if you dare
There is ___________________________________________________________________

4. The book ‘Dark Room’ was ve ry interesting. I couldn’t put it down.

The book w a s _____________________________________________________________

It w a s _____________________________________________________________________

C. Rewrite using Direct Speech.

Sandra told Marie th a t she had been try in g to call Sandra:
the university fo r the last hour but the line had been

busy.

Marie inquired w hat Sandra wanted to ask them. Marie:

Sandra answered th a t they had sent out her results the Sandra:
week before but th a t she hadn’t received them yet.

Marie asked Sandra w hether she knew th a t the post office Marie:
had been on strike fo r the past week.

She replied th a t she hadn’t known. She explained th a t if Sandra:

only she had known, then she w o u ld n ’t have wasted so

much tim e on the phone.

©
A. Write sentences using wish or If only.

1. My brother always takes my car w ith o u t asking me. He's so inconsiderate.

2. Our luggage was stolen from our hotel room. We should have insured it.

3 .1found a kitten. I w ant to keep it but my parents w on't let me.

4 . 1woke up late and missed m y flig h t to Rome.

5. Everyone in my fam ily can paint or draw, but I'm not artistic at all.

B. Choose the correct answers.

1. If I had installed an alarm, the burglars w o u ld n 't__________________ able to break into my house last week.

a. be b. had been c. have been

2. If I were in your shoes, I __________________ to them.

a. w ill apologise b. had apologised c. w ould apologise

C. Using the words given and other words, complete the second sentence so that it has
a similar meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given. (Use 2-5 words in total.)

1. Please, arrange fo r these parcels to be delivered as soon as possible.

Please,______________________________________ as soon as possible. have

2. My car w ill need servicing before I go on holiday.

I’ll n e e d ______________________________________ before I go on holiday.

3. A plum ber is repairing my dishwasher this afternoon.

I ______________________________________ this afternoon. repaired

4. Kelly, does the cleaner clean your house tw ice a week?

Kelly,______________________________________ cleaned tw ice a week? have

5. A bank clerk was cashing my cheque when the robbers entered the bank.
I ______________________________________ when the robbers entered the bank. cashed

6 . 1haven’t been to the hairdresser fo r a haircut lately.

I haven’t ______________________________________ lately cut
 T a sk l
A. Read the texts A-D and answ er the questions 1-8. Write A-D in the boxes.

Piers is 19 years old and studies A rchitecture at U niversity. He’s fascinated

by e ve ryth in g to do w ith Arts and Culture. During his sum m er holiday he
is going to Barcelona to participate in an exchange program m e and study
the architecture there. He is ve ry musical and has been playing the gu itar
since he was young. He and some o f his friends have form e d a band and
they often play live concerts at small venues. He is studious and reads a
lot, so ideally he w ould like to live in a peaceful e n viro n m e n t w here he
can study w ith o u t to o m any distractions. ‘I am a frie n d ly and hospitable
person,’ he says, ‘but I am the kind of person w ho spends tim e o n ly w ith a
few close friends. It takes me quite a long tim e to get to know people, so I
d o n ’t enjoy parties and socialising th a t m uch.’

Mike, 18, is studying Engineering and also attends

classes in Economics. He’s fanatical ab o u t sports,
especially footba ll, and w henever he has spare
tim e he eith e r plays fo o tb a ll w ith his friends,
or goes m ountain biking in the countryside. He
never misses a game when his fa vo u rite football
team play at the local stadium , and he also enjoys
w atching sports on TV w ith friends at home. 'I
like to keep up w ith w hatever is going on in the
w orld of sports, to me fitness is ju st part of my
life.’ He is also interested in d ie t and n u tritio n
and likes to cook healthy meals fo r him self every
evening at home. He is a ve ry neat person and
does not like living in a messy house, and he
especially does not like pets.
Leanne, 20, is m ajoring in M odern Languages
and m in o rin g in Film. Her passion is w orld travel
and learning abo u t d iffe re n t cultures. She’s at her
best in social situations, m eeting new people and
m aking friends. To su p p o rt her studies she w orks
part-tim e at a vegetarian cafeteria. When she has
spare tim e, she likes to organise get-togethers
w ith friends at home. She likes to cook meals fo r
everyone and exp e rim e n t w ith unusual recipes
fro m around the w orld. They usually discuss A rt
and the latest cultural events going on in tow n. She
has started m aking her own s h o rt m ovies about her
frie n d s and th e ir lives. As a result, she never goes
anyw here w ith o u t her vid e o camera and her room
is always fu ll o f d iffe re n t pieces o f e q u ipm ent and
o f course her laptop. Leanne’s p rio rity is learning
and creating, n o t neatness.
 T a sk l
Serena is 20 years old and is a M arketing and Business major. She is a
people person and loves m aking new friends. She is v e ry active on social
ne tw o rkin g sites and organises events fo r friends and acquaintances as a
hobby. She doesn’t enjoy spending tim e alone; she prefers to invite friends
over to the house and to have fun as a group. Even th o u g h she is not a huge
fan o f sports, she is a m em ber o f the u n ive rsity sw im m ing team and w orks
o u t three tim es a w eek to stay in shape. She also likes shopping and keeping
up w ith fashion. ‘I th in k appearance is im p o rta n t and th a t firs t im pressions
really count,’ she says. She is ve ry p opular at her university, and is o u tg o in g
and frie n d ly to everyone she meets.

Which student:

1. is not at his/her best in social situations? 6. eats food th a t is good fo r him /her?

2. com bines studying w ith em ploym ent? 7. likes to dress well?

3. prefers the house to be fa irly quiet? 8. doesn’t th in k th a t keeping his/her room clean is

4. doesn’t like being on his/her own? th a t im portant?

5. is a huge fan o f sports?

B. Discuss the following:

• Which students could share a house to g e th e r and w hich students are not suited fo r each other?
• Which student(s) w ould you like to live w ith and why?

C. Imagine you are trying to help some of your friends find somewhere to live during their studies at university. They would
like to live in a house with other students and need help finding suitable people. Write profiles of four people you know, think
about their interests, their hobbies and the kind of person each one is. Give as much information as possible in each profile.

D. In pairs take turns to imagine that you have a room available in your flat and you are looking for a flatmate. Ask your
partner questions about the four different people and decide which one you would like to live with.

Does... like...?
W hat are his/her hobbies?
W ould he/she m in d if...?
Is he/she the k in d of person that...?
I think... suits me the most because..,
I w ouldn’t get along with because...
 Task 2
A. Listen to a man talking about his trip to Istanbul
and answer the following questions.

1. What did the speaker w in in the com petition?

2. When did he and his w ife visit Istanbul?

3. What was the w eather like?

4. What is the Grand Bazaar?

5. How does the speaker describe the shop owners?

6. W hat was his w ife ’s fa vo u rite sight?

7. What dish did the speaker enjoy particularly?

8. What does the Bosphorus Bridge connect?

..... ..... - """"

B. Think about a place you have visited that you enjoyed. Make notes about that place and what you saw and did there.

• when you visited the place

• w hat activities were available
• w hat the w eather was like
• w hat you liked m ost there

places o f interest to visit

local people <
architecture
cuisine
history

f t
*' 11

rr f

C. Talk in small groups. Take turns to present the places you have visited, discuss the different places and decide on your
favourite. Then choose a person to present this place to the rest of the class, but without saying the name of that place. Can
the rest of the class guess the place being described?
 Task З
A. Read the texts below and decide if the sentences 1-8 are True (T), False (F) or Not M entioned (NM).

Dear Mr Dawson

Please find attached my CV. I am currently com pleting a BA in Mechanical Engineering and am going to be
available fo r fu ll-tim e em ploym ent from September. I am looking fo r Engineering, Accounts or Marketing
opportun itie s in London w ithin large m ultinational companies where I can progress quickly up the corporate
ladder. I am am bitious, hard-w orking and a good team player.

I look forw ard to hearing from you soon to discuss possible roles.

Sincerely,

Li Yang

A d d r e s s : 23 Hill Street, Battersea, London SW11IOJ

T e l: 02 0 7504 7668
E m a il: Iyang1609@123.com

EDUCATION:

Sep 2 0 1 0 — Present, S hanghai University, China

• Bachelor in Mechanical Engineering degree (ME)

WORK EXPERIENCE:
July 2 0 1 3 — -present, P art-tim e E n gin eer and Sales & M arke tin g assistant a t Investm en t Solutions, Shanghai, China
• A pplication su p p o rt and assistance in sales o ffice to im prove sales and new business
July 2 0 1 2 — -Sep 2012, E n gin eer (In te rn sh ip ) a t F ru itree IT, Shanghai, China
• Assisted in all areas of business, fro m tasks in the o ffice to IT technical su p p o rt and co m m u n ica tin g w ith clients
Jan 2011— -A p ril 2011, In tern sh ip a t CBT Accounts M an ag em en t Co.
• Developed and supported custom er accounts

AWARDS:

• 2010-2011, First-Class Scholarship fo r Excellent Students of Shanghai U niversity

SKILLS & INTERESTS:

E n g lis h A b ili t y : Interm ediate certificate, co n fid e n t speaker

A r a b ic A b ili t y : 6 0 0 hours o f Arabic lessons at Beijing University.
C h in e s e : (M andarin) flu e n t
C o m p u t e r S k ills :
• National C om puter Level 6 C ertificate, typ in g speed of 8 0 w ords per m inute

Personal Interests:

Basketball, learning languages

 Task3

1. Li is applying fo r a jo b as an engineer. 5. She won a scholarship fo r Excellent Students at

Beijing University.
2. Li is unem ployed at the m om ent.
6. She won a prize fo r her English speaking skills.
3. Li has a M aster’s degree.
7. She can typ e 8 0 w ords per m inute on a com puter.
4. Li has w orked as an intern at tw o d iffe re n t
companies. 8. She loves o u td o o r sports.

B. Talk in pairs. Look at the three job postings on an employment website. Discuss which one is most appropriate for Li Yang
and why.

H Q J
Home A b o u t Us M em bers P ortfolio S up p o rt Contacts

b 'b ?ndum , le,ilesque

COr>seqUgt e augue Sce/erfeqUe
'°bortis vul
nas s it am,

Electrical Sales Executive lacinia

Maecenas ;
ad‘P iscing у

Date job posted: 4 days ago

Location: Birm ingham
Salary: £ 3 5 ,0 0 0 -£ 4 0 ,0 0 0 kauris
Start date: im m ediately
Reference number: 257631
solliB tud m
Isuada^ Amentum',;
"< mewssec
Our international clie n t makes electrical appliances isto, соЩ
a a d a nu W a . ;u,temp4Sl Ы phare'ra
fo r the home. They are looking fo r Engineering iU StO , coog-ie 53fcu ai
iTvpos af tè°dales
graduates and post graduates to join th e ir team
and build up sales across the w orld. Some travel to
the M iddle East is necessary. There are excellent
Graduate Design Engineer
o p p o rtu n itie s to progress w ith in the company.
Date job posted: 2 days ago
'"'Gf).
Location: M anchester
Salary: £ 4 0 ,0 0 0 -£ 4 5 ,0 0 0
Trainee Marketing Consultant I \ucU
Start date: im m ediately
I Kict
Reference number: 12783
Date job posted: yesterday It\nciû!
-Î
Excellent com pany looking fo r design engineers
Location: London
to w ork on various projects. Excellent IT skills
Salary: £ 2 0 ,0 0 0 -£ 2 3 ,0 0 0
are necessary, and some design experience
Start date: July w ould be useful. Lots o f o p p o rtu n itie s to
Reference number: 38610 progress in the company, including travel to
oth e r in ternational offices. Know ledge of foreign
Small fa m ily com pany th a t advises large
languages w ould be helpful.
com panies on m arketing th e ir brand is looking
fo r a creative person to w o rk w ith our M arketing
<№
>"' . „„r uttrices
Consultants in all areas. Some experience in I »mauns-fusce
-u v u l p u « e ^ aooecWv,beto
technical su p p o rt is necessary and excellent IT
^ ve' !aptU*. « f eS . '>e"e"tewu
skills are an advantage. l« sus..Vitae,
. u»'œ! ' *1
D o n « in 6ber0bfeend«m;

— . . <S»«
lacus
placevat. rnu^ectewr OtOSOU^- oieSt\e

C. Imagine you are looking for a job and would like an employment agency to help you. Write a covering letter and CV.
Remember to include your personal details (contact information), education, work experience, skills and interests.
 Task 4
A. Read the three advertisements below for home technology of the future and decide if the sentences 1-7
are True or False. Write T for True or F for False.

Make your home beautiful I

with the latest interactive I
wallpaper!
in te ra ct w ith the “ Techno-w all” by sim p ly I
touchin g it w ith y o u r fin g e r! You can
connect it to all yo u r home devices
and co n tro l them fro m anyw here in the
house!
No more housework for you!!
Try robo-clean (RC)! The vacuum cleaning ro b o t th a t does all
the w o rk fo r you! Sim ply choose fro m one o f the 5 settings and
let RC go around yo u r hom e cleaning up all the mess. RC is not
connected to any cables so it can roam around the house freely.
It can even get into small spaces and under tables and chairs.
If you try it once, you w o n ’t w ant to let it go!

You can tu rn on the light, play music Ju st £135 in c lu d in g free d e live ry

or send a message to a frie n d . The
w allpaper is flat, made fro m paper and
paint and lies on to p o f the sensors
th a t co nnect to th e Internet and other
devices th ro u g h w ireless technology.
Who says walls are boring?
O nly £ 6 0 /f t2
O rder o nline and receive a 10% disco u nt!
orders@ technohom e4u.com
Call 0 3 4 4 8 0 0 3 0 2 0 o r em ail us at info@ robocieanyourhouse.com
If you're not satisfied we’ll give you your money back!
Smartfridge - The Intelligent fridge that knows what
shopping you need to do and does it for you!
When you p u t item s in this in te llig e n t fridge, it registers w hat it is
and keeps a record of it. You can program S m artfridge to check that
you always have certain items, and if it sees you are running low,
it uses w ireless te ch n o lo g y to connect to the Internet
and o rder the item s online. This frid g e w ill learn
yo u r favourites and make sure th e y are always in
y our kitchen. It can even rem ind you w hen it’s tim e
to th ro w old item s away, keeping your frid g e forever
fresh!

From o n ly £1,590
A vailable in 10 d iffe re n t colours and sizes.
Get yours n o w b y c a llin g 0474 232 4754

1. Users in teract w ith Techno-wall by ta lkin g to it. 5. It is possible to get a refund if you don’t like RC.

2. Techno-wall connects to the In te rn e t using sensors. 6. S m artfridge is connected to the In te rn e t to

3. It is cheaper to o rd e r techno-w all online. com m unicate w ith you abo u t when items are

4. RC can clean your tables and chairs. running o u t in the fridge.

7. S m artfridge can clean itse lf and stay fresh.

B. In pairs discuss the items advertised above and decide which ones you would like in your home.

I like... because...
This one is definitely the best because...
I think... is useless because...
I don't like the idea of... because...

C. With your partner, think about what other inventions for the home will be
W hen you enter the house... there w ill...
available in the year 2050 and design a perfect techno-house of the future.
To turn on the lights you w on’t have to...
Make notes about what the house will look like, how it will feel, what jobs
the modern devices will do, how they will be used, etc. Think about what If you w ant to close the door you w ill...
the different areas of the house will be like e.g. the kitchen, bathroom and If you forget to..., the... w ill
garden. Then, present your ideas to the class. There w ill be...
The house w ill have...
 Task 5
A. Imagine that you have just started university and you see the posters below about clubs. Read the posters
and answer the questions 1-6. Write A, B or C in the boxes. The posters may be chosen more than once.

Veggie Club
the Vegetarian food society
Everyone is w elcom e at our club; you do n ’t
Why not try Argentine Tango with some of the
best dance teachers in town? We don’t focus on
o have to be a vegetarian. We m eet every
one or tw o weeks on Fridays to cook a
dance routines, but teach you to lead, follow meal to g e th e r at som eone’s house, and we
and feel the music in your heart! also organise special events th ro u g h o u t
the year. At our cooking events, w hich are
Every Monday, Wednesday and Friday evening
n o rm ally on W ednesday evenings, there is a
at 7pm, and Saturdays at 9pm small £5 charge fo r ingredients, but the club
is free to jo in ! We organise regular visits
Remember:
• E ve ry o n e is welcome
to fa rm e rs’ m arkets, restaurants and talks
• You don’t have to bring a partner. It’s a very friendly about healthy eating.
environment where everybody dances with
everybody. If you love ta sty and healthy food and
• If you don’t know how to dance, don’t worry we can
w a n t to m eet some people w ho share yo u r
show you how interests, then jo in the Veggie Club, the best
•'Please don’t forget to joTn
place to enjoy and share good vegetarian
our mailing list to receive fo o d and recipes.
I _' » and our newsletter
updates
Free to jo in
• Just come aiong and have
fun!! Email info@ veggiesoc.com to becom e a
* if vou can walk, you can m em ber and to receive our new sletter!

£30 m em bership fee

The University V o l l e y b a l l C lu b invites students o f all levels, fro m

com plete beginners to advanced players. We have b oth m en’s and
w om en’s team s and take p a rt in co m p e titio n s every weekend.
The club also organises various m ixed to u rn a m e n ts th ro u g h o u t th e

school year.
D uring sum m er holidays we m eet re g u la rly fo r o u td o o r practice
and at weekends we n o rm a lly organise a social event, it is really a

lo t o f fu n and enjoyable.
Come along to o u r club n ig h t on T hursday in th e MAIN SPORTS
HALL a t 7:0 0 p m -9 :3 0 p m and give it a try ! No experience necessary!

No charge to jo in o r play!
 Task 5
Which club...

meets m ore than once a week? D

doesn’t involve physical exercise? H

is not free to join? il

is best fo r som eone w ho likes com petitions? □
is suitable fo r som eone w ho has spare tim e only during the week? H

continues to m eet outside of the school year? n

B. Talk in pairs. Discuss the clubs available in your area or university.

• What leisure activities are available?

• W hich ones do you enjoy the most? Why?

Where can you participate in those activities?

C. Choose two of your favourite activities and imagine that you are members of those clubs. Create posters for each club that
give information about the activity and try to encourage new members to join. Then present your posters to the class.
 Task 6
A. Read the two posts below and decide if the statements 1-8 are True (T), False (F) or Not Mentioned (NM).

____ Home Contacts Projects

GREENPLANET.COM
environmental website
Making Mexico City Green
Hi everyone! I live in Mexico City; it’s a great city
but it’s very densely populated. This puts a lot of
strain on the environment, which is a big concern
for all of us who live here. In 2007, a “Green Plan”
was introduced to make the city cleaner and already
many things have changed. The plan focuses on land
and water conservation, housing, transportation, air
pollution, recycling and climate change. The city's
bus system has been improved and now runs on
more environm entally-friendly fuel. Also, the new
Metro Line between Tlahuac and Mixcoac is being
built which will pass through 20 stations and transport
approximately 450,000 passengers daily. This will help
residents become less dependent on cars as a method
of transportation and therefore reduce air pollution.
Furthermore, we have the ‘Ecobici’ program, which is a
system of bicycles for all citizens to use and share, and
it has become very popular.
The governm ent hopes more and more people will soon
have green roofs on their homes covered in plants,
which keep the air clean and protect buildings from
the heat in summ ertime, as well as insulating warmth
during the winter. Recycling programmes have been
improved too and there have been many reforestation
projects that make the city greener.
There are many more things happening in Mexico City
to make it an environm entally-friendly place to live. I
hope other cities across the world are doing the same!
The Green Tech Project in Hanoi
Hi guys. I want to tell you about my city, Hanoi. It’s
the capital of Vietnam and it is taking some innovative
steps towards becoming a greener city. Many plans
are under way to transform areas of the city in ways
that are sustainable and respect the environment. For
example, the Green Tech City project aims to create
an area in the city centre that will be self-sufficient and
will reduce carbon emissions. The idea is that wind
and solar energy will power the whole area and new
green technologies will be introduced. For example, a
complex water system will clean dirty water, provide
necessary water to park areas, and also protect the
city from floods. No water will be wasted and new
green zones will be created with parks, gardens and
walkways. New schools, health centres and sports
arenas will be built, as well as many other public
facilities. The idea is that the area will help raise
awareness about environmental issues and set a good
example for other cities and future developers. I am
very proud of this project and hope that lots of people
come to Hanoi to check it out!

1. The “ Green Plan” in Mexico City aims at reducing

5. Hanoi is greener than M exico City.
the pop ulation o f the city.
6. Hanoi is using solar energy to pow er the city.
2. The “Green Plan” p ro je ct looks at ways to p ro te ct
7. The Green Tech area in Hanoi w ill have new
land and w ater supplies.
schools and public facilities.
3. The new bus system in M exico City tra n sp o rts
8. The w ater system in Hanoi aims to p ro te ct
4 5 0 ,0 0 0 passengers daily.
areas fro m floods.
4. Green roofs in M exico City help keep the
buildings cool.

B. Talk in pairs. Discuss the two posts above C. Write a post for the website and make suggestions about how to
and the different ways each city is trying to make your town/city greener. You can include information about any
become more environmentally friendly. projects that have already started and that you think are good ideas.

• Which m ethods are practical? The biggest problem in m y to w n /c ity is... 1th in k we should...
• Which m ethods are m ore com plicated? It w ould be very effe ctive if... People have started...
• Do you th in k the m ethods m ig h t be It w ould be a great idea to... We now have...
expensive?
• Which m ethods do you th in k w ould be
D. Present your suggestions to the class. Vote for the ideas that you
useful in your tow n /city?
think are best.
 Task 7
A. Listen to three people talking about their health and diet and complete the profiles below.

N a m e : Mary N a m e : Jack N a m e : Jerry

Age: Age: Age:

E x e rc is e : E x e rc is e : E x e r c is e :
doesn’t have a lo t of (1) _________ . every day, goes (1)____ _______ three
(1) _________________ walks up (2 ). tim es a week, likes going to the
(2) __________________ ,
D ie t h a b it s : D ie t h a b its :
doesn’t like ( 3 )__________________
eats vegetables, doesn’t usually doesn’t eat a lo t of
eat ( 2 ) __________________ , (3 )__________________ , H e a lth p r o b le m s / g o a ls :
drinks (4 )________________ doesn’t get (4 ) ___________
H e a lth p r o b le m s / g o a ls :
fa vo u rite food is ( 5 )______ often,
doesn’t (3 )__________________
or spicy rice feels a little ( 5 ) ___________
enough,
wants to be ( 6 ) __________
often feels ( 4 )__________________ H e a lth p r o b le m s / g o a ls :
som etim es gets w ants to ( 6 ) _____________ D ie t h a b its :
(5 )___________________ has a ( 7 ) ___ appetite,
E x e r c is e lik e s / d is lik e s :
loves ( 8 ) ___ food,
wants to have m ore likes m ost ( 7 ) __________
fa vo u rite food is chicken and
(6 ) _________________ enjoys anyth in g th a t gets him
( 9 ) __________________
(8) __________________

B. Read the short texts below. Then, talk in pairs. Discuss which aspects of the different diets and exercise habits suit Mary,
Jack and Jerry and why.
such as Icelandic lamb and cheese, w hich contain very
People in Iceland live longer than average and one
few chem icals and keep th e m strong during the colder
of the reasons fo r this may be the diet. It is said th a t
w in te r m onths. Sports in Iceland are ve ry popular too,
Icelanders eat m ore fish than anyone else in the w orld,
such as handball, foo tb a ll, athletics and sw im m ing.
225 pounds per person per year, w hich could explain
O utdoor activities such as horseback rid in g and
w hy they live such long and healthy lives. The fish they
clim b in g are also popular, b u t du rin g th e w in te r m onths
eat is rich in omega-3 w hich is v e ry good fo r keeping
it is dark fo r 18 hours of the day, w hich doesn’t leave a
your heart healthy, as well as y o u r m ood happy. Also
Icelanders consum e a lot of local and natural products, lo t of tim e fo r exercise outside!

Italy is fam ous fo r its healthy M editerranean cuisine fu ll of fresh and n u tritio u s ingredients.
Bread, fru it and vegetables are consum ed in large quantities. In fact, the average Italian
consum es around 3 0 0 pounds of fru it, and 4 0 0 pounds o f vegetables a year! This is much
more than m any N orthern European countries and the United States, where there are problem s
w ith obesity. A lthough the Italian diet also includes food th a t can lead to w e ig h t gain, such as
pizza, pasta, cheeses and meat, the Italians eat m oderate p o rtio n s and use a lo t o f olive oil. This
may explain w hy they have low rates o f heart disease com pared to m any o th e r countries.
Moreover, Italian people like to stay in shape and th e y enjoy practising a v a rie ty o f sports
such as football, cycling, basketball and athletics as well as sw im m ing in the beautiful seas
that surround the country.
 Task 7

Mexican fo o d is p opular all over th e w orld, b u t o fte n the

fo o d you find in M exico itse lf is v e ry d iffe re n t from w hat
is served in Mexican restaurants abroad. In fact, in Mexico
spicy chili peppers are not used in every dish, although
spicy sauces are usually available. M ost Mexicans eat a
lo t of beans and corn, and n o t as m uch frie d food as is
often on the menu abroad. Chicken is p opular in the diet
too, and it is ofte n served w ith rice. Lots o f legum es are
included in the diet, w hich provide you w ith lots o f energy
over long periods o f tim e. There are m any delicious fresh
fru it and vegetables th a t g ro w in Mexico, w hich are rich in
vitam ins too. The m ost p opular s p o rt in Mexico is football,
fo llo w e d by boxing.

Japanese people are fam ous fo r living

long and healthy lives. They have
one o f th e low est rates o f o besity in
the w orld, and heart disease is rare.
One o f th e main reasons fo r th is is
th e ir healthy diets. They eat a lot of
fresh fish, vegetables, fru it and ta sty
Jack w ould fin d the diet in
soups. Rice is also an im p o rta n t p a rt
... appealing because...
of m ost meals. Also, they d o n ’t eat
It w ould help Mary if she
very large portions, b u t lots o f small
dishes served in separate plates and tried the diet of™ because...
bowls. Sports are a v e ry im p o rta n t Jerry w ould benefit from
p a rt o f Japanese culture, w ith m any the diet of... the most
d iffe re n t types o f m artial arts such as because...
sum o w restling, fo r example. O ther Jack w ould enjoy the
sports such as baseball and g o lf are sports that are popular in...
also ve ry popular. Lots o f people use
bicycles to get around, and w alking
is pop ular too. In big cities like Tokyo,
m ost people avoid using cars.

C. In pairs, discuss your diet, any health problems you might have, your exercise likes/dislikes and your fitness goals. Take
notes and then look at the health and fitness profiles in activity A and create one for your partner.

D. Present your partner s profile to class and have the class make suggestions about which country’s diet and exercise habits
best suit him/her.
 Task 8
A. Two people are debating the following topic: “ The Internet has changed our lives forever and it w ill
continue to become a more and more im portant p a rt o f our lives.” Listen to the debate and complete
the sentences below.

1. Over 50% o f the w o rld ’s po p u la tio n w ill be connected to the Internet w ith in the n e x t_________

2. Successful businesses______________________ a lo t of m oney in th e ir online capabilities.

3. In recent years m ore people w o rk fr o m ______________________ via the Internet.

4. A lot o f ______________________ and business o p p o rtu n itie s have been created by the Internet.

5. The In tern e t is a m uch faster and . means o f com m unication than “snail m ail.’

6. The Interne t is ju st a _____________ th a t w ill become less popular one day.

7. People miss com m unicating w ith oth e r people

8. A hand-w ritten le tte r gives much m o re ________ _to the receiver than e-mail.

9. People w ho sit at a co m p u te r too long ofte n g e t . _________ or pains in th e ir neck o r back.

10. Spending lots o f tim e on the In te rn e t i s __________ , as it takes away fro m tim e w ith friends and fam ily.

B. Form two groups. One group will argue for the statement below, and the other group will argue against.

These days, liv in g w ith o u t a m o b ile p h o n e is n o t a p o ssib ility.

• First discuss and prepare the d iffe re n t argum ents fo r o r against the statem ent w ith yo u r team.
• R em em ber to th in k ab o u t w hat argum ents the o ther team m ig h t have so th a t you can prepare some
counter-argum ents.
• Make notes and list as m any p oints as you can to su p p o rt yo u r te a m ’s position.
• Discuss w hich argum ents are the strongest. These should be presented first.
• Make sure each m em ber o f the team has a p o in t to present.

Stating Opinion Disagreeing / Suggesting an alternative Giving reasons / Offering

I think... I d o n ’t th in k that... explanations

In m y o p in io n ,... Don’t you th in k it w ould be better...? To s ta rt w ith ,...

The way I see i t , ... I’d prefer... The reason why...

As far as I’m c o n c e rn e d ,... Shouldn’t we consider... T h a t’s why...

I suspect that... But w hat about... For this reason...

I’m p re tty sure that... I’m afraid I d o n ’t agree... T h a t’s the reason why...

It is fa irly certain that... Frankly, I d o u b t if..., Many people think...

I’m convinced that... Let’s face i t , ... Considering...

I honestly feel that... The tru th of the m atter is... A llow ing fo r the fa ct that...

I stro n g ly believe that... The problem w ith your po in t of view is that... When you consider that...

W ith o u t a d o u b t,... A lthough it ’s tru e that...

C. Debate the statement.

• Each m em ber o f each team w ill receive 30 seconds to help argue fo r the te a m ’s p o sition du rin g the debate.
• Everyone should take notes du rin g the presentations to help prepare counter-argum ents.
• A fter all the m em bers of each g roup have spoken, the groups w ill be given tw o m inutes to gather and prepare th e ir
responses. A t th is stage, each g roup should choose a person to present the c o u n te ra rg u m e n ts .
• Each g roup w ill be given one m inute to present counter-argum ents.
• If one group in te rru p ts a nother group, the g roup th a t is cu rre n tly speaking w ill receive an extra 30 seconds.
• At the end o f the debate, the m o d e ra to r (teacher) w ill announce the winner.
be w as/were been
bear bore born(e)
beat beat beaten
become became become
begin began begun
bend bent bent
bind bound bound
bite bit bitten
blow blew blown
break broke broken
bring bro u g h t bro u g h t
build bu ilt built
burn bu rn t/b u rn e d burnt/b u rn e d
buy bought bought
burst burst burst
catch caught caught
choose chose chosen
come came come
cost cost cost
creep crept crept
cut cut cut
deal dealt dealt
dig dug dug
do did done
draw drew drawn
dream dream t/dream ed dream t/dream ed
drink drank drunk
drive drove driven
eat ate eaten
fall fell fallen
feed fed fed
feel fe lt felt
fig h t fo u g h t fo u g h t
find found found
fly flew flow n
fo rg e t fo rg o t fo rg o tte n
fo rg ive forgave forgiven
freeze froze frozen
get got got
give gave given
go w ent gone
grow grew grow n
hang hung hung
have had had
hear heard heard
hide hid hidden
hit hit hit
hold held held
hurt hurt hurt
keep kept kept
kneel knelt knelt
knit kn it/kn itte d k n it/kn itte d
know knew known
lay laid laid
lead led led
lean leant/leaned leant/leaned
learn learnt/learned learnt/learned
leave left left
lend lent lent
Infinitive Past Past Participle
lie lay lain
lig h t lit lit
lose lost lost
make made made
mean meant m eant
meet met met
pay paid paid
put put put
read read read
ride rode ridden
ring rang rung
rise rose risen
run ran run
say said said
see saw seen
seek sought sought
sell sold sold
send sent sent
set set set
sew sewed sewn/sewed
shake shook shaken
shine shone shone
shoot shot shot
show showed shown
shut shut shut
sing sang sung
sink sank sunk
sit sat sat
sleep slept slept
smell sm elt/sm elled sm elt/sm elled
speak spoke spoken
speed sped sped
spell spelt/spelled spelt/spelled
spend spent spent
spill spilt/spilled spilt/spilled
split split split
spoil spoilt/spoiled spoilt/spoiled
spread spread spread
stand stood stood
steal stole stolen
stick stuck stuck
sting stung stung
strike struck struck
sweep swept swept
swear swore sworn
swim swam swum
take to o k taken
teach ta u g h t ta u g h t
tear tore torn
tell told told
th in k th o u g h t th o u g h t
th ro w th re w th ro w n
understand understood understood
wake woke woken
wear wore w orn
weave wove woven
weep w ept w ept
win won won
w ith d ra w w ith d re w w ithdraw n
w rite w rote w ritte n
 AN INFORMAL LETTER/E-MAIL I
An informal letter/e-mail is a personal letter/e-mail written to a friend, a relative,
or an acquaintance. Note the layout below:
Greeting: on the
left-hand side of Your
the page 92 Park lane address: on
(e.g. Dear Bill, Epsom the right-
Dear Mum). Put Surrey KT18 2LR hand side
a comm a after 18 June 20.\ of the page
the name. (not always
necessary).
Indent
paragraphs: start
the first line of
each paragraph
under the
comma.

Signing off:
tow ards the
middle of the
page (e.g. Love,
Best wishes).
Don’t forget
the comma
follow ed by
your first
name w ritten
underneath. In the FCE and ECCE Examinations students are told not to w rite any addresses.

Subject: a brief
phrase that
indicates w hat №
the content of t o ... eileen728@mymail.com
the e-mail is.
From... I caren341@freenet.com
subject: Birthday Party
Greeting: on the
left-hand side of Dear Eileen,
the page. Put a
comm a after the
name.

Paragraphing:
w rite in blocked
paragraphs
leaving a blank
line in between
the paragraphs.

Signing off: on
the left-hand side Hope to see you.
of the page. Use \
your first name Caren
or full name as
appropriate.
 G r e e tin g s S e t p h r a s e s f o r o p e n in g p a r a g r a p h S e t p h r a s e s f o r c lo s in g p a r a g r a p h S ig n a t u r e e n d in g s

Dear Tom How are you (keeping)? Well, I think that’s about it. Yours
Dearest Jane I hope you're fine. Well, that’s all for now. Love
Dear Mum What have you been up to? Well, I’d better finish off here. All my love
Dear Aunt Sue I haven't heard from you for ages. I must go now. Best wishes
Hi Karen! It was nice to hear from you. Write soon. All the best
Hello Bill! Thank you / Thanks for your letter. Waiting for your letter. Lots of kisses
NOT: Sorry I haven’t written for so long. I’m looking forward to hearing from you. Take care
Da,ar b r o j t ^ r It’s taken me ages to reply, but... See you soon. Bye for now
Dear friend I've been meaning to write back, but... Keep in touch.
p e a r c o u ^tfj^ Just thought I’d drop you a line. Give my love/regards to everyone.

1b
A N E S S A Y G IV IN G A N O P IN IO N I
You can use the following linking words/phrases to:

in my opinion/view, personally, I believe, the way I see it, from my point of view, I am in favour of,
g iv e y o u r o p in io n
my belief is that, I am of the opinion, I think

as for, regarding, concerning, with regard/respect to, as to, turning to, about, relating to,
e x p r e s s t r a n s it io n
as far as sth is concerned

lis t p o in t s firstly, to begin/start with, in the first place, first of all, secondly, thirdly, finally, last but not least

in addition to this, furthermore, moreover, what is more, also, apart from this, besides,
a d d m o r e p o in t s
another point worth mentioning is, as well as, not only ... but also

e x p re s s r e s u lt/
therefore, in this case, consequently, as a result, as a consequence, thus, due to
consequence

e x p re s s c a u s e /
as, since, because (of), due to (the fact that), owing to, for this reason
re a so n

although, in spite of, despite, however, but, even though, all the same, nevertheless, nonetheless, while,
e x p re s s c o n tra s t
(on the one hand)... on the other hand, in comparison, in contrast, alternatively, whereas

e m p h a s is e in fact, as a matter of fact, even more, more importantly, above all, indeed

g iv e a n e x a m p le such as, particularly, especially, (take) for example/instance, that is, in particular, to illustrate

sum up to sum up, in conclusion, all in all, on the whole, taking everything into account, in short/brief, overall

2 t>
STORY
Linking words/phrases:

before, before long, when, as soon as, just as, the moment that, while, as, during, in the meantime,
t im e immediately, after, afterwards, after that, later, some time later, soon, then, next, in the beginning,
at first, in the end, finally, eventually, at last, until, by the time

c o n c e s s io n - although, even though, in spite of, despite, however, no matter how/what, whatever, but, while, whereas,
c o n tra s t nevertheless, regardless of

r e s u lt - so... that, such... that, therefore, so, otherwise, for this reason, under the circumstances, consequently,
consequence as a consequence, as a result

ca u se - re a s o n because (of), as, since, due to, owing to

e m p h a s is in fact, as a matter of fact, actually, to tell you the truth, strangely enough
 E x p ressions/phrases com m only u se d in sto ry writing:

It was too good to be true.
It was a sight for sore eyes.
I couldn’t believe my eyes/luck.
As luck would have it...
I was in/out of luck.
(Un)luckily...
I breathed a sigh of relief.
I was out of breath.
My heart was beating furiously.
It made me jump.
I burst out laughing / into tears.
It was a real shock.
It was getting on my nerves.
It was the best/worst ever.
I was in a good/bad mood.
I was left speechless.
All of a sudden / suddenly...
The next thing I knew...
I was taken by surprise...
To my surprise...
(Un)fortunately...
W ithout a doubt...
Beyond any doubt...
W ithout thinking...

3a
A FORMAL LETTER
A formal letter is a letter written to someone you don’t know personally and it is usually of a business nature.
Note the layout below:

Position of the Your address:

92 P ark Lane
person you on the right-hand
Epsom
are w ritin g to side of the page
Surrey KT18 2LR
and/or name of (w ith o u t your
com pany (start name).
18 June 20....
one line below
the date). Date: below the
-The Personnel M anager address, leaving
Address of a blank line in
\N a te rs to n e s Bookstore
the person or between.
'1 0 3 Brunswick St
com pany you
C a n te rb u ry
are w ritin g to.
Kent KT20 68R
Paragraphing:
Greeting: on the ■Dear s ir o r Madam , / Dear Mr. Jones, You can indent
left-hand side of
(see inform al
the page (leave
le tte r 1a) or
a blank line
w rite in blocked
before and after
paragraphs
the greeting).
leaving a blank
Signing off: on line in between
the left-hand the paragraphs.
side of the page, Note th a t when
follow ed by a using blocked
comma. paragraphs,
everything begins
Your signature on the left-hand
■Y o u rs fa ith fu lly , / Yours sincerely, side of the page,
and your
full name except your
clearly w ritten address and the
Jill Thomas (Ms) date.
underneath.

In a form al letter, when you don’t know the name of the person you are w ritin g to, begin w ith Dear Sir/M adam
H and end w ith Yours fa ith fu lly . When you know the name of the person you are w ritin g to, begin w ith Dear M r/
О M iss/M rs/M s/D r + surnam e and end w ith Yours sincerely. In Am erican English, Yours tr u ly and Yours sincerely
are com m only used in both cases.

A form al e-mail follow s the layout o f a form al letter, but does not include the re cip ie n t’s title and address as they
appear in the sample above.

In the ECCE and FCE Examinations students are told not to w rite any addresses.

Ф
Expressions/phrases commonly used in a letter of application:

1am writing with regard to / in connection with your advertisement in (where).

S et p h ra s e s fo r
1am w riting to apply for the position of (job) as advertised in (where) on (date).
o p e n in g p a r a g r a p h
1am interested in applying for the job of...
1have studied / been working for...
1am presently working for...
1am fam iliar with / experienced in / fluent in...
E x p r e s s io n s f o r
At present 1am...
m a in p a r t
As you can see from my curriculum v ita e ,...
1believe 1am suitable for the position of...
1consider myself well-qualified for the position of...
1look forward to hearing from you / a favourable reply.
1hope my application will be taken into consideration.
S e t p h ra s e s fo r
if you feel that my qualifications meet your requirements, note that 1am available for an interview at
c lo s in g p a r a g r a p h
your convenience.
1enclose / have attached a copy of my curriculum vitae outlining my qualifications and experience.

36
AN ESSAY GIVING AN OPINION II
For a list of linking words/phrases which you can use, see lb.

46
A PROBLEM/SOLUTION ESSAY I
For a list of linking words/phrases which you can use, see lb.

5a
AN ESSAY GIVING AN OPINION III
For a list of linking words/phrases which you can use, see lb.

56
A REVIEW
Expressions/phrases commonly used in a film review:

I n t r o d u c t io n M a in P a r t C o n c lu s io n

It’s a romantic film / an
adventure film /
a horror film, etc.
... stars in this film.
... is the leading actor/
actress.
... plays/has the leading
role.
The role of... is played
by...
... plays the part/
character of...
... was directed by...
The film is set in...
The film is about...
The hero/heroine of the film...
The film is action-packed / full of suspense.
It includes some very amusing/violent scenes.
It is interesting/m oving/long/tiring/original/scary, etc.
The acting is excellent/poor/brilliant, etc.
The music is fantastic/awful, etc.
The special effects are amazing/unrealistic/
spectacular, etc.
The ending is surprising/exciting/disappointing/
(un)predictable, etc.
You’ll be on the edge of your seat during the whole film.
It’s a classic / blockbuster / box-office
hit.
1was highly disappointed by the film.
It's a great film for action-lovers/horror
fans.
All in all / Overall, 1found the film
boring/exciting.
1definitely recommend it.
It’s (not) worth seeing.
It was better than 1expected.
You shouldn’t miss it for the world!
It’s suitable for both children and adults.
 6a
A BALANCED ESSAY
For a list of linking words/phrases which you can use, see lb.

A LETTER (TO THE EDITOR) EXPRESSING AN OPINION

For the layout of formal letters, see 3a. For a list of linking words/phrases which you can use, see lb.

A LETTER GIVING ADVICE

For the layout of an informal letter/e-mail see la.
Expressions/phrases commonly used in a letter giving advice:

1was sorry to hear that you’ve got problems.

^ j j
1hope the following advice will help you.
ft®l |8{%fffh (Suei Vhlei I S I’ve thought about your problem quite a lot.
The reason I’m w riting back so quickly is to give you
some advice.
1think / Maybe you should(n’t)...
If 1were in your position, / If 1were you, I’d...
1strongly advise you to...
One thing you can do is...
How/What about...?
Why don’t you...?
1hope everything goes well. Good luck!
Let me know how everything turns out.
IB S ! There’s no need to panic. You’ll get over it.
^ i Everything will be just fine.
'■ Don’t forget to keep in touch.

AREPORT
Phrases commonly used in a report:

Introduction
The aim/purpose of this report is to..
This is a report on...
This report describes / deals with...

All in all...
To sum up...
On the whole...
In my opinion,...
I definitely recommend this place...

%
 I
A SEMI-FORMAL LETTER/E-MAIL
• A semi-formal letter/e-mail can be written in either a standard blocked paragraph form, such as that used in a formal
letter/e-mail, or in an indented paragraph form, such as that used when w riting an informal letter/e-mail.
• The layout you choose depends on how well you know the recipient of the letter and what the purpose of the letter is,
in other words if it is social or business oriented. See 1a or 3a.

A PROBLEM/SOLUTION ESSAY II
For a list of linking words/phrases which you can use, see lb.
 spelling
British English American English
aeroplane airplane
centim etre centim eter
centre center
colour color
dialogue dialog
favour favor
favourite favorite
grey gray
hum our hum or
kilom etre kilom eter
litre liter
metre m eter
m illilitre m illilite r
m illim etre m illim eter
neighbour neighbor
organise organize
practise practice
program m e program
theatre theater
travelled traveled
travelling traveling
tyre tire

grammar and usage

British English American English
28 February February 28
28th February February 28th

at the weekend on the weekend

in exams on exams
cater to cater fo r

qu a rte r past tw o a quarter after tw o

Have you got? Do you have?

I’ve got /1 have got 1have
1haven’t got 1don’t have

learnt learned
sm elt smelled

be in hospital be in the hospital

go to hospital go to the hospital

book a room /table make a reservation

lay the table set the table
sit fo r an exam take an exam
have a shower take a shower
 British andnm&MCOK
words and phrases
British English American English
aubergine eggplant
autum n fall
bill (at a restaurant) check
bookshop bookstore
brackets parentheses
burgle burglarize
car park parking lot
cashpoint ATM
chemist's pharm acy
chips French fries
cinema (the building) m ovie theater
c ity centre dow ntow n
cooker stove / oven
crisps potato chips
cu rricu lu m vitae (CV) resume
d rivin g licence d riv e r’s license
do the w ashing-up wash the dishes
film m ovie (also film )
flat apartm ent
flatm ate room m ate
football soccer
fo otballer soccer player
frid g e re frig e ra to r
garden yard
go to the cinema go to the movies
ground flo o r firs t flo o r
holiday vacation
ill sick
ju m p e r sweater
leisure centre sports / recreation center
lift elevator
lo rry tru ck
luggage baggage
mark grade
match game
maths math
M in istry o f Education D epartm ent of Education
m obile phone cell phone
m ove house move
m u m / m um m y m o m / m om m y
pavem ent sidewalk
petrol gas
petrol station gas station
phone (v) call (v)
public telephone pay phone
(take a) photo (take a) picture
railw ay station train station
rollover jackpot
rubbish garbage / trash
secondary school high school
shop store
shop assistant salesperson
shopping centre shopping mall
surnam e last name
tablet pill
term q u arter / semester
tic k ( / ) check ( / )
till (n) cash register
tim etable schedule
train (v) practice (v)
trainers sneakers
tro lle y cart
trousers pants
TV / radio program m e TV / radio show
underground (railway) subway
New Destinations Level B1+
Student’s Book
H . Q. M itchell - M arileni M alkogianni

Published by: MM Publications

w w w .m m publications.com
info@ m m publications.com

Offices
U K Cyprus France Greece Poland Turkey USA
Associated com panies and representatives throughout the world.

Copyright © 2015 M M Publications

All rights reserved. N o part o f this publication m ay be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or
transm itted in any form or by any m eans, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise,
without perm ission in writing from the publishers.

The publishers have tried to contact all copyright holders, but in cases where they m ay have failed, they will
be pleased to make the necessary arrangements at the first opportunity.

Produced in the EU

ISBN : 978-960-509-985-5 N1409006015-9338

 is an exciting course in English

COURSE COMPONENTS
Student’s Book
Full-colour Workbook
Interleaved Teacher’s Book

Teacher’s Resource CD/CD-ROM

Interactive Whiteboard Material
Online Placement Test

O n lin e m u ltim e d ia
reso u rces fo r s tu d e n ts

In accordance
with the
Common
European
Framework

m m publications